1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GCC.
9 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
10 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
11 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
14 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
15 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
16 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
21 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
24 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
25 out locations for types and decls.
26 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
27 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
29 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
30 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
31 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
32 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
35 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
37 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
38 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
39 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
40 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
41 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
43 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
44 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
46 CIE = Common Information Entry
47 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
49 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
51 FDE = Frame Description Entry
52 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
53 how to restore registers
55 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
56 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
60 #include "coretypes.h"
67 #include "stringpool.h"
68 #include "insn-config.h"
71 #include "diagnostic.h"
72 #include "fold-const.h"
73 #include "stor-layout.h"
81 #include "dwarf2out.h"
82 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
86 #include "print-rtl.h"
88 #include "common/common-target.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "gdb/gdb-index.h"
96 #include "stringpool.h"
98 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
100 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, unsigned int, const char *,
102 static rtx_insn
*last_var_location_insn
;
103 static rtx_insn
*cached_next_real_insn
;
104 static void dwarf2out_decl (tree
);
105 static bool is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
107 #ifndef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
108 #define XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO 0
111 #ifndef HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
112 #define HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS 0
115 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
116 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
118 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
119 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
120 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
121 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
122 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
123 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
124 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
125 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
127 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
128 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
131 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
132 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
133 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
134 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
135 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
136 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
139 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
141 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
144 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
145 must be kept around forever. */
146 static GTY(()) vec
<rtx
, va_gc
> *used_rtx_array
;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
149 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
150 vec<tree, va_gc> *because we want to tell the garbage collector about
152 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *incomplete_types
;
154 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_info_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_addr_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
162 static const char *debug_macinfo_section_name
;
163 static unsigned macinfo_label_base
= 1;
164 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
165 static GTY(()) section
*debug_skeleton_line_section
;
166 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
167 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
168 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
169 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
170 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_str_section
;
171 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_dwo_section
;
172 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_offsets_section
;
173 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
174 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
176 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
177 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 40
179 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
180 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
181 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
184 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
185 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
187 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
188 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
191 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
192 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "-4" : "-12")
195 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
196 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
197 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
199 /* CIE identifier. */
200 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
201 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
202 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
204 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
208 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
209 information for each routine. */
210 #define NOT_INDEXED (-1U)
211 #define NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED (-2U)
213 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_fde_ref
, va_gc
> *fde_vec
;
215 struct GTY((for_user
)) indirect_string_node
{
217 unsigned int refcount
;
218 enum dwarf_form form
;
223 struct indirect_string_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<indirect_string_node
>
225 typedef const char *compare_type
;
227 static hashval_t
hash (indirect_string_node
*);
228 static bool equal (indirect_string_node
*, const char *);
231 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_str_hash
;
233 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *debug_line_str_hash
;
235 /* With split_debug_info, both the comp_dir and dwo_name go in the
236 main object file, rather than the dwo, similar to the force_direct
237 parameter elsewhere but with additional complications:
239 1) The string is needed in both the main object file and the dwo.
240 That is, the comp_dir and dwo_name will appear in both places.
242 2) Strings can use four forms: DW_FORM_string, DW_FORM_strp,
243 DW_FORM_line_strp or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index.
245 3) GCC chooses the form to use late, depending on the size and
248 Rather than forcing the all debug string handling functions and
249 callers to deal with these complications, simply use a separate,
250 special-cased string table for any attribute that should go in the
251 main object file. This limits the complexity to just the places
254 static GTY (()) hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *skeleton_debug_str_hash
;
256 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
258 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
259 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
261 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
262 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
263 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
265 /* The default cold text section. */
266 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
268 /* The DIE for C++14 'auto' in a function return type. */
269 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref auto_die
;
271 /* The DIE for C++14 'decltype(auto)' in a function return type. */
272 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref decltype_auto_die
;
274 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
276 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
277 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
279 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
281 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
283 /* Whether an eh_frame section is required. */
284 static GTY(()) bool do_eh_frame
= false;
286 /* .debug_rnglists next index. */
287 static unsigned int rnglist_idx
;
289 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
290 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
291 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
293 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
294 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
297 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
298 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
301 #ifndef FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
302 #define FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL "LFSB"
305 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
306 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
309 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
310 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
313 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
314 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
317 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
318 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
320 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
321 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
322 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
323 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
324 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
325 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
326 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
327 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
328 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
329 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
331 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
334 matches_main_base (const char *path
)
336 /* Cache the last query. */
337 static const char *last_path
= NULL
;
338 static int last_match
= 0;
339 if (path
!= last_path
)
342 int length
= base_of_path (path
, &base
);
344 last_match
= (length
== main_input_baselength
345 && memcmp (base
, main_input_basename
, length
) == 0);
350 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
353 dump_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
,
354 enum debug_struct_file criterion
, int generic
,
355 int matches
, int result
)
357 /* Find the type name. */
358 tree type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
);
360 const char *name
= 0;
361 if (TREE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_DECL
)
364 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
366 fprintf (stderr
, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
368 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
) ? "sys" : "usr",
369 matches
? "bas" : "hdr",
370 generic
? "gen" : "ord",
371 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DFN
? ";" :
372 usage
== DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
? "." : "*",
374 (void*) type_decl
, name
);
377 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
378 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
382 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
387 /* Get the number of HOST_WIDE_INTs needed to represent the precision
388 of the number. Some constants have a large uniform precision, so
389 we get the precision needed for the actual value of the number. */
392 get_full_len (const wide_int
&op
)
394 int prec
= wi::min_precision (op
, UNSIGNED
);
395 return ((prec
+ HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 1)
396 / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
400 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type
, enum debug_info_usage usage
)
402 enum debug_struct_file criterion
;
404 bool generic
= lang_hooks
.types
.generic_p (type
);
407 criterion
= debug_struct_generic
[usage
];
409 criterion
= debug_struct_ordinary
[usage
];
411 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE
)
412 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
413 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY
)
414 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
416 type_decl
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
418 if (type_decl
!= NULL
)
420 if (criterion
== DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS
&& DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl
))
421 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, true);
423 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl
)))
424 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, true, true);
427 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type
, usage
, criterion
, generic
, false, false);
430 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
431 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
432 for collect2 the first time around. */
435 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
437 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
441 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
447 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
449 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
451 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
454 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
455 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
456 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
457 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
458 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
459 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
460 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
463 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
465 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
466 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
468 eh_frame_section
= ((flags
== SECTION_WRITE
)
469 ? data_section
: readonly_data_section
);
470 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
473 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
475 #ifdef EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
476 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Emit special labels to guide
480 tree label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
481 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
482 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
483 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
484 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
489 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
493 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
496 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
499 if (!debug_frame_section
)
500 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
501 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
502 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
506 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
508 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
509 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
514 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
515 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
516 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
517 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
521 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
523 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
524 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
527 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
530 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
532 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
533 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 case DW_CFA_expression
:
538 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
539 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
541 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
542 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
543 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
544 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
547 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
554 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
556 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
557 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
564 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
565 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
566 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
568 case DW_CFA_register
:
569 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
571 case DW_CFA_expression
:
572 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
573 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
575 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
576 return dw_cfi_oprnd_cfa_loc
;
579 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
583 /* Output one FDE. */
586 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
587 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
588 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
590 const char *begin
, *end
;
591 static unsigned int j
;
592 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
594 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
596 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
599 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
600 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
602 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
603 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
604 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
605 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
608 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
611 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
613 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
614 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
616 begin
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
: fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
617 end
= second
? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
;
621 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
622 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
623 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
624 "FDE initial location");
625 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
626 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
630 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
631 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
638 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
640 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
642 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
644 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
645 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
646 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
649 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
652 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
654 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
657 fde
->funcdef_number
);
658 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
659 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
661 "Language Specific Data Area");
665 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
666 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
667 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
668 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
672 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
675 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
676 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
678 size_t from
, until
, i
;
681 until
= vec_safe_length (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
);
683 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
686 until
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
688 from
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
;
690 for (i
= from
; i
< until
; i
++)
691 output_cfi ((*fde
->dw_fde_cfi
)[i
], fde
, for_eh
);
694 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
695 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
696 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
697 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
698 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
700 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
701 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
702 switch *back* into the table section. */
703 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
704 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
705 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
708 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
709 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
710 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
711 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
716 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
719 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
721 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
724 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
727 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
730 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
731 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
737 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
738 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
739 location of saved registers. */
742 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
747 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
748 char section_start_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
749 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
750 char augmentation
[6];
751 int augmentation_size
;
752 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
753 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
754 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
756 rtx personality
= NULL
;
759 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
763 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
764 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
767 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
768 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
769 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
770 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
771 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
772 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
775 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
777 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
779 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
780 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
781 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
782 any_eh_needed
= true;
783 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
784 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, 1, 1);
791 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
795 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
796 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
799 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
801 /* Output the CIE. */
802 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
804 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
|| for_eh
)
806 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
807 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
808 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
809 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
810 "Length of Common Information Entry");
812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
814 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
815 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
816 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
817 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
818 "CIE Identifier Tag");
820 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
821 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
822 due to overflowing the return register column. */
823 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
825 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
830 augmentation_size
= 0;
832 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
838 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
839 augmentation section.
840 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
841 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
842 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
844 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
845 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
847 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
848 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
849 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
851 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
855 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
856 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
861 augmentation_size
+= 1;
863 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
866 augmentation_size
+= 1;
868 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
870 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
874 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
875 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
877 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
879 + 1 /* CIE version */
880 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
881 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
882 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
884 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
885 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
886 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
888 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
890 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
891 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
892 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
897 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
899 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
903 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
904 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
906 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
913 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
917 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
918 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
925 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
927 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
929 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
932 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, i
, cfi
)
933 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
935 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
936 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
937 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
940 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
941 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, i
, fde
)
945 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
946 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
949 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
? 2 : 1); k
++)
950 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
951 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
954 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
955 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
957 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
962 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
965 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
970 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
972 targetm
.asm_out
.post_cfi_startproc (asm_out_file
, current_function_decl
);
974 /* .cfi_personality and .cfi_lsda are only relevant to DWARF2
976 if (targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) != UI_DWARF2
)
979 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
983 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
986 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
987 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
988 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
989 of the weirder relocation types. */
990 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
991 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
993 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
994 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
995 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
998 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
1000 char lab
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1002 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
1004 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1005 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
1006 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
1008 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
1009 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
1011 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
1012 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
1013 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
1017 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
1018 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
1021 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
1025 fde
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_fde_node
> ();
1026 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
1027 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
1028 fde
->fde_index
= vec_safe_length (fde_vec
);
1029 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
1030 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
1031 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
1032 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1033 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1035 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1037 vec_safe_push (fde_vec
, fde
);
1042 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1046 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1047 unsigned int column ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1048 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1050 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1056 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
1058 do_frame
= dwarf2out_do_frame ();
1060 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
1061 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
1063 && (!flag_exceptions
1064 || targetm_common
.except_unwind_info (&global_options
) == UI_SJLJ
))
1067 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
1068 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
1069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1070 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1071 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1072 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1073 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
1074 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
1076 /* We can elide FDE allocation if we're not emitting frame unwind info. */
1080 /* Unlike the debug version, the EH version of frame unwind info is a per-
1081 function setting so we need to record whether we need it for the unit. */
1082 do_eh_frame
|= dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ();
1084 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1085 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1086 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1090 fde
= dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1092 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1093 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
1094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
1095 fde
->in_std_section
= (fnsec
== text_section
1096 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
1098 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1099 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1100 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1102 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, column
, file
, 0, true);
1105 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1106 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1109 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
1110 if (!current_unit_personality
)
1111 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
1113 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1114 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1115 function anymore. */
1116 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
1117 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1118 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1122 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1123 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1127 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1128 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1130 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1132 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1135 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1136 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
1137 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1138 cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
1141 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1142 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1146 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1147 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1149 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1150 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1152 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
1155 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1158 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1159 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
1160 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1161 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
1164 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1165 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1169 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1170 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1173 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1175 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
1176 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
1178 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1179 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1181 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1183 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
1184 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1185 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
1187 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
1188 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
)
1189 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
1193 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1195 /* Output call frame information. */
1196 if (targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
1197 output_call_frame_info (0);
1199 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1201 output_call_frame_info (1);
1204 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1207 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1209 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
1210 if (sec
== text_section
)
1211 text_section_used
= true;
1212 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
1213 cold_text_section_used
= true;
1216 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1217 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section
*);
1220 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1222 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
1224 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
1226 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
== NULL
);
1228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_SECOND_SECT_LABEL
,
1229 current_function_funcdef_no
);
1231 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
= ggc_strdup (label
);
1232 if (!in_cold_section_p
)
1234 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1235 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1239 fde
->dw_fde_end
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
1240 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
1242 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
1244 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1245 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1246 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1248 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1251 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1252 sect
= current_function_section ();
1253 switch_to_section (sect
);
1255 fde
->second_in_std_section
1256 = (sect
== text_section
1257 || (cold_text_section
&& sect
== cold_text_section
));
1259 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1260 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1262 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1264 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
1265 set_cur_line_info_table (sect
);
1268 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1269 for emitting location expressions. */
1271 /* Data about a single source file. */
1272 struct GTY((for_user
)) dwarf_file_data
{
1273 const char * filename
;
1277 /* Describe an entry into the .debug_addr section. */
1281 ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
,
1285 struct GTY((for_user
)) addr_table_entry
{
1287 unsigned int refcount
;
1289 union addr_table_entry_struct_union
1291 rtx
GTY ((tag ("0"))) rtl
;
1292 char * GTY ((tag ("1"))) label
;
1294 GTY ((desc ("%1.kind"))) addr
;
1297 typedef unsigned int var_loc_view
;
1299 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1300 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1301 their entire life. */
1302 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
1303 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
1304 const char *begin
; /* Label and addr_entry for start of range */
1305 addr_table_entry
*begin_entry
;
1306 const char *end
; /* Label for end of range */
1307 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1308 Only on head of list. */
1309 char *vl_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of view list. Ditto. */
1310 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1311 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
1312 var_loc_view vbegin
, vend
;
1314 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1317 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1319 /* True if it has been emitted into .debug_loc* / .debug_loclists*
1321 unsigned char emitted
: 1;
1322 /* True if hash field is index rather than hash value. */
1323 unsigned char num_assigned
: 1;
1324 /* True if .debug_loclists.dwo offset has been emitted for it already. */
1325 unsigned char offset_emitted
: 1;
1326 /* True if note_variable_value_in_expr has been called on it. */
1327 unsigned char noted_variable_value
: 1;
1328 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1333 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64
);
1334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
1336 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1339 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
1341 const char *name
= get_DW_OP_name (op
);
1346 return "OP_<unknown>";
1349 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as a separate
1350 attribute next to the location lists, as an extension compatible
1351 with DWARF 2 and above. */
1354 dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ()
1356 return debug_variable_location_views
== 1;
1359 /* Return TRUE iff we're to output location view lists as part of the
1360 location lists, as proposed for standardization after DWARF 5. */
1363 dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ()
1365 #ifndef DW_LLE_view_pair
1368 return debug_variable_location_views
== -1;
1372 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1373 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1374 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1376 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1377 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
1378 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
1380 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
1382 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
1383 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1384 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1385 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
1386 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
1387 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_entry
= NULL
;
1388 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
1393 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1396 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
1398 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
1400 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1401 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
1407 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1410 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node
*a
, dw_val_node
*b
)
1412 if (a
->val_class
!= b
->val_class
)
1414 switch (a
->val_class
)
1416 case dw_val_class_none
:
1418 case dw_val_class_addr
:
1419 return rtx_equal_p (a
->v
.val_addr
, b
->v
.val_addr
);
1421 case dw_val_class_offset
:
1422 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
1423 case dw_val_class_const
:
1424 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
1425 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
1426 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
1427 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1428 return a
->v
.val_unsigned
== b
->v
.val_unsigned
;
1430 case dw_val_class_loc
:
1431 return a
->v
.val_loc
== b
->v
.val_loc
;
1432 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
1433 return a
->v
.val_loc_list
== b
->v
.val_loc_list
;
1434 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
1435 return a
->v
.val_view_list
== b
->v
.val_view_list
;
1436 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
1437 return a
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== b
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
1438 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
1439 return a
->v
.val_fde_index
== b
->v
.val_fde_index
;
1440 case dw_val_class_symview
:
1441 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, b
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
1442 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
1443 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
1444 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
1445 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
1446 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
1447 return strcmp (a
->v
.val_lbl_id
, b
->v
.val_lbl_id
) == 0;
1448 case dw_val_class_str
:
1449 return a
->v
.val_str
== b
->v
.val_str
;
1450 case dw_val_class_flag
:
1451 return a
->v
.val_flag
== b
->v
.val_flag
;
1452 case dw_val_class_file
:
1453 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
1454 return a
->v
.val_file
== b
->v
.val_file
;
1455 case dw_val_class_decl_ref
:
1456 return a
->v
.val_decl_ref
== b
->v
.val_decl_ref
;
1458 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1459 return (a
->v
.val_double
.high
== b
->v
.val_double
.high
1460 && a
->v
.val_double
.low
== b
->v
.val_double
.low
);
1462 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1463 return *a
->v
.val_wide
== *b
->v
.val_wide
;
1465 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1467 size_t a_len
= a
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* a
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1468 size_t b_len
= b
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
* b
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
1470 return (a_len
== b_len
1471 && !memcmp (a
->v
.val_vec
.array
, b
->v
.val_vec
.array
, a_len
));
1474 case dw_val_class_data8
:
1475 return memcmp (a
->v
.val_data8
, b
->v
.val_data8
, 8) == 0;
1477 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
1478 return (!strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
)
1479 && !strcmp (a
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
, b
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
));
1481 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
1482 return (a
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.pos
1483 && a
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
== b
->v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
);
1484 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
1485 /* It makes no sense comparing two discriminant value lists. */
1491 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1494 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1496 if (a
->dw_loc_opc
!= b
->dw_loc_opc
)
1499 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1500 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1501 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1502 if (a
->dtprel
!= b
->dtprel
)
1505 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd1
)
1506 && dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &b
->dw_loc_oprnd2
));
1509 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1512 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a
, dw_loc_descr_ref b
)
1518 if (a
== NULL
|| b
== NULL
)
1520 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a
, b
))
1529 /* Add a constant POLY_OFFSET to a location expression. */
1532 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, poly_int64 poly_offset
)
1534 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
1537 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
1539 if (known_eq (poly_offset
, 0))
1542 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1543 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
1546 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1547 if (!poly_offset
.is_constant (&offset
))
1549 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (poly_offset
);
1550 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
1555 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
1556 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
1557 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
1558 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
1559 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
1561 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1562 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1564 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
1565 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
1568 else if (offset
> 0)
1569 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
1574 = uint_loc_descriptor (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) offset
);
1575 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
1579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1582 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1583 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, poly_int64 offset
)
1585 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
1586 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
1589 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
1592 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, const_offset
);
1596 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_reg_loc_descr (reg
, 0);
1597 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
1602 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1605 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, poly_int64 offset
)
1608 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
1609 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
1612 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1613 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1615 /* The number of bits that can be encoded by largest DW_FORM_dataN.
1616 In DWARF4 and earlier it is DW_FORM_data8 with 64 bits, in DWARF5
1617 DW_FORM_data16 with 128 bits. */
1618 #define DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS \
1619 (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 128 : 64)
1621 /* Utility inline function for construction of ops that were GNU extension
1623 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
1624 dwarf_OP (enum dwarf_location_atom op
)
1628 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1629 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1630 return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
;
1633 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1634 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1635 return DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
;
1638 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1639 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1640 return DW_OP_GNU_const_type
;
1643 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1644 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1645 return DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
;
1648 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1649 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1650 return DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
;
1654 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1655 return DW_OP_GNU_convert
;
1658 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1659 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1660 return DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
;
1664 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1665 return DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
;
1669 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1670 return DW_OP_GNU_const_index
;
1679 /* Similarly for attributes. */
1680 static inline enum dwarf_attribute
1681 dwarf_AT (enum dwarf_attribute at
)
1685 case DW_AT_call_return_pc
:
1686 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1687 return DW_AT_low_pc
;
1690 case DW_AT_call_tail_call
:
1691 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1692 return DW_AT_GNU_tail_call
;
1695 case DW_AT_call_origin
:
1696 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1697 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1700 case DW_AT_call_target
:
1701 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1702 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target
;
1705 case DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
:
1706 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1707 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered
;
1710 case DW_AT_call_parameter
:
1711 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1712 return DW_AT_abstract_origin
;
1715 case DW_AT_call_value
:
1716 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1717 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value
;
1720 case DW_AT_call_data_value
:
1721 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1722 return DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value
;
1725 case DW_AT_call_all_calls
:
1726 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1727 return DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
;
1730 case DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
:
1731 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1732 return DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites
;
1735 case DW_AT_dwo_name
:
1736 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1737 return DW_AT_GNU_dwo_name
;
1740 case DW_AT_addr_base
:
1741 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1742 return DW_AT_GNU_addr_base
;
1751 /* And similarly for tags. */
1752 static inline enum dwarf_tag
1753 dwarf_TAG (enum dwarf_tag tag
)
1757 case DW_TAG_call_site
:
1758 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1759 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
;
1762 case DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
:
1763 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1764 return DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter
;
1773 /* And similarly for forms. */
1774 static inline enum dwarf_form
1775 dwarf_FORM (enum dwarf_form form
)
1780 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1781 return DW_FORM_GNU_addr_index
;
1785 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
1786 return DW_FORM_GNU_str_index
;
1795 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref
);
1797 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1799 static unsigned long
1800 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
1802 unsigned long size
= 1;
1804 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
1807 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
1809 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
1811 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
1813 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
1814 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
);
1833 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1836 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1841 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
1842 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1880 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1883 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1886 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
1889 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1890 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1893 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1895 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
1896 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1897 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1899 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
1900 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
1909 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
1910 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
1911 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
;
1913 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
1914 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1915 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
1917 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
1918 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
1919 size
+= DWARF_REF_SIZE
+ size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
1921 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
1922 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
1924 unsigned long op_size
= size_of_locs (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
1925 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (op_size
) + op_size
;
1928 case DW_OP_const_type
:
1929 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
1932 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1933 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
) + 1;
1934 switch (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
)
1936 case dw_val_class_vec
:
1937 size
+= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
1938 * loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
1940 case dw_val_class_const
:
1941 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1943 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
1944 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
1946 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
1947 size
+= (get_full_len (*loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
)
1948 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
1955 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
1956 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
1959 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1960 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
1961 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1964 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
1965 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
1968 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1969 size
+= 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1973 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
1974 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
1975 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
1976 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
1977 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
1981 = get_base_type_offset (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
1982 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (o
);
1985 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
1995 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1998 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2003 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
2004 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
2005 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2007 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
2009 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2014 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
2016 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2017 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
2023 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_value attribute. */
2026 size_of_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
2028 if (discr_value
->pos
)
2029 return size_of_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
);
2031 return size_of_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
);
2034 /* Return the size of the value in a DW_AT_discr_list attribute. */
2037 size_of_discr_list (dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
2041 for (dw_discr_list_ref list
= discr_list
;
2043 list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
2045 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then one or two
2046 LEB128 numbers, depending on whether it's a single case label or a
2049 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
2050 if (list
->dw_discr_range
!= 0)
2051 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
2056 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
2057 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref
);
2058 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref
);
2060 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2061 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2062 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2063 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2064 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2065 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2068 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2070 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2071 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2073 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2075 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2083 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2084 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
2086 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2091 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2096 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
2097 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
2099 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2104 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2105 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2112 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2113 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2115 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2118 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2120 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2122 case dw_val_class_const
:
2123 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2125 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2127 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2128 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2132 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2137 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2140 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2141 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2144 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2146 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2148 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2150 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2151 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2155 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2156 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2158 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2160 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2164 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2167 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2168 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2169 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2170 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2171 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2173 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2174 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
2175 val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2178 case dw_val_class_addr
:
2179 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
2180 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2195 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2196 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2197 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2198 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2199 only doing unwinding. */
2204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2210 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2215 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2250 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2254 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2255 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2256 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2257 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2258 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2259 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2263 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2267 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2268 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2269 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2270 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2271 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2273 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2277 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2279 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2283 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2284 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2291 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
2293 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
2296 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
2303 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2304 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2311 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2313 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2315 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
2316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
,
2317 "(index into .debug_addr)");
2323 unsigned long die_offset
2324 = get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2325 /* Make sure the offset has been computed and that we can encode it as
2327 gcc_assert (die_offset
> 0
2328 && die_offset
<= (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
2331 dw2_asm_output_data ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_call2
) ? 2 : 4,
2336 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2337 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
2339 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2340 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2341 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2342 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2343 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2347 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2348 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2350 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2351 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ 2 + 2];
2352 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2353 get_ref_die_offset_label (label
, val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2354 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE
, label
, debug_info_section
, NULL
);
2355 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2359 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2360 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2361 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1
->v
.val_loc
), NULL
);
2362 output_loc_sequence (val1
->v
.val_loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2365 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2366 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2368 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
), l
;
2370 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2371 switch (val2
->val_class
)
2373 case dw_val_class_const
:
2374 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2375 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2376 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2378 case dw_val_class_vec
:
2380 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
2381 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
2386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l
, NULL
);
2387 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
2392 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
2395 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
2396 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
2399 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
2401 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
2402 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l
, NULL
);
2405 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2407 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2408 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2412 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
2413 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
2415 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, first
, NULL
);
2416 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, second
, NULL
);
2419 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
2422 int len
= get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
);
2423 l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
2425 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* l
, NULL
);
2426 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
2427 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2428 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2430 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
2431 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, val2
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
), NULL
);
2439 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2440 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2442 unsigned r
= val1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
2443 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2445 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0)
2447 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2448 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2449 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2451 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2455 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2456 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2458 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2465 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2466 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2467 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2468 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
2469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2472 unsigned long o
= get_base_type_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2474 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o
, NULL
);
2478 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2481 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
2482 o
= get_ref_die_offset (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
);
2483 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o
, NULL
);
2488 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2493 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2494 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2495 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2496 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2497 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2498 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2501 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, int for_eh_or_skip
)
2503 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2505 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2506 /* Output the opcode. */
2507 if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2508 && opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2510 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2511 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2512 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2513 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2515 else if (for_eh_or_skip
>= 0
2516 && opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2518 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2519 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2520 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2521 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc
,
2525 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc
));
2527 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2528 output_loc_operands (loc
, for_eh_or_skip
);
2532 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2533 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2536 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2538 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2539 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2541 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2544 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
2546 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
2548 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
2549 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2555 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2556 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2557 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2558 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2563 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2564 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2569 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2570 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2575 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
2576 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2577 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
2585 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
2586 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2588 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2589 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
2595 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2596 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2597 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2598 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2599 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2604 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2606 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2607 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2610 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
2611 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2612 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2613 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
2650 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2651 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
2656 unsigned r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, 1);
2657 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r
)
2658 == size_of_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
));
2659 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r
);
2661 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2662 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
2666 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
2667 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
2668 case DW_OP_const_type
:
2669 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
2670 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
2672 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
2673 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
2674 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
2675 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
2676 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
2677 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
2678 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
2679 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
2680 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
2685 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2691 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2695 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= loc
->dw_loc_opc
;
2696 /* Output the opcode. */
2697 if (opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
)
2699 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_breg0
);
2700 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2701 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2702 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ r
);
2704 else if (opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
2706 unsigned r
= (opc
- DW_OP_reg0
);
2707 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r
, 1);
2708 gcc_assert (r
<= 31);
2709 opc
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ r
);
2711 /* Output the opcode. */
2712 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", opc
);
2713 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
2715 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2717 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
2719 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
2723 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2724 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2727 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2728 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, poly_int64 offset
)
2730 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
, *tmp
;
2732 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
2736 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
2737 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
2738 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
2739 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
2740 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
2741 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2744 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
2749 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2750 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2753 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*
2754 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
,
2755 poly_int64 offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
2757 struct dw_loc_descr_node
*head
;
2758 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2759 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2761 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2762 if (cfa
->reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
->indirect
== 0)
2764 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
2765 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
2766 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
2767 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
2770 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
2774 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2776 /* .debug_str support. */
2778 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2779 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2780 static void dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *);
2781 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2782 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2783 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2784 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2785 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2786 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
2787 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2788 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2789 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
2790 static void dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree
);
2791 static void dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree
);
2792 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
2793 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool, bool);
2794 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
2796 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
2797 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*);
2798 static void dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree
);
2799 static void dwarf2out_size_function (tree
);
2800 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
2801 static void dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int);
2802 static void dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
);
2803 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
2804 static void dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
2805 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
);
2806 static bool dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
2807 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
);
2809 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2811 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
2815 dwarf2out_early_finish
,
2816 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2819 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
2820 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
2821 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
2822 dwarf2out_end_block
,
2823 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
2824 dwarf2out_source_line
,
2825 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
2826 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2827 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
2828 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
2830 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2831 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2833 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
2834 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
2835 dwarf2out_end_function
, /* end_function */
2836 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit
,
2837 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
2838 dwarf2out_early_global_decl
,
2839 dwarf2out_late_global_decl
,
2840 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
2841 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
2842 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl
,
2843 dwarf2out_register_external_die
,
2844 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2845 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2846 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2847 something tries to reference them. */
2848 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2849 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2850 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2851 dwarf2out_var_location
,
2852 dwarf2out_inline_entry
, /* inline_entry */
2853 dwarf2out_size_function
, /* size_function */
2854 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
2856 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2857 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2860 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_lineno_debug_hooks
=
2863 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2864 debug_nothing_charstar
,
2865 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
2866 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2867 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2868 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
2870 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* begin_block */
2871 debug_nothing_int_int
, /* end_block */
2872 debug_true_const_tree
, /* ignore_block */
2873 dwarf2out_source_line
, /* source_line */
2874 debug_nothing_int_int_charstar
, /* begin_prologue */
2875 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
2876 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* begin_epilogue */
2877 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_epilogue */
2878 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
2879 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
2880 debug_nothing_tree
, /* register_main_translation_unit */
2881 debug_nothing_tree
, /* function_decl */
2882 debug_nothing_tree
, /* early_global_decl */
2883 debug_nothing_tree
, /* late_global_decl */
2884 debug_nothing_tree_int
, /* type_decl */
2885 debug_nothing_tree_tree_tree_bool_bool
,/* imported_module_or_decl */
2886 debug_false_tree_charstarstar_uhwistar
,/* die_ref_for_decl */
2887 debug_nothing_tree_charstar_uhwi
, /* register_external_die */
2888 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
2889 debug_nothing_tree
, /* outlining_inline_function */
2890 debug_nothing_rtx_code_label
, /* label */
2891 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
2892 debug_nothing_rtx_insn
, /* var_location */
2893 debug_nothing_tree
, /* inline_entry */
2894 debug_nothing_tree
, /* size_function */
2895 debug_nothing_void
, /* switch_text_section */
2896 debug_nothing_tree_tree
, /* set_name */
2897 0, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2898 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_ADDRESS
/* tree_type_symtab_field */
2901 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2902 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2903 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2905 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2906 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2907 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2908 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2910 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2911 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2912 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2913 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2914 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2915 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2916 yet. For Dwarf V5 or higher .debug_types doesn't exist any more,
2917 it is DW_UT_type unit type in .debug_info section. For late LTO
2918 debug there should be almost no types emitted so avoid enabling
2919 -fdebug-types-section there. */
2921 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 \
2922 && flag_debug_types_section \
2925 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2926 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2928 typedef long int dw_offset
;
2930 struct comdat_type_node
;
2932 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2933 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2934 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2937 enum dw_line_info_opcode
{
2938 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2941 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2942 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2946 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2949 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2952 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2955 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2956 LI_set_prologue_end
,
2957 LI_set_epilogue_begin
,
2959 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2960 LI_set_discriminator
,
2962 /* Output a Fixed Advance PC; the target PC is the label index; the
2963 base PC is the previous LI_adv_address or LI_set_address entry.
2964 We only use this when emitting debug views without assembler
2965 support, at explicit user request. Ideally, we should only use
2966 it when the offset might be zero but we can't tell: it's the only
2967 way to maybe change the PC without resetting the view number. */
2971 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
2972 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
;
2974 } dw_line_info_entry
;
2977 struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
{
2978 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2979 const char *end_label
;
2981 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2982 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2983 unsigned int file_num
;
2984 unsigned int line_num
;
2985 unsigned int column_num
;
2990 /* This denotes the NEXT view number.
2992 If it is 0, it is known that the NEXT view will be the first view
2995 If it is -1, we're forcing the view number to be reset, e.g. at a
2998 The meaning of other nonzero values depends on whether we're
2999 computing views internally or leaving it for the assembler to do
3000 so. If we're emitting them internally, view denotes the view
3001 number since the last known advance of PC. If we're leaving it
3002 for the assembler, it denotes the LVU label number that we're
3003 going to ask the assembler to assign. */
3006 /* This counts the number of symbolic views emitted in this table
3007 since the latest view reset. Its max value, over all tables,
3008 sets symview_upper_bound. */
3009 var_loc_view symviews_since_reset
;
3011 #define FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)-1)
3012 #define RESET_NEXT_VIEW(x) ((x) = (var_loc_view)0)
3013 #define FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)-1)
3014 #define RESETTING_VIEW_P(x) ((x) == (var_loc_view)0 || FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (x))
3016 vec
<dw_line_info_entry
, va_gc
> *entries
;
3019 /* This is an upper bound for view numbers that the assembler may
3020 assign to symbolic views output in this translation. It is used to
3021 decide how big a field to use to represent view numbers in
3022 symview-classed attributes. */
3024 static var_loc_view symview_upper_bound
;
3026 /* If we're keep track of location views and their reset points, and
3027 INSN is a reset point (i.e., it necessarily advances the PC), mark
3028 the next view in TABLE as reset. */
3031 maybe_reset_location_view (rtx_insn
*insn
, dw_line_info_table
*table
)
3033 if (!debug_internal_reset_location_views
)
3036 /* Maybe turn (part of?) this test into a default target hook. */
3039 if (targetm
.reset_location_view
)
3040 reset
= targetm
.reset_location_view (insn
);
3044 else if (JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (insn
))
3046 else if (GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
3047 || GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
3048 || GET_CODE (insn
) == ASM_INPUT
3049 || asm_noperands (insn
) >= 0)
3051 else if (get_attr_min_length (insn
) > 0)
3054 if (reset
> 0 && !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
3055 RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
3058 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3059 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3060 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3062 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
3063 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3064 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3069 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3070 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3071 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3073 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"), for_user
)) die_struct
{
3074 union die_symbol_or_type_node
3076 const char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
3077 comdat_type_node
*GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
3079 GTY ((desc ("%0.comdat_type_p"))) die_id
;
3080 vec
<dw_attr_node
, va_gc
> *die_attr
;
3081 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3082 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3084 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3085 dw_offset die_offset
;
3086 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3088 unsigned int decl_id
;
3089 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3090 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3091 BOOL_BITFIELD die_perennial_p
: 1;
3092 BOOL_BITFIELD comdat_type_p
: 1; /* DIE has a type signature */
3093 /* For an external ref to die_symbol if die_offset contains an extra
3094 offset to that symbol. */
3095 BOOL_BITFIELD with_offset
: 1;
3096 /* Whether this DIE was removed from the DIE tree, for example via
3097 prune_unused_types. We don't consider those present from the
3098 DIE lookup routines. */
3099 BOOL_BITFIELD removed
: 1;
3100 /* Lots of spare bits. */
3104 /* Set to TRUE while dwarf2out_early_global_decl is running. */
3105 static bool early_dwarf
;
3106 static bool early_dwarf_finished
;
3107 struct set_early_dwarf
{
3109 set_early_dwarf () : saved(early_dwarf
)
3111 gcc_assert (! early_dwarf_finished
);
3114 ~set_early_dwarf () { early_dwarf
= saved
; }
3117 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3118 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3119 c = die->die_child; \
3123 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3126 /* The pubname structure */
3128 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
3135 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges
{
3137 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3138 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3140 /* Index for the range list for DW_FORM_rnglistx. */
3141 unsigned int idx
: 31;
3142 /* True if this range might be possibly in a different section
3143 from previous entry. */
3144 unsigned int maybe_new_sec
: 1;
3147 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
3149 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct
{
3151 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno
;
3157 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label
{
3162 /* The comdat type node structure. */
3163 struct GTY(()) comdat_type_node
3165 dw_die_ref root_die
;
3166 dw_die_ref type_die
;
3167 dw_die_ref skeleton_die
;
3168 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
3169 comdat_type_node
*next
;
3172 /* A list of DIEs for which we can't determine ancestry (parent_die
3173 field) just yet. Later in dwarf2out_finish we will fill in the
3175 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
3177 /* The tree for which this DIE was created. We use this to
3178 determine ancestry later. */
3180 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3184 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
3188 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
3190 skeleton_chain_node
;
3192 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3193 implicitly generated for a type.
3195 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
3196 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
3197 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
3198 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3199 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3200 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
3201 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
3203 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3204 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3205 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3206 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3207 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3208 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3209 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3210 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3211 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3213 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3214 language, and compiler version. */
3216 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3217 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3218 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE \
3219 + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 4 : 3))
3221 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
3222 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3223 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3224 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3226 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF skeleton compilation unit header. */
3227 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE \
3228 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + (dwarf_version >= 5 ? 8 : 0))
3230 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3231 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3233 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3234 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3235 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3236 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3237 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3239 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3240 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3241 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3242 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3243 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3244 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3246 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3247 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3248 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3249 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3251 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3255 /* Use assembler views in line directives if available. */
3256 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3257 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_VIEW
3258 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 1
3260 #define DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO 0
3264 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for .loc. */
3267 dwarf2out_default_as_loc_support (void)
3269 return DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
;
3270 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3271 # undef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3272 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3276 /* Return true if GCC configure detected assembler support for views
3277 in .loc directives. */
3280 dwarf2out_default_as_locview_support (void)
3282 return DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
;
3283 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
3284 # undef DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3285 # pragma GCC poison DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
3289 /* A bit is set in ZERO_VIEW_P if we are using the assembler-supported
3290 view computation, and it refers to a view identifier for which we
3291 will not emit a label because it is known to map to a view number
3292 zero. We won't allocate the bitmap if we're not using assembler
3293 support for location views, but we have to make the variable
3294 visible for GGC and for code that will be optimized out for lack of
3295 support but that's still parsed and compiled. We could abstract it
3296 out with macros, but it's not worth it. */
3297 static GTY(()) bitmap zero_view_p
;
3299 /* Evaluate to TRUE iff N is known to identify the first location view
3300 at its PC. When not using assembler location view computation,
3301 that must be view number zero. Otherwise, ZERO_VIEW_P is allocated
3302 and views label numbers recorded in it are the ones known to be
3304 #define ZERO_VIEW_P(N) ((N) == (var_loc_view)0 \
3305 || (N) == (var_loc_view)-1 \
3307 && bitmap_bit_p (zero_view_p, (N))))
3309 /* Return true iff we're to emit .loc directives for the assembler to
3310 generate line number sections.
3312 When we're not emitting views, all we need from the assembler is
3313 support for .loc directives.
3315 If we are emitting views, we can only use the assembler's .loc
3316 support if it also supports views.
3318 When the compiler is emitting the line number programs and
3319 computing view numbers itself, it resets view numbers at known PC
3320 changes and counts from that, and then it emits view numbers as
3321 literal constants in locviewlists. There are cases in which the
3322 compiler is not sure about PC changes, e.g. when extra alignment is
3323 requested for a label. In these cases, the compiler may not reset
3324 the view counter, and the potential PC advance in the line number
3325 program will use an opcode that does not reset the view counter
3326 even if the PC actually changes, so that compiler and debug info
3327 consumer can keep view numbers in sync.
3329 When the compiler defers view computation to the assembler, it
3330 emits symbolic view numbers in locviewlists, with the exception of
3331 views known to be zero (forced resets, or reset after
3332 compiler-visible PC changes): instead of emitting symbols for
3333 these, we emit literal zero and assert the assembler agrees with
3334 the compiler's assessment. We could use symbolic views everywhere,
3335 instead of special-casing zero views, but then we'd be unable to
3336 optimize out locviewlists that contain only zeros. */
3339 output_asm_line_debug_info (void)
3341 return (dwarf2out_as_loc_support
3342 && (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
3343 || !debug_variable_location_views
));
3346 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3347 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3348 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3350 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3351 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
3353 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3354 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3356 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3357 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3358 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3359 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3360 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3362 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
3363 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
3364 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
3367 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3368 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3369 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3371 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3372 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die
;
3374 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
3375 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
3377 /* A list of CU DIEs that have been separated. */
3378 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*cu_die_list
;
3380 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3381 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3383 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
3384 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
3385 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
3387 struct dwarf_file_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<dwarf_file_data
>
3389 typedef const char *compare_type
;
3391 static hashval_t
hash (dwarf_file_data
*);
3392 static bool equal (dwarf_file_data
*, const char *);
3395 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3396 static GTY(()) hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
> *file_table
;
3398 struct decl_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_node
>
3400 typedef tree compare_type
;
3402 static hashval_t
hash (die_node
*);
3403 static bool equal (die_node
*, tree
);
3405 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3406 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3407 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
> *decl_die_table
;
3409 struct GTY ((for_user
)) variable_value_struct
{
3410 unsigned int decl_id
;
3411 vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *dies
;
3414 struct variable_value_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<variable_value_struct
>
3416 typedef tree compare_type
;
3418 static hashval_t
hash (variable_value_struct
*);
3419 static bool equal (variable_value_struct
*, tree
);
3421 /* A hash table of DIEs that contain DW_OP_GNU_variable_value with
3422 dw_val_class_decl_ref class, indexed by FUNCTION_DECLs which is
3423 DECL_CONTEXT of the referenced VAR_DECLs. */
3424 static GTY (()) hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
> *variable_value_hash
;
3426 struct block_die_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<die_struct
>
3428 static hashval_t
hash (die_struct
*);
3429 static bool equal (die_struct
*, die_struct
*);
3432 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
3433 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
3434 static GTY (()) hash_table
<block_die_hasher
> *common_block_die_table
;
3436 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
3442 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3443 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
3444 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
3445 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
3446 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
3447 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
3448 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
3449 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
3450 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
3451 NULL as second operand. */
3453 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3454 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3458 /* Variable location list. */
3459 struct GTY ((for_user
)) var_loc_list_def
{
3460 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3462 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
3463 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
3464 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
3465 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
3466 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
3467 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
3468 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3470 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
3471 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
3472 is after section switch. */
3473 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch
;
3475 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3476 unsigned int decl_id
;
3478 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3480 /* Call argument location list. */
3481 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node
{
3482 rtx
GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note
;
3483 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3484 tree
GTY (()) block
;
3486 rtx
GTY (()) symbol_ref
;
3487 struct call_arg_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3491 struct decl_loc_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<var_loc_list
>
3493 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3495 static hashval_t
hash (var_loc_list
*);
3496 static bool equal (var_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3499 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3500 static GTY (()) hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
> *decl_loc_table
;
3502 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
3503 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_locations
;
3504 static struct call_arg_loc_node
*call_arg_loc_last
;
3506 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
3507 static int call_site_count
= -1;
3508 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
3509 static int tail_call_site_count
= -1;
3511 /* A cached location list. */
3512 struct GTY ((for_user
)) cached_dw_loc_list_def
{
3513 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
3514 unsigned int decl_id
;
3516 /* The cached location list. */
3517 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
3519 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list
;
3521 struct dw_loc_list_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<cached_dw_loc_list
>
3524 typedef const_tree compare_type
;
3526 static hashval_t
hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*);
3527 static bool equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*, const_tree
);
3530 /* Table of cached location lists. */
3531 static GTY (()) hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
> *cached_dw_loc_list_table
;
3533 /* A vector of references to DIE's that are uniquely identified by their tag,
3534 presence/absence of children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3535 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_die_ref
, va_gc
> *abbrev_die_table
;
3537 /* A hash map to remember the stack usage for DWARF procedures. The value
3538 stored is the stack size difference between before the DWARF procedure
3539 invokation and after it returned. In other words, for a DWARF procedure
3540 that consumes N stack slots and that pushes M ones, this stores M - N. */
3541 static hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int> *dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
3543 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
3544 static unsigned int line_info_label_num
;
3546 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
3547 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
3548 assembly for the function. */
3549 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cur_line_info_table
;
3551 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
3552 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*text_section_line_info
;
3553 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table
*cold_text_section_line_info
;
3555 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
3556 static GTY(()) vec
<dw_line_info_table
*, va_gc
> *separate_line_info
;
3558 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
3560 static bool info_section_emitted
;
3562 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3563 accessible names. */
3564 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubname_table
;
3566 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3567 accessible types. */
3568 static GTY (()) vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *pubtype_table
;
3570 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
3571 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
3572 static GTY (()) vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *macinfo_table
;
3574 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
3576 #define have_macinfo \
3577 ((!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO || HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS) \
3578 && debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
3579 && !macinfo_table->is_empty ())
3581 /* Vector of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3582 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges
, va_gc
> *ranges_table
;
3584 /* Vector of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3585 static GTY (()) vec
<dw_ranges_by_label
, va_gc
> *ranges_by_label
;
3587 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3588 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3590 /* Unique label counter. */
3591 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3593 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3594 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
3596 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3597 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
3599 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3600 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3602 static GTY(()) vec
<die_arg_entry
, va_gc
> *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
3604 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3605 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3606 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3607 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3608 static GTY(()) vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *generic_type_instances
;
3610 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3611 within the current function. */
3612 static poly_int64 frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
3613 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
;
3615 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> base_types
;
3617 /* Flags to represent a set of attribute classes for attributes that represent
3618 a scalar value (bounds, pointers, ...). */
3621 dw_scalar_form_constant
= 0x01,
3622 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
= 0x02,
3623 dw_scalar_form_reference
= 0x04
3626 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3628 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
3629 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3630 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
3631 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3632 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3633 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3634 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
3635 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3636 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_node
*);
3637 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_node
*);
3638 static inline unsigned int AT_index (dw_attr_node
*);
3639 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3640 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*);
3641 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3642 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_node
*);
3643 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3644 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*);
3645 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3646 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3647 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
3648 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3649 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
3650 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3651 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_node
*);
3652 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*);
3653 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3654 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3655 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*);
3656 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*);
3657 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*, int);
3658 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3659 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*);
3660 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3662 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3663 static void add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3664 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3665 static addr_table_entry
*add_addr_table_entry (void *, enum ate_kind
);
3666 static void remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*);
3667 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
, bool);
3668 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*);
3669 static void add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3670 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3671 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3672 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3673 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3674 unsigned long, bool);
3675 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*);
3676 static dw_attr_node
*get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3677 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3678 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3679 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3680 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3681 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3682 static bool is_c (void);
3683 static bool is_cxx (void);
3684 static bool is_cxx (const_tree
);
3685 static bool is_fortran (void);
3686 static bool is_ada (void);
3687 static bool remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3688 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3689 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3690 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3691 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3692 static dw_die_ref
strip_naming_typedef (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3693 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree
);
3694 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3695 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3696 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
3697 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3698 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *, var_loc_view
);
3699 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3700 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3701 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3702 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3703 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3704 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3705 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3706 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3707 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_node
*,
3708 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3709 struct checksum_attributes
;
3710 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
3711 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3712 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3713 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
3714 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3715 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
3716 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*, dw_attr_node
*, int *);
3717 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3718 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3719 static inline bool is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref
);
3720 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
3721 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
3722 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
3723 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
3724 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
3725 static dw_die_ref
copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3726 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3727 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
3728 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
3729 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
3732 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
3733 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
3735 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3737 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3738 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3739 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3740 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3741 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3742 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3743 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3744 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3745 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3746 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3747 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*);
3748 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3749 static void output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long, dw_die_ref
);
3750 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type
);
3752 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int, const unsigned char *);
3753 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*, bool);
3754 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3755 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static void add_enumerator_pubname (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3757 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3759 static void output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *);
3760 static void output_aranges (void);
3761 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
, bool = false);
3762 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
3764 static void output_ranges (void);
3765 static dw_line_info_table
*new_line_info_table (void);
3766 static void output_line_info (bool);
3767 static void output_file_names (void);
3768 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
, bool);
3769 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3770 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static int decl_quals (const_tree
);
3772 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3773 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
3776 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
3777 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
3778 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3779 enum var_init_status
);
3780 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3781 enum var_init_status
);
3782 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, poly_int64
,
3783 enum var_init_status
);
3784 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
3785 static bool resolve_one_addr (rtx
*);
3786 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
3787 enum var_init_status
);
3788 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, machine_mode mode
,
3789 enum var_init_status
);
3790 struct loc_descr_context
;
3791 static void add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
);
3792 static void add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
);
3793 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int,
3794 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3795 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int,
3796 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3797 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
3798 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3799 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
3800 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
3802 static dw_loc_descr_ref
field_byte_offset (const_tree
, struct vlr_context
*,
3804 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3806 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3807 struct vlr_context
*);
3808 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3809 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3810 static void insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&, unsigned char *, int);
3811 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
3812 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3813 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3814 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3815 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3816 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3817 static void add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3818 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3819 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3820 static void add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
, int,
3821 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3822 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
,
3823 struct loc_descr_context
*);
3824 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
3825 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3826 static void add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3827 static inline void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
3828 struct vlr_context
*);
3829 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3830 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3831 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3832 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3833 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3834 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool = false);
3835 static void add_discr_value (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_value
*);
3836 static void add_discr_list (dw_die_ref
, dw_discr_list_ref
);
3837 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*);
3838 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3839 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3840 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3841 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3842 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3843 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3844 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
3845 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
3847 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3849 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3850 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
3852 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3854 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3855 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
3856 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
3857 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3858 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3859 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3860 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3861 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3862 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3863 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3864 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3865 static void gen_field_die (tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3866 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3867 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3868 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3869 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3870 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
3871 enum debug_info_usage
);
3872 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3873 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3874 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3875 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3876 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, bool = true);
3877 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
3878 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
3879 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3880 static dw_die_ref
gen_namelist_decl (tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3881 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, struct vlr_context
*, dw_die_ref
);
3882 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3883 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3884 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3885 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3886 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
3887 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3888 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3889 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
3890 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3891 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
3892 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3893 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3894 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *, var_loc_view
,
3895 const char *, var_loc_view
, const char *);
3896 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3897 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3898 static bool want_pubnames (void);
3900 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3901 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3902 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3903 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3904 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3905 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3906 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3907 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
3908 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*);
3909 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*);
3910 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3911 const char *, const char *);
3912 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3913 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3914 static bool generic_type_p (tree
);
3915 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
);
3916 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3917 static void resolve_variable_values (void);
3919 static const char *comp_dir_string (void);
3921 static void hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
, inchash::hash
&);
3923 /* enum for tracking thread-local variables whose address is really an offset
3924 relative to the TLS pointer, which will need link-time relocation, but will
3925 not need relocation by the DWARF consumer. */
3933 /* Return the operator to use for an address of a variable. For dtprel_true, we
3934 use DW_OP_const*. For regular variables, which need both link-time
3935 relocation and consumer-level relocation (e.g., to account for shared objects
3936 loaded at a random address), we use DW_OP_addr*. */
3938 static inline enum dwarf_location_atom
3939 dw_addr_op (enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3941 if (dtprel
== dtprel_true
)
3942 return (dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_constx
)
3943 : (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
));
3945 return dwarf_split_debug_info
? dwarf_OP (DW_OP_addrx
) : DW_OP_addr
;
3948 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated address location description. If
3949 dwarf_split_debug_info is true, then record the address with the appropriate
3951 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3952 new_addr_loc_descr (rtx addr
, enum dtprel_bool dtprel
)
3954 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
= new_loc_descr (dw_addr_op (dtprel
), 0, 0);
3956 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
3957 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
3958 ref
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
3959 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
3960 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
3961 = add_addr_table_entry (addr
,
3962 dtprel
? ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
: ate_kind_rtx
);
3964 ref
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
3969 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3971 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3972 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3974 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3975 #define DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info.dwo"
3977 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
3978 #define DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info"
3980 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
3981 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_info.dwo"
3983 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3984 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3986 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
3987 #define DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev"
3989 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3990 #define DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev.dwo"
3992 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
3993 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_abbrev.dwo"
3995 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3996 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3998 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
3999 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION ".debug_addr"
4001 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4002 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4004 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
4005 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo"
4007 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4008 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo.dwo"
4010 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
4011 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macinfo.dwo"
4013 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
4014 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
4016 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
4017 #define DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro"
4019 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4020 #define DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro.dwo"
4022 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
4023 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_macro.dwo"
4025 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4026 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4028 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
4029 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line"
4031 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4032 #define DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line.dwo"
4034 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION
4035 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_LINE_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line.dwo"
4037 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4038 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4040 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
4041 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc.dwo"
4043 #ifndef DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4044 #define DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists"
4046 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
4047 #define DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION ".debug_loclists.dwo"
4049 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4050 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION \
4051 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4052 ? ".debug_gnu_pubnames" : ".debug_pubnames")
4054 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
4055 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION \
4056 ((debug_generate_pub_sections == 2) \
4057 ? ".debug_gnu_pubtypes" : ".debug_pubtypes")
4059 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4060 #define DEBUG_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets"
4062 #ifndef DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4063 #define DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4065 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
4066 #define DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str_offsets.dwo"
4068 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4069 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4071 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
4072 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str"
4074 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
4075 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION ".debug_str.dwo"
4077 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
4078 #define DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_str.dwo"
4080 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4081 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4083 #ifndef DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
4084 #define DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION ".debug_rnglists"
4086 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
4087 #define DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION ".debug_line_str"
4089 #ifndef DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
4090 #define DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_line_str"
4093 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4094 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4095 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4098 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4099 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4100 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
4101 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4104 /* Section flags for .debug_str.dwo section. */
4105 #define DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_EXCLUDE)
4107 /* Attribute used to refer to the macro section. */
4108 #define DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE (dwarf_version >= 5 ? DW_AT_macros \
4109 : dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros)
4111 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4112 the section names themselves. */
4114 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4115 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4117 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4118 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4120 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4121 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4123 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4124 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_line"
4126 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4127 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4129 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4130 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_info"
4132 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4133 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4135 #ifndef DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4136 #define DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Lskeleton_debug_abbrev"
4138 #ifndef DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
4139 #define DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_addr"
4141 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4142 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4144 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4145 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4147 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4148 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4150 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
4151 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
4153 #define SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV 1
4154 #define SKELETON_TYPE_DIE_ABBREV 2
4156 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4157 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4158 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4159 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4160 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4162 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4163 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4164 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4165 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4166 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4167 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4168 static char debug_skeleton_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4169 static char debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4170 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4171 static char debug_addr_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4172 static char debug_skeleton_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4173 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4174 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4175 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4176 static char ranges_base_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4178 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4179 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4181 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4182 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4184 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4185 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4187 #ifndef BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
4188 #define BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL "LBI"
4190 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4191 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4193 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4194 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4198 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
4200 comp_unit_die (void)
4202 if (!single_comp_unit_die
)
4203 single_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
4204 return single_comp_unit_die
;
4207 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4208 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4210 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4213 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4215 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4218 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4221 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
4223 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4224 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4225 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4228 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4232 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4234 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4236 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4237 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4238 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4239 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4241 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4242 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4243 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4248 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4251 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
4253 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4255 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4256 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4259 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
4262 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label
, dw_die_ref ref
)
4264 sprintf (label
, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label
, ref
->die_offset
);
4267 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
4269 static unsigned long int
4270 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4272 if (ref
->die_offset
)
4273 return ref
->die_offset
;
4274 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev
)
4276 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
4277 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4279 return ref
->die_offset
;
4282 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
4284 static unsigned long int
4285 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref
)
4287 gcc_assert (ref
->die_offset
);
4288 return ref
->die_offset
;
4291 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4294 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4296 const char *name
= get_DW_TAG_name (tag
);
4301 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4304 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4307 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4313 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4314 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
4315 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
4317 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4318 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4321 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4322 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
4323 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
4325 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4326 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4330 name
= get_DW_AT_name (attr
);
4335 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4338 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4341 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4343 const char *name
= get_DW_FORM_name (form
);
4348 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4351 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4352 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4353 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4354 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4358 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
4360 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4363 /* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN can point to itself; ignore that if
4364 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4365 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4368 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4369 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4370 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4372 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4375 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4376 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4380 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4382 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4384 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4385 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4387 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4388 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4390 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4391 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4396 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4399 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_node
*attr
)
4401 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4407 /* Check we do not add duplicate attrs. Can't use get_AT here
4408 because that recurses to the specification/abstract origin DIE. */
4411 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
4412 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= attr
->dw_attr
);
4415 vec_safe_reserve (die
->die_attr
, 1);
4416 vec_safe_push (die
->die_attr
, *attr
);
4419 static inline enum dw_val_class
4420 AT_class (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4422 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4425 /* Return the index for any attribute that will be referenced with a
4426 DW_FORM_addrx/GNU_addr_index or DW_FORM_strx/GNU_str_index. String
4427 indices are stored in dw_attr_val.v.val_str for reference counting
4430 static inline unsigned int
4431 AT_index (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4433 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4434 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->index
;
4435 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
4436 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
->index
;
4440 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4443 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4447 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4448 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4449 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4450 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4451 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4454 static inline unsigned
4455 AT_flag (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4457 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4458 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4461 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4464 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4468 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4469 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4470 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4471 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4472 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4475 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4476 AT_int (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4478 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
4479 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const_implicit
));
4480 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4483 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4486 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4487 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4491 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4492 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4493 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4494 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4495 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4498 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4499 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4501 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
4502 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
));
4503 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4506 /* Add an unsigned wide integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4509 add_AT_wide (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4514 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4515 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
4516 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4517 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
4518 *attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
= w
;
4519 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4522 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4525 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4526 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
4530 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4531 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
4532 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4533 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
4534 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
4535 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4538 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4541 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4542 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4546 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4547 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4548 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4549 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4550 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4551 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4552 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4555 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
4558 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4559 unsigned char data8
[8])
4563 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4564 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
4565 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4566 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
4567 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4570 /* Add DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc to a DIE. When using
4571 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
4572 final executable have force_direct set to avoid using indexed
4576 add_AT_low_high_pc (dw_die_ref die
, const char *lbl_low
, const char *lbl_high
,
4582 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_low
);
4583 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_low_pc
;
4584 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4585 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4586 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4587 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4588 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4590 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4591 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4593 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_high_pc
;
4594 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
4595 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4597 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_high_pc
;
4598 lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_high
);
4599 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= lbl_id
;
4600 if (attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_lbl_id
4601 && dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
4602 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
4603 = add_addr_table_entry (lbl_id
, ate_kind_label
);
4605 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4606 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4609 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4612 indirect_string_hasher::hash (indirect_string_node
*x
)
4614 return htab_hash_string (x
->str
);
4618 indirect_string_hasher::equal (indirect_string_node
*x1
, const char *x2
)
4620 return strcmp (x1
->str
, x2
) == 0;
4623 /* Add STR to the given string hash table. */
4625 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4626 find_AT_string_in_table (const char *str
,
4627 hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
> *table
,
4628 enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4630 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4632 indirect_string_node
**slot
4633 = table
->find_slot_with_hash (str
, htab_hash_string (str
), insert
);
4636 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<indirect_string_node
> ();
4637 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4647 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4649 static struct indirect_string_node
*
4650 find_AT_string (const char *str
, enum insert_option insert
= INSERT
)
4652 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4653 debug_str_hash
= hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
4655 return find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_str_hash
, insert
);
4658 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4661 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4664 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4666 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
4668 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4669 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4670 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4671 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4672 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4675 static inline const char *
4676 AT_string (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4678 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4679 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4682 /* Call this function directly to bypass AT_string_form's logic to put
4683 the string inline in the die. */
4686 set_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4688 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4689 /* Already indirect is a no op. */
4690 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
4691 || node
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
4692 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4694 gcc_assert (node
->label
);
4697 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4698 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4699 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4701 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
4703 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4704 node
->index
= NOT_INDEXED
;
4708 node
->form
= dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
);
4709 node
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
4713 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish, called to reset indirect
4714 string decisions done for early LTO dwarf output before fat object
4718 reset_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, void *)
4720 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
4721 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
4725 node
->form
= (dwarf_form
) 0;
4731 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4732 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4734 static enum dwarf_form
4735 find_string_form (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
4742 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4744 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4745 always better to put it inline. */
4746 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4747 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4749 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4750 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4752 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4753 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4754 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
4755 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4757 set_indirect_string (node
);
4762 /* Find out whether the string referenced from the attribute should be
4763 output inline in DIE or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4765 static enum dwarf_form
4766 AT_string_form (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4768 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
4769 return find_string_form (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
);
4772 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4775 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4778 gcc_checking_assert (targ_die
!= NULL
);
4780 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4781 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4782 if (targ_die
== NULL
)
4785 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4786 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4787 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4788 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4789 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4790 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4793 /* Change DIE reference REF to point to NEW_DIE instead. */
4796 change_AT_die_ref (dw_attr_node
*ref
, dw_die_ref new_die
)
4798 gcc_assert (ref
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4799 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= new_die
;
4800 ref
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4803 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4804 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4807 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4809 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4810 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
4811 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4814 static inline dw_die_ref
4815 AT_ref (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4817 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4818 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4822 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4824 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4825 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4831 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_node
*a
, int i
)
4833 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
4834 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4837 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4840 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4844 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4845 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4846 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4847 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4848 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4851 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4852 AT_loc (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4854 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
4855 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4859 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4863 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4866 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4867 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4868 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4869 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4870 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4871 have_location_lists
= true;
4874 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4875 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4877 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4878 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4881 /* Add a view list attribute to DIE. It must have a DW_AT_location
4882 attribute, because the view list complements the location list. */
4885 add_AT_view_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4889 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
&& !HAVE_XCOFF_DWARF_EXTRAS
)
4892 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4893 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_view_list
;
4894 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
4895 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
= die
;
4896 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4897 gcc_checking_assert (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
));
4898 gcc_assert (have_location_lists
);
4901 /* Return a pointer to the location list referenced by the attribute.
4902 If the named attribute is a view list, look up the corresponding
4903 DW_AT_location attribute and return its location list. */
4905 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
4906 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
4909 switch (AT_class (a
))
4911 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
4912 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4913 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
4916 l
= get_AT (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4919 gcc_checking_assert (l
+ 1 == a
);
4920 return AT_loc_list_ptr (l
);
4927 /* Return the location attribute value associated with a view list
4930 static inline dw_val_node
*
4931 view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (dw_val_node
*val
)
4933 gcc_assert (val
->val_class
== dw_val_class_view_list
);
4934 dw_attr_node
*loc
= get_AT (val
->v
.val_view_list
, DW_AT_location
);
4937 gcc_checking_assert (&(loc
+ 1)->dw_attr_val
== val
);
4938 gcc_assert (AT_class (loc
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
4939 return &loc
->dw_attr_val
;
4942 struct addr_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<addr_table_entry
>
4944 static hashval_t
hash (addr_table_entry
*);
4945 static bool equal (addr_table_entry
*, addr_table_entry
*);
4948 /* Table of entries into the .debug_addr section. */
4950 static GTY (()) hash_table
<addr_hasher
> *addr_index_table
;
4952 /* Hash an address_table_entry. */
4955 addr_hasher::hash (addr_table_entry
*a
)
4957 inchash::hash hstate
;
4963 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4966 case ate_kind_label
:
4967 return htab_hash_string (a
->addr
.label
);
4971 inchash::add_rtx (a
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
4972 return hstate
.end ();
4975 /* Determine equality for two address_table_entries. */
4978 addr_hasher::equal (addr_table_entry
*a1
, addr_table_entry
*a2
)
4980 if (a1
->kind
!= a2
->kind
)
4985 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
4986 return rtx_equal_p (a1
->addr
.rtl
, a2
->addr
.rtl
);
4987 case ate_kind_label
:
4988 return strcmp (a1
->addr
.label
, a2
->addr
.label
) == 0;
4994 /* Initialize an addr_table_entry. */
4997 init_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*e
, enum ate_kind kind
, void *addr
)
5003 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
5004 e
->addr
.rtl
= (rtx
) addr
;
5006 case ate_kind_label
:
5007 e
->addr
.label
= (char *) addr
;
5011 e
->index
= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
;
5014 /* Add attr to the address table entry to the table. Defer setting an
5015 index until output time. */
5017 static addr_table_entry
*
5018 add_addr_table_entry (void *addr
, enum ate_kind kind
)
5020 addr_table_entry
*node
;
5021 addr_table_entry finder
;
5023 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
);
5024 if (! addr_index_table
)
5025 addr_index_table
= hash_table
<addr_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
5026 init_addr_table_entry (&finder
, kind
, addr
);
5027 addr_table_entry
**slot
= addr_index_table
->find_slot (&finder
, INSERT
);
5029 if (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
5031 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<addr_table_entry
> ();
5032 init_addr_table_entry (node
, kind
, addr
);
5042 /* Remove an entry from the addr table by decrementing its refcount.
5043 Strictly, decrementing the refcount would be enough, but the
5044 assertion that the entry is actually in the table has found
5048 remove_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
*entry
)
5050 gcc_assert (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& addr_index_table
);
5051 /* After an index is assigned, the table is frozen. */
5052 gcc_assert (entry
->refcount
> 0 && entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5056 /* Given a location list, remove all addresses it refers to from the
5060 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
5062 for (; descr
; descr
= descr
->dw_loc_next
)
5063 if (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
!= NULL
)
5065 gcc_assert (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5066 remove_addr_table_entry (descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
5070 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
5071 htab_traverse. Assign an addr_table_entry its index. All entries
5072 must be collected into the table when this function is called,
5073 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
5074 in the same order for each run. */
5077 index_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
5079 addr_table_entry
*node
= *h
;
5081 /* Don't index unreferenced nodes. */
5082 if (node
->refcount
== 0)
5085 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
5086 node
->index
= *index
;
5092 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. When using
5093 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5094 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5095 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5098 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
,
5103 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5104 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5105 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5106 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5107 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= add_addr_table_entry (addr
, ate_kind_rtx
);
5109 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5110 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5113 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5116 AT_addr (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5118 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5119 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5122 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5125 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5126 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5130 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5131 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5132 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5133 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5134 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5137 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5139 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5140 AT_file (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5142 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
5143 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
));
5144 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5147 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
5150 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5151 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
5155 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5156 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
5157 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5158 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
5159 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
5160 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5163 /* Add a symbolic view identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5166 add_AT_symview (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5167 const char *view_label
)
5171 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5172 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_symview
;
5173 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5174 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
= xstrdup (view_label
);
5175 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5178 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5181 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5186 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5187 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5188 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5190 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
5191 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
5192 = add_addr_table_entry (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
,
5194 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5197 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5198 debug_line section. */
5201 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5206 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5207 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5208 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5209 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5210 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5213 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5214 debug_macinfo section. */
5217 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5222 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5223 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5224 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
5225 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5226 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5229 /* Add a range_list attribute value to a DIE. When using
5230 dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined for the
5231 final executable should be direct references--setting the parameter
5232 force_direct ensures this behavior. */
5234 #define UNRELOCATED_OFFSET ((addr_table_entry *) 1)
5235 #define RELOCATED_OFFSET (NULL)
5238 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5239 long unsigned int offset
, bool force_direct
)
5243 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5244 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5245 /* For the range_list attribute, use val_entry to store whether the
5246 offset should follow split-debug-info or normal semantics. This
5247 value is read in output_range_list_offset. */
5248 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !force_direct
)
5249 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= UNRELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5251 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= RELOCATED_OFFSET
;
5252 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5253 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5256 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
5258 static inline const char *
5259 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5261 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5262 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
5265 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
5267 static inline const char *
5268 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5270 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
5271 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
5274 static inline const char *
5275 AT_lbl (dw_attr_node
*a
)
5277 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5278 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5279 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
5280 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loclistsptr
5281 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_high_pc
));
5282 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5285 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5287 static dw_attr_node
*
5288 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5292 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5297 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5298 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5300 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5301 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5305 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5310 /* Returns the parent of the declaration of DIE. */
5313 get_die_parent (dw_die_ref die
)
5320 if ((t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
5321 || (t
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
)))
5324 return die
->die_parent
;
5327 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5328 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5329 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5331 static inline const char *
5332 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5334 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5336 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5339 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5340 NULL if it is not present. */
5342 static inline const char *
5343 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5345 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5347 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5350 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5351 if it is not present. */
5354 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5356 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5358 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5361 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5362 if it is not present. */
5364 static inline unsigned
5365 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5367 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5369 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5372 static inline dw_die_ref
5373 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5375 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5377 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5380 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5381 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5383 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5385 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5388 /* Return TRUE if the language is C. */
5393 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5395 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5396 || lang
== DW_LANG_C11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
);
5401 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5406 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5408 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
5409 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
);
5412 /* Return TRUE if DECL was created by the C++ frontend. */
5415 is_cxx (const_tree decl
)
5419 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5420 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5421 return strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
), "GNU C++", 7) == 0;
5426 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5431 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5433 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5434 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5435 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
5436 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran03
5437 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran08
);
5441 is_fortran (const_tree decl
)
5445 const_tree context
= get_ultimate_context (decl
);
5446 if (context
&& TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
))
5447 return (strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5448 "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0
5449 || strcmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (context
),
5452 return is_fortran ();
5455 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5460 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5462 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5465 /* Return TRUE if the language is D. */
5470 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
);
5472 return lang
== DW_LANG_D
;
5475 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. Return TRUE if removal
5479 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5487 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
5488 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5490 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5491 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5492 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5494 /* vec::ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5496 die
->die_attr
->ordered_remove (ix
);
5502 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5503 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5506 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5508 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5509 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5512 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5516 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5517 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5518 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5519 child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5522 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
5523 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
5526 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5528 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
5530 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5531 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
5533 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5534 if (prev
== old_child
)
5536 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
5537 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5541 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
5542 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
5544 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
5545 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
5546 old_child
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5549 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
5552 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5555 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
5556 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
5557 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
5560 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5564 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5570 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5572 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5574 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5575 c
->die_parent
= NULL
;
5576 /* Might have removed every child. */
5577 if (die
->die_child
== NULL
)
5581 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5584 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5587 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5589 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5590 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5592 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5594 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5597 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5598 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5601 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5602 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5605 /* Like add_child_die, but put CHILD_DIE after AFTER_DIE. */
5608 add_child_die_after (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
,
5609 dw_die_ref after_die
)
5615 && die
!= child_die
);
5617 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5618 child_die
->die_sib
= after_die
->die_sib
;
5619 after_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5620 if (die
->die_child
== after_die
)
5621 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5624 /* Unassociate CHILD from its parent, and make its parent be
5628 reparent_child (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
5630 for (dw_die_ref p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5631 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5633 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5636 add_child_die (new_parent
, child
);
5639 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5640 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5641 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5644 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5646 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5647 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5648 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5650 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5656 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5657 || (child
->die_parent
5658 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5660 reparent_child (child
, parent
);
5663 /* Create and return a new die with TAG_VALUE as tag. */
5665 static inline dw_die_ref
5666 new_die_raw (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
)
5668 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<die_node
> ();
5669 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5673 /* Create and return a new die with a parent of PARENT_DIE. If
5674 PARENT_DIE is NULL, the new DIE is placed in limbo and an
5675 associated tree T must be supplied to determine parenthood
5678 static inline dw_die_ref
5679 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5681 dw_die_ref die
= new_die_raw (tag_value
);
5683 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5684 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5687 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5689 /* No DIEs created after early dwarf should end up in limbo,
5690 because the limbo list should not persist past LTO
5692 if (tag_value
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5693 /* These are allowed because they're generated while
5694 breaking out COMDAT units late. */
5695 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
5696 && tag_value
!= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
5698 /* Allow nested functions to live in limbo because they will
5699 only temporarily live there, as decls_for_scope will fix
5701 && (TREE_CODE (t
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5702 || !decl_function_context (t
))
5703 /* Same as nested functions above but for types. Types that
5704 are local to a function will be fixed in
5706 && (!RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (t
)
5707 || !TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)
5708 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (t
)) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
5709 /* FIXME debug-early: Allow late limbo DIE creation for LTO,
5710 especially in the ltrans stage, but once we implement LTO
5711 dwarf streaming, we should remove this exception. */
5714 fprintf (stderr
, "symbol ended up in limbo too late:");
5715 debug_generic_stmt (t
);
5719 limbo_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
5720 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5721 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5722 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5723 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5729 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5731 static inline dw_die_ref
5732 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5734 dw_die_ref die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5735 if (die
&& die
->removed
)
5737 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = NULL
;
5743 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
5744 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
5745 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
5747 static inline dw_die_ref
5748 strip_naming_typedef (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5751 && TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
5753 && type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
5754 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
5755 type_die
= get_AT_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_type
);
5759 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
5760 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
5761 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
5762 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
5763 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
5764 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
5766 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
5767 a naming typedef is. */
5769 static inline dw_die_ref
5770 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type
)
5772 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
5773 return strip_naming_typedef (type
, die
);
5776 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5779 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5781 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5784 static dw_die_ref
maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree
);
5785 struct GTY(()) sym_off_pair
5787 const char * GTY((skip
)) sym
;
5788 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
5790 static GTY(()) hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
> *external_die_map
;
5792 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5795 decl_die_hasher::hash (die_node
*x
)
5797 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
5800 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5803 decl_die_hasher::equal (die_node
*x
, tree y
)
5805 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
5808 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5810 static inline dw_die_ref
5811 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5813 dw_die_ref
*die
= decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
),
5818 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (decl
);
5821 if ((*die
)->removed
)
5823 decl_die_table
->clear_slot (die
);
5830 /* Return the DIE associated with BLOCK. */
5832 static inline dw_die_ref
5833 lookup_block_die (tree block
)
5835 dw_die_ref die
= BLOCK_DIE (block
);
5836 if (!die
&& in_lto_p
)
5837 return maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (block
);
5841 /* Associate DIE with BLOCK. */
5844 equate_block_to_die (tree block
, dw_die_ref die
)
5846 BLOCK_DIE (block
) = die
;
5851 /* For DECL which might have early dwarf output query a SYMBOL + OFFSET
5852 style reference. Return true if we found one refering to a DIE for
5853 DECL, otherwise return false. */
5856 dwarf2out_die_ref_for_decl (tree decl
, const char **sym
,
5857 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
*off
)
5863 /* During WPA stage and incremental linking we use a hash-map
5864 to store the decl <-> label + offset map. */
5865 if (!external_die_map
)
5867 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5875 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5876 die
= lookup_block_die (decl
);
5878 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
5882 /* Similar to get_ref_die_offset_label, but using the "correct"
5884 *off
= die
->die_offset
;
5885 while (die
->die_parent
)
5886 die
= die
->die_parent
;
5887 /* For the containing CU DIE we compute a die_symbol in
5888 compute_comp_unit_symbol. */
5889 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
5890 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
!= NULL
);
5891 *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
5895 /* Add a reference of kind ATTR_KIND to a DIE at SYMBOL + OFFSET to DIE. */
5898 add_AT_external_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5899 const char *symbol
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5901 /* Create a fake DIE that contains the reference. Don't use
5902 new_die because we don't want to end up in the limbo list. */
5903 /* ??? We probably want to share these, thus put a ref to the DIE
5904 we create here to the external_die_map entry. */
5905 dw_die_ref ref
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
5906 ref
->die_id
.die_symbol
= symbol
;
5907 ref
->die_offset
= offset
;
5908 ref
->with_offset
= 1;
5909 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, ref
);
5912 /* Create a DIE for DECL if required and add a reference to a DIE
5913 at SYMBOL + OFFSET which contains attributes dumped early. */
5916 dwarf2out_register_external_die (tree decl
, const char *sym
,
5917 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
5919 if (debug_info_level
== DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
)
5922 if (!external_die_map
)
5923 external_die_map
= hash_map
<tree
, sym_off_pair
>::create_ggc (1000);
5924 gcc_checking_assert (!external_die_map
->get (decl
));
5925 sym_off_pair p
= { IDENTIFIER_POINTER (get_identifier (sym
)), off
};
5926 external_die_map
->put (decl
, p
);
5929 /* If we have a registered external DIE for DECL return a new DIE for
5930 the concrete instance with an appropriate abstract origin. */
5933 maybe_create_die_with_external_ref (tree decl
)
5935 if (!external_die_map
)
5937 sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (decl
);
5941 const char *sym
= desc
->sym
;
5942 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
= desc
->off
;
5945 dw_die_ref die
= (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
5946 ? lookup_block_die (decl
) : lookup_decl_die (decl
));
5951 dw_die_ref parent
= NULL
;
5952 /* Need to lookup a DIE for the decls context - the containing
5953 function or translation unit. */
5954 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
5956 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (decl
);
5957 /* ??? We do not output DIEs for all scopes thus skip as
5958 many DIEs as needed. */
5959 while (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
5960 && !lookup_block_die (ctx
))
5961 ctx
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (ctx
);
5964 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
5965 /* Peel types in the context stack. */
5966 while (ctx
&& TYPE_P (ctx
))
5967 ctx
= TYPE_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5968 /* Likewise namespaces in case we do not want to emit DIEs for them. */
5969 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
5970 while (ctx
&& TREE_CODE (ctx
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
5971 ctx
= DECL_CONTEXT (ctx
);
5974 if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == BLOCK
)
5975 parent
= lookup_block_die (ctx
);
5976 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
5977 /* Keep the 1:1 association during WPA. */
5979 && flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
5980 /* Otherwise all late annotations go to the main CU which
5981 imports the original CUs. */
5982 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5983 else if (TREE_CODE (ctx
) == FUNCTION_DECL
5984 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
5985 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
5986 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != RESULT_DECL
5987 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != BLOCK
)
5988 /* Leave function local entities parent determination to when
5989 we process scope vars. */
5992 parent
= lookup_decl_die (ctx
);
5995 /* In some cases the FEs fail to set DECL_CONTEXT properly.
5996 Handle this case gracefully by globalizing stuff. */
5997 parent
= comp_unit_die ();
5998 /* Create a DIE "stub". */
5999 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
6001 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
6003 die
= comp_unit_die ();
6004 /* We re-target all CU decls to the LTRANS CU DIE, so no need
6005 to create a DIE for the original CUs. */
6008 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
6009 if (is_fortran (decl
))
6010 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, parent
, decl
);
6012 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, parent
, decl
);
6015 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, parent
, decl
);
6018 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
6021 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, parent
, decl
);
6024 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, parent
, decl
);
6027 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, parent
, decl
);
6030 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, parent
, decl
);
6033 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, parent
, decl
);
6038 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == BLOCK
)
6039 equate_block_to_die (decl
, die
);
6041 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
6043 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
6045 /* Add a reference to the DIE providing early debug at $sym + off. */
6046 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, sym
, off
);
6051 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
6054 decl_loc_hasher::hash (var_loc_list
*x
)
6056 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6059 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
6063 decl_loc_hasher::equal (var_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6065 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6068 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
6070 static inline var_loc_list
*
6071 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
6073 if (!decl_loc_table
)
6075 return decl_loc_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
6078 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
6081 dw_loc_list_hasher::hash (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
)
6083 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
6086 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
6090 dw_loc_list_hasher::equal (cached_dw_loc_list
*x
, const_tree y
)
6092 return (x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
));
6095 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
6098 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
6100 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6102 *decl_die_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
) = decl_die
;
6103 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6106 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6108 static HOST_WIDE_INT
6109 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
6111 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
6114 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
6115 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
6116 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
6119 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
6122 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
6124 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
6125 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
6127 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
6130 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
6131 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
6133 static rtx_expr_list
*
6134 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
6136 if (bitsize
> 0 && bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
6137 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
6139 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
6144 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
6145 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
6148 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
6149 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
6153 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
6155 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
6160 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
6161 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
6162 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
6163 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
6164 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
6165 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
6166 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
6167 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
6168 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
6171 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
6172 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
6173 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
6176 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
6180 /* First copy all nodes preceding the current bitpos. */
6181 while (src
!= inner
)
6183 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6184 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6185 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6186 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6189 /* Add padding if needed. */
6190 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
6192 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
6193 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6194 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6196 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
6199 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
6200 just update the location for it and return. */
6201 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
6204 /* Add the piece that changed. */
6205 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6206 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6207 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
6208 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
6211 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
6214 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
6216 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
6219 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
6220 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
6223 /* Add padding if needed. */
6224 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
6228 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
6229 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6233 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
6236 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
6237 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
6238 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
6239 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
6243 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
6245 static struct var_loc_node
*
6246 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
, var_loc_view view
)
6248 unsigned int decl_id
;
6250 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
6251 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
6253 if (VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
6255 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
6256 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
6257 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
6258 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
6261 tree innerdecl
= get_ref_base_and_extent_hwi (realdecl
, &bitpos
,
6262 &bitsize
, &reverse
);
6264 || !DECL_P (innerdecl
)
6265 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
6266 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
6268 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256)
6274 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
6276 = decl_loc_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
6279 temp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_list
> ();
6280 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
6286 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
6287 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
6289 && temp
->first
== temp
->last
6290 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
6291 && NOTE_P (temp
->first
->loc
)
6292 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp
->first
->loc
) == decl
6293 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
6294 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
)
6295 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
))
6296 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
6297 && prev_real_insn (as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (temp
->first
->loc
)) == NULL_RTX
6299 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->first
->loc
),
6300 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
6301 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->first
->loc
)
6302 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))))
6304 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6305 temp
->first
->next
= loc
;
6307 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6309 else if (temp
->last
)
6311 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
6312 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
6313 HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
= 0;
6317 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
6319 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
6321 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
6324 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
6325 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
6327 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
6328 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
6332 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
6333 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
6335 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0 && last
->view
== view
)
6337 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
6338 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
6339 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
6341 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
6342 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6345 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
6346 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
6348 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
6351 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0 || last
->view
!= view
);
6355 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
6356 || (temp
->first
->next
== temp
->last
6357 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
));
6358 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
6359 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6363 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
6364 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
6365 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
6366 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
6367 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
6368 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
6369 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
6371 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
6372 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
6373 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
6374 we have nothing to do. */
6375 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
6376 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
6377 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
6378 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6379 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
6380 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
6381 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
6382 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
6383 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
6385 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
6386 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
6387 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
6391 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
6394 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6395 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
6396 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6398 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
6399 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
6401 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
6402 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
6403 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
6411 loc
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<var_loc_node
> ();
6414 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
6419 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
6420 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
6421 the DIE internal representation. */
6422 static int print_indent
;
6424 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
6427 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
6429 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
6432 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
6435 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
6439 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
6440 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
6444 print_discr_value (FILE *outfile
, dw_discr_value
*discr_value
)
6446 if (discr_value
->pos
)
6447 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, discr_value
->v
.sval
);
6449 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, discr_value
->v
.uval
);
6452 static void print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
, FILE *);
6454 /* Print the value associated to the VAL DWARF value node to OUTFILE. If
6455 RECURSE, output location descriptor operations. */
6458 print_dw_val (dw_val_node
*val
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6460 switch (val
->val_class
)
6462 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6463 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
6465 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6466 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
6468 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6469 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
6470 if (val
->v
.val_loc
== NULL
)
6471 fprintf (outfile
, " -> <null>\n");
6474 fprintf (outfile
, ":\n");
6476 print_loc_descr (val
->v
.val_loc
, outfile
);
6481 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6482 fprintf (outfile
, " #\n");
6484 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)\n", (void *) val
->v
.val_loc
);
6487 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6488 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
6489 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
);
6491 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
6492 val
= view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (val
);
6493 fprintf (outfile
, "location list with views -> labels:%s and %s",
6494 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->ll_symbol
,
6495 val
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
);
6497 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6498 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
6500 case dw_val_class_const
:
6501 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6502 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, val
->v
.val_int
);
6504 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6505 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6506 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, val
->v
.val_unsigned
);
6508 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6509 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
6510 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
6511 val
->v
.val_double
.high
,
6512 val
->v
.val_double
.low
);
6514 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6516 int i
= val
->v
.val_wide
->get_len ();
6517 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (");
6519 if (val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
- 1) == 0)
6520 fprintf (outfile
, "0x");
6521 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6522 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (--i
));
6524 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_PADDED_HEX
,
6525 val
->v
.val_wide
->elt (i
));
6526 fprintf (outfile
, ")");
6529 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6530 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
6532 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6533 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", val
->v
.val_flag
);
6535 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6536 if (val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= NULL
)
6538 dw_die_ref die
= val
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
6540 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6542 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
6543 print_signature (outfile
,
6544 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6546 else if (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
6548 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
6549 if (die
->with_offset
)
6550 fprintf (outfile
, " + %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6553 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6554 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6555 fprintf (outfile
, " #");
6557 fprintf (outfile
, " (%p)", (void *) die
);
6560 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
6562 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6563 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
6564 val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
, val
->v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
);
6566 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6567 fprintf (outfile
, "view: %s", val
->v
.val_symbolic_view
);
6569 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6570 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6571 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6572 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6573 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6574 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", val
->v
.val_lbl_id
);
6576 case dw_val_class_str
:
6577 if (val
->v
.val_str
->str
!= NULL
)
6578 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", val
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6580 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
6582 case dw_val_class_file
:
6583 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6584 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", val
->v
.val_file
->filename
,
6585 val
->v
.val_file
->emitted_number
);
6587 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6591 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
6592 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", val
->v
.val_data8
[i
]);
6595 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
6596 print_discr_value (outfile
, &val
->v
.val_discr_value
);
6598 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
6599 for (dw_discr_list_ref node
= val
->v
.val_discr_list
;
6601 node
= node
->dw_discr_next
)
6603 if (node
->dw_discr_range
)
6605 fprintf (outfile
, " .. ");
6606 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6607 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
);
6610 print_discr_value (outfile
, &node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
6612 if (node
->dw_discr_next
!= NULL
)
6613 fprintf (outfile
, " | ");
6620 /* Likewise, for a DIE attribute. */
6623 print_attribute (dw_attr_node
*a
, bool recurse
, FILE *outfile
)
6625 print_dw_val (&a
->dw_attr_val
, recurse
, outfile
);
6629 /* Print the list of operands in the LOC location description to OUTFILE. This
6630 routine is a debugging aid only. */
6633 print_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, FILE *outfile
)
6635 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= loc
;
6639 print_spaces (outfile
);
6640 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>\n");
6644 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
6646 print_spaces (outfile
);
6647 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6648 fprintf (outfile
, "#");
6650 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)", (void *) l
);
6651 fprintf (outfile
, " %s",
6652 dwarf_stack_op_name (l
->dw_loc_opc
));
6653 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6655 fprintf (outfile
, " ");
6656 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, false, outfile
);
6658 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_none
)
6660 fprintf (outfile
, ", ");
6661 print_dw_val (&l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, false, outfile
);
6663 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6667 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
6668 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6671 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
6677 print_spaces (outfile
);
6678 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s ",
6679 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6680 if (flag_dump_noaddr
|| flag_dump_unnumbered
)
6681 fprintf (outfile
, "#\n");
6683 fprintf (outfile
, "(%p)\n", (void*) die
);
6684 print_spaces (outfile
);
6685 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
6686 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld", die
->die_offset
);
6687 fprintf (outfile
, " mark: %d\n", die
->die_mark
);
6689 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
6691 print_spaces (outfile
);
6692 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
6693 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
6694 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6697 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6699 print_spaces (outfile
);
6700 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
6702 print_attribute (a
, true, outfile
);
6703 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6706 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6709 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
6712 if (print_indent
== 0)
6713 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
6716 /* Print the list of operations in the LOC location description. */
6719 debug_dwarf_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
6721 print_loc_descr (loc
, stderr
);
6724 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
6727 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6729 print_die (die
, stderr
);
6733 debug (die_struct
&ref
)
6735 print_die (&ref
, stderr
);
6739 debug (die_struct
*ptr
)
6744 fprintf (stderr
, "<nil>\n");
6748 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
6749 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
6755 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr
);
6758 /* Verify the DIE tree structure. */
6761 verify_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6763 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6764 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
6765 && die
->die_sib
== NULL
)
6767 /* Verify the die_sib list is cyclic. */
6774 while (x
&& !x
->die_mark
);
6775 gcc_assert (x
== die
);
6779 /* Verify all dies have the same parent. */
6780 gcc_assert (x
->die_parent
== die
->die_parent
);
6783 /* Verify the child has the proper parent and recurse. */
6784 gcc_assert (x
->die_child
->die_parent
== x
);
6785 verify_die (x
->die_child
);
6790 while (x
&& x
->die_mark
);
6793 /* Sanity checks on DIEs. */
6796 check_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6800 bool inline_found
= false;
6801 int n_location
= 0, n_low_pc
= 0, n_high_pc
= 0, n_artificial
= 0;
6802 int n_decl_line
= 0, n_decl_column
= 0, n_decl_file
= 0;
6803 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6808 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
)
6809 inline_found
= true;
6811 case DW_AT_location
:
6820 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6823 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6826 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6829 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6836 if (n_location
> 1 || n_low_pc
> 1 || n_high_pc
> 1 || n_artificial
> 1
6837 || n_decl_column
> 1 || n_decl_line
> 1 || n_decl_file
> 1)
6839 fprintf (stderr
, "Duplicate attributes in DIE:\n");
6840 debug_dwarf_die (die
);
6845 /* A debugging information entry that is a member of an abstract
6846 instance tree [that has DW_AT_inline] should not contain any
6847 attributes which describe aspects of the subroutine which vary
6848 between distinct inlined expansions or distinct out-of-line
6850 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6851 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_low_pc
6852 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_high_pc
6853 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_location
6854 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_frame_base
6855 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_call_all_calls
6856 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites
);
6860 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6861 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
6862 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
6864 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
6867 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
6870 inchash::hash hstate
;
6873 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
6875 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
6876 hash
= hstate
.end();
6880 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
6883 attr_checksum (dw_attr_node
*at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6885 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6888 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
6890 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6891 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6892 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6895 switch (AT_class (at
))
6897 case dw_val_class_const
:
6898 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
6899 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
6901 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6902 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
6903 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
6905 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
6906 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
6908 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
6909 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
6910 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
6911 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
6913 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6914 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
6915 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6916 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
6918 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6919 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
6921 case dw_val_class_str
:
6922 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
6925 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6927 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6928 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
6931 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6932 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6935 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6936 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
6937 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
6940 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6941 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
6944 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6945 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
6946 case dw_val_class_symview
:
6947 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6948 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6949 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6950 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
6951 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
6954 case dw_val_class_file
:
6955 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
6956 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6959 case dw_val_class_data8
:
6960 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
6968 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6971 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6977 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6980 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6983 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6985 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6987 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
6988 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6990 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6994 #undef CHECKSUM_BLOCK
6995 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6997 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
6998 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
6999 #define CHECKSUM_BLOCK(FOO, SIZE) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), (SIZE), ctx)
7000 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
7001 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
7002 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
7003 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
7004 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
7006 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
7009 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7016 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
7018 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
7019 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
7028 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
7031 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7035 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
7038 /* More bytes to follow. */
7046 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
7047 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
7050 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7054 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
7056 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
7057 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
7058 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
7061 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7063 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7067 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7068 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7070 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
7071 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7073 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7076 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
7079 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7081 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
7082 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
7083 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
7085 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7086 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7090 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
7093 inchash::hash hstate
;
7096 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dtprel
);
7097 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
7098 hash_loc_operands (loc
, hstate
);
7099 hash
= hstate
.end ();
7101 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
7105 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
7108 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_node
*at
,
7109 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7111 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7114 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7116 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
7118 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
7119 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
7120 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
7121 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
7122 is complete or not. */
7123 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
7124 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
7125 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
7126 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
7127 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
7128 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
7129 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
7131 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7133 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
7135 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7139 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
7140 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7141 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7142 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7143 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
7144 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7149 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
7150 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
7151 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
7152 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
7154 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
7155 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7156 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
7160 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7164 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7165 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
7166 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7167 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
7168 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
7169 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
7174 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
7175 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
7177 switch (AT_class (at
))
7179 case dw_val_class_const
:
7180 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7181 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7182 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
7185 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7186 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7187 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7188 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
7191 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7192 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7193 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
7194 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
7197 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7198 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7199 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7200 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7201 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
7202 get_full_len (*at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
7203 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
7206 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7207 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
7208 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7209 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
);
7210 CHECKSUM_BLOCK (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
,
7211 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
7212 * at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
));
7215 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
7217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
7220 case dw_val_class_str
:
7221 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7222 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
7225 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7227 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
7228 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7229 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
7232 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7233 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
7234 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7237 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7238 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
7239 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
7242 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7243 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7244 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7245 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7246 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7247 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7248 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7251 case dw_val_class_file
:
7252 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7253 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
7254 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
7257 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7258 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
7266 struct checksum_attributes
7268 dw_attr_node
*at_name
;
7269 dw_attr_node
*at_type
;
7270 dw_attr_node
*at_friend
;
7271 dw_attr_node
*at_accessibility
;
7272 dw_attr_node
*at_address_class
;
7273 dw_attr_node
*at_alignment
;
7274 dw_attr_node
*at_allocated
;
7275 dw_attr_node
*at_artificial
;
7276 dw_attr_node
*at_associated
;
7277 dw_attr_node
*at_binary_scale
;
7278 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_offset
;
7279 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_size
;
7280 dw_attr_node
*at_bit_stride
;
7281 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_size
;
7282 dw_attr_node
*at_byte_stride
;
7283 dw_attr_node
*at_const_value
;
7284 dw_attr_node
*at_containing_type
;
7285 dw_attr_node
*at_count
;
7286 dw_attr_node
*at_data_location
;
7287 dw_attr_node
*at_data_member_location
;
7288 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_scale
;
7289 dw_attr_node
*at_decimal_sign
;
7290 dw_attr_node
*at_default_value
;
7291 dw_attr_node
*at_digit_count
;
7292 dw_attr_node
*at_discr
;
7293 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_list
;
7294 dw_attr_node
*at_discr_value
;
7295 dw_attr_node
*at_encoding
;
7296 dw_attr_node
*at_endianity
;
7297 dw_attr_node
*at_explicit
;
7298 dw_attr_node
*at_is_optional
;
7299 dw_attr_node
*at_location
;
7300 dw_attr_node
*at_lower_bound
;
7301 dw_attr_node
*at_mutable
;
7302 dw_attr_node
*at_ordering
;
7303 dw_attr_node
*at_picture_string
;
7304 dw_attr_node
*at_prototyped
;
7305 dw_attr_node
*at_small
;
7306 dw_attr_node
*at_segment
;
7307 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length
;
7308 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_bit_size
;
7309 dw_attr_node
*at_string_length_byte_size
;
7310 dw_attr_node
*at_threads_scaled
;
7311 dw_attr_node
*at_upper_bound
;
7312 dw_attr_node
*at_use_location
;
7313 dw_attr_node
*at_use_UTF8
;
7314 dw_attr_node
*at_variable_parameter
;
7315 dw_attr_node
*at_virtuality
;
7316 dw_attr_node
*at_visibility
;
7317 dw_attr_node
*at_vtable_elem_location
;
7320 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
7323 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
7328 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7339 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
7341 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
7342 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
7344 case DW_AT_address_class
:
7345 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
7347 case DW_AT_alignment
:
7348 attrs
->at_alignment
= a
;
7350 case DW_AT_allocated
:
7351 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
7353 case DW_AT_artificial
:
7354 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
7356 case DW_AT_associated
:
7357 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
7359 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
7360 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
7362 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
7363 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
7365 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
7366 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
7368 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
7369 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
7371 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
7372 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
7374 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
7375 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
7377 case DW_AT_const_value
:
7378 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
7380 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
7381 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
7384 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
7386 case DW_AT_data_location
:
7387 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
7389 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
7390 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
7392 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
7393 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
7395 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
7396 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
7398 case DW_AT_default_value
:
7399 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
7401 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
7402 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
7405 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
7407 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
7408 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
7410 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
7411 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
7413 case DW_AT_encoding
:
7414 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
7416 case DW_AT_endianity
:
7417 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
7419 case DW_AT_explicit
:
7420 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
7422 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
7423 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
7425 case DW_AT_location
:
7426 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
7428 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
7429 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
7432 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
7434 case DW_AT_ordering
:
7435 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
7437 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
7438 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
7440 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
7441 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
7444 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
7447 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
7449 case DW_AT_string_length
:
7450 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
7452 case DW_AT_string_length_bit_size
:
7453 attrs
->at_string_length_bit_size
= a
;
7455 case DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
:
7456 attrs
->at_string_length_byte_size
= a
;
7458 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
7459 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
7461 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
7462 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
7464 case DW_AT_use_location
:
7465 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
7467 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
7468 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
7470 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
7471 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
7473 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
7474 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
7476 case DW_AT_visibility
:
7477 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
7479 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
7480 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
7488 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
7491 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
7495 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
7497 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
7498 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
7500 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
7502 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7504 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
7505 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
7507 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
7508 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
7509 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
7510 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
7511 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
7512 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
7513 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
7514 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
7515 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
7516 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
7517 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
7518 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
7519 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
7520 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
7521 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
7522 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
7523 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
7524 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
7525 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
7526 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
7527 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
7528 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
7529 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
7530 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
7531 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
7532 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
7533 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
7534 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
7535 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
7536 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
7537 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
7538 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
7539 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
7540 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
7541 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
7542 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
7543 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
7544 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_bit_size
);
7545 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length_byte_size
);
7546 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
7547 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
7548 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
7549 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
7550 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
7551 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
7552 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
7553 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
7554 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
7555 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
7556 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_alignment
);
7558 /* Checksum the child DIEs. */
7561 dw_attr_node
*name_attr
;
7564 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
7565 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
7567 /* Ignore instantiations of member type and function templates. */
7569 else if (name_attr
!= NULL
7570 && (is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
))
7572 /* Use a shallow checksum for named nested types and member
7574 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
7575 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
7576 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
7580 /* Use a deep checksum for other children. */
7581 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
7582 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
7584 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
7586 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
7591 /* Add a type name and tag to a hash. */
7593 die_odr_checksum (int tag
, const char *name
, md5_ctx
*ctx
)
7595 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
7596 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
7600 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
7601 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
7602 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
7603 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
7605 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
7606 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
7607 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
7608 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
7609 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
7610 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
7611 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
7614 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
7618 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7623 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
7624 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7625 parent
= get_die_parent (die
);
7627 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
7628 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
7629 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
7631 if (is_cxx () && name
!= NULL
)
7633 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7635 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7637 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7639 /* Checksum the current DIE. */
7640 die_odr_checksum (die
->die_tag
, name
, &ctx
);
7641 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7643 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
7646 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
7648 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7650 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
7652 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
7654 checksum_die_context (parent
, &ctx
);
7656 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
7657 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7658 unmark_all_dies (die
);
7659 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7661 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
7662 type node together. */
7663 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
7664 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
7665 die
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7666 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7667 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
7669 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
7673 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
7674 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
7678 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
7680 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
7682 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
7683 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
7684 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
7687 /* Do the values look the same? */
7689 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
7691 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
7694 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
7697 switch (v1
->val_class
)
7699 case dw_val_class_const
:
7700 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
7701 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
7702 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7703 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
7704 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
7705 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7706 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
7707 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
7708 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
7709 return *v1
->v
.val_wide
== *v2
->v
.val_wide
;
7710 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7711 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
7712 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
7714 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
7715 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
7718 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7719 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
7720 case dw_val_class_str
:
7721 return !strcmp (v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
7723 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7724 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
7725 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
7726 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
7728 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
7730 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7731 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
7733 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7734 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
7736 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
7737 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
7739 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
7741 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7742 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
7744 case dw_val_class_symview
:
7745 return strcmp (v1
->v
.val_symbolic_view
, v2
->v
.val_symbolic_view
) == 0;
7747 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7748 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
7749 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7750 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7751 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7752 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
7753 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
7756 case dw_val_class_file
:
7757 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
7758 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
7760 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7761 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
7768 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
7771 same_attr_p (dw_attr_node
*at1
, dw_attr_node
*at2
, int *mark
)
7773 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
7776 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
7777 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
7778 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
7781 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
7784 /* Do the dies look the same? */
7787 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
7793 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
7795 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
7796 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
7798 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
7801 if (vec_safe_length (die1
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die2
->die_attr
))
7804 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
)
7805 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, &(*die2
->die_attr
)[ix
], mark
))
7808 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
7809 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
7818 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
7822 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
7824 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
7834 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
7835 children, and set die_symbol. */
7838 compute_comp_unit_symbol (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
7840 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
7841 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
7842 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
7845 unsigned char checksum
[16];
7848 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
7849 the name filename of the unit. */
7851 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
7853 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
7854 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
7855 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
7857 /* When we this for comp_unit_die () we have a DW_AT_name that might
7858 not start with a letter but with anything valid for filenames and
7859 clean_symbol_name doesn't fix that up. Prepend 'g' if the first
7860 character is not a letter. */
7861 sprintf (name
, "%s%s.", ISALPHA (*base
) ? "" : "g", base
);
7862 clean_symbol_name (name
);
7864 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
7865 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
7867 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
7871 unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
7874 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
7877 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7879 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7881 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
7882 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
7883 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
7884 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
7885 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
7886 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
7887 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
7888 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
7889 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
7890 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
7891 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
7892 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
7893 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
7894 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
7895 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
7896 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
7897 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
7898 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
7899 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
7900 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
7907 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
7910 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7912 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7913 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7916 /* Returns true iff C is a unit DIE of some sort. */
7919 is_unit_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7921 return c
&& (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_compile_unit
7922 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_partial_unit
7923 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_type_unit
7924 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
);
7927 /* Returns true iff C is a namespace DIE. */
7930 is_namespace_die (dw_die_ref c
)
7932 return c
&& c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
;
7935 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a template parameter. */
7938 is_template_parameter (dw_die_ref die
)
7940 switch (die
->die_tag
)
7942 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
7943 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
7944 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
7945 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
7952 /* Return non-zero if this DIE represents a template instantiation. */
7955 is_template_instantiation (dw_die_ref die
)
7959 if (!is_type_die (die
) && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7961 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (is_template_parameter (c
)) return true);
7966 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
7968 char buf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7970 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
7971 return xstrdup (buf
);
7974 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
7977 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7982 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
7983 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
7989 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
7992 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
7994 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
7998 return local_scope_p (decl
);
8001 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
8005 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die
)
8009 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
&& ! is_declaration_die (die
))
8011 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, if (contains_subprogram_definition (c
)) return 1);
8015 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
8016 COMDAT .debug_types section or .debug_info section with DW_UT_*type
8020 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
8022 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8024 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8025 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8026 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8027 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8028 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, types nested in a
8029 subprogram, or types that contain subprogram definitions. */
8030 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
8031 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
8032 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
)
8033 || contains_subprogram_definition (die
))
8036 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8037 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8038 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8039 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8040 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
8041 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8042 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8043 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8044 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8045 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8046 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8047 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8048 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8049 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8050 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8051 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8057 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
8060 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8062 dw_die_ref clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8066 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8067 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8072 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
8075 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
8078 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
8080 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree (c
)));
8085 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
8088 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
8095 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
8096 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
8097 return clone_die (die
);
8099 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
8100 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8103 clone
= clone_die (decl
);
8104 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8105 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8109 clone
= new_die_raw (die
->die_tag
);
8111 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8113 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
8114 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
8115 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
8119 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
8120 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8121 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8122 case DW_AT_external
:
8125 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8126 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
8127 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
8128 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
8130 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8131 case DW_AT_alignment
:
8137 if (die
->comdat_type_p
)
8138 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
8140 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
8145 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
8147 struct decl_table_entry
8153 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
8155 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8157 struct decl_table_entry_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<decl_table_entry
>
8159 typedef die_struct
*compare_type
;
8160 static inline hashval_t
hash (const decl_table_entry
*);
8161 static inline bool equal (const decl_table_entry
*, const die_struct
*);
8165 decl_table_entry_hasher::hash (const decl_table_entry
*entry
)
8167 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
8171 decl_table_entry_hasher::equal (const decl_table_entry
*entry1
,
8172 const die_struct
*entry2
)
8174 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
8177 typedef hash_table
<decl_table_entry_hasher
> decl_hash_type
;
8179 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
8180 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
8181 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
8182 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
8185 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
,
8186 decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8188 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
8189 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
8191 decl_table_entry
**slot
= NULL
;
8192 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
8194 /* If DIE refers to a stub unfold that so we get the appropriate
8195 DIE registered as orig in decl_table. */
8196 if (dw_die_ref c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
))
8201 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
8202 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
, htab_hash_pointer (die
),
8204 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8210 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
8211 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8219 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
8222 if (!is_unit_die (parent
))
8223 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8226 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8227 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
8231 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
8237 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
8238 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
8239 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
8240 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
8241 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
8244 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
8247 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
8248 dw_die_ref orig_parent
= NULL
;
8250 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8259 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
8260 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
8261 orig_parent
= decl
->die_parent
;
8263 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
8264 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
8265 decl
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8266 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8268 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8270 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8272 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
8273 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
8274 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
8275 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
8278 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree (c
)));
8281 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
8282 && !is_unit_die (decl
->die_parent
))
8284 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
8285 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
8287 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
8288 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
8295 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
8296 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
8299 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
8301 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
8304 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
8306 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
8308 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
8309 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
8313 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
8314 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
8315 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
8318 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
8320 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8323 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8324 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8326 node
.parent
= parent
;
8328 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
8332 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8335 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8337 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8338 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
8340 if (is_template_instantiation (c
))
8342 /* Instantiated templates do not need to be cloned into the
8343 type unit. Just move the DIE and its children back to
8344 the skeleton tree (in the main CU). */
8345 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
8346 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8349 else if (c
->comdat_type_p
)
8351 /* This is the skeleton of earlier break_out_comdat_types
8352 type. Clone the existing DIE, but keep the children
8353 under the original (which is in the main CU). */
8354 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8356 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8357 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8358 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8364 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
8365 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
8366 all the original's children, where the original came from
8367 (which is about to be moved to the type unit). */
8368 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
8369 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
8371 /* If the original has a DW_AT_object_pointer attribute,
8372 it would now point to a child DIE just moved to the
8373 cloned tree, so we need to remove that attribute from
8375 remove_AT (c
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
8377 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
8378 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
8379 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
8380 node
.old_die
= clone
;
8385 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8386 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8389 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
8392 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
8394 skeleton_chain_node node
;
8397 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
8400 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
8401 and is not an instantiation of a template, always leave
8402 at least a declaration in its place. */
8403 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
8404 && is_type_die (die
->die_parent
)
8405 && !is_template_instantiation (die
))
8406 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8408 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
8409 return node
.new_die
;
8412 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
8413 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
8414 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
8415 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
8416 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
8420 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref child
,
8423 dw_die_ref skeleton
, orig_parent
;
8425 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
8426 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
8428 orig_parent
= copy_declaration_context (unit
, child
);
8430 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
8431 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
8432 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8435 skeleton
->comdat_type_p
= true;
8436 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8438 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
8439 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
8440 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
8441 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
8442 references to it. */
8443 if (orig_parent
!= NULL
)
8445 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
8446 add_child_die (orig_parent
, skeleton
);
8449 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
8456 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8457 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8458 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
);
8460 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Make a copy of the DIE DWARF
8461 procedure, put it under TYPE_NODE and return the copy. Continue looking for
8462 DWARF procedure references in the DW_AT_location attribute. */
8465 copy_dwarf_procedure (dw_die_ref die
,
8466 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8467 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8469 gcc_assert (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
);
8471 /* DWARF procedures are not supposed to have children... */
8472 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
== NULL
);
8474 /* ... and they are supposed to have only one attribute: DW_AT_location. */
8475 gcc_assert (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) == 1
8476 && ((*die
->die_attr
)[0].dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
));
8478 /* Do not copy more than once DWARF procedures. */
8480 dw_die_ref
&die_copy
= copied_dwarf_procs
.get_or_insert (die
, &existed
);
8484 die_copy
= clone_die (die
);
8485 add_child_die (type_node
->root_die
, die_copy
);
8486 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die_copy
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8490 /* Helper for copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies. Look for references to DWARF
8491 procedures in DIE's attributes. */
8494 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (dw_die_ref die
,
8495 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8496 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8501 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, i
, a
)
8503 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8505 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_loc
)
8508 for (loc
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8510 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
8514 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
8515 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
8516 == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
8517 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
8518 = copy_dwarf_procedure (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
,
8520 copied_dwarf_procs
);
8529 /* Copy DWARF procedures that are referenced by the DIE tree to TREE_NODE and
8530 rewrite references to point to the copies.
8532 References are looked for in DIE's attributes and recursively in all its
8533 children attributes that are location descriptions. COPIED_DWARF_PROCS is a
8534 mapping from old DWARF procedures to their copy. It is used not to copy
8535 twice the same DWARF procedure under TYPE_NODE. */
8538 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (dw_die_ref die
,
8539 comdat_type_node
*type_node
,
8540 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> &copied_dwarf_procs
)
8544 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_attrs (die
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8545 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
,
8547 copied_dwarf_procs
));
8550 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types or .debug_info
8551 DW_UT_*type sections for each type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT
8555 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
8559 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
8560 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
8561 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
8563 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
8567 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
8570 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
8571 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
8573 dw_die_ref replacement
;
8574 comdat_type_node
*type_node
;
8576 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
8577 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8579 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
8580 add it to the list of comdat types. */
8581 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
8582 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
8583 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
));
8584 type_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<comdat_type_node
> ();
8585 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
8586 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
8587 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
8589 /* Generate the type signature. */
8590 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
8592 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
8593 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
8594 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
8595 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit
, c
, prev
);
8596 type_node
->skeleton_die
= replacement
;
8598 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
8599 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
8601 /* Types can reference DWARF procedures for type size or data location
8602 expressions. Calls in DWARF expressions cannot target procedures
8603 that are not in the same section. So we must copy DWARF procedures
8604 along with this type and then rewrite references to them. */
8605 hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
> copied_dwarf_procs
;
8606 copy_dwarf_procs_ref_in_dies (c
, type_node
, copied_dwarf_procs
);
8608 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
8611 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
8612 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
8613 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
8614 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
8616 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
8617 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
8619 } while (next
!= NULL
);
8622 /* Like clone_tree, but copy DW_TAG_subprogram DIEs as declarations.
8623 Enter all the cloned children into the hash table decl_table. */
8626 clone_tree_partial (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8630 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8631 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8633 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8634 clone
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
8636 clone
= clone_die (die
);
8638 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (die
,
8639 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
8641 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
8642 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
8643 clone_tree_partial wouldn't be called. */
8644 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
8646 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8648 entry
->copy
= clone
;
8651 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8652 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
,
8653 add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8658 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
8659 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
8663 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8669 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8671 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8673 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
8674 decl_table_entry
**slot
;
8675 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
8677 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || targ
->comdat_type_p
)
8680 slot
= decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
8681 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
8684 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8686 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
8687 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
8689 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
8693 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
8694 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_die (targ
);
8696 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
8697 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
8698 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
8699 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
8700 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8705 /* If TARG is not a declaration DIE, we need to copy its
8707 if (!is_declaration_die (targ
))
8711 add_child_die (copy
,
8712 clone_tree_partial (c
, decl_table
)));
8715 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
8719 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
8720 into the new type unit. */
8721 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
8722 && !is_unit_die (targ
->die_parent
))
8723 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
8726 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
8727 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
8729 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
8730 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
8731 get visited otherwise. */
8734 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
8735 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
8736 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8737 while (parent
->die_parent
8738 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
8740 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
8741 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
8743 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
8749 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
8752 /* Collect skeleton dies in DIE created by break_out_comdat_types already
8753 and record them in DECL_TABLE. */
8756 collect_skeleton_dies (dw_die_ref die
, decl_hash_type
*decl_table
)
8760 if (dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_signature
))
8762 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
8763 gcc_assert (targ
->die_mark
== 0 && targ
->comdat_type_p
);
8764 decl_table_entry
**slot
8765 = decl_table
->find_slot_with_hash (targ
,
8766 htab_hash_pointer (targ
),
8768 gcc_assert (*slot
== HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
);
8769 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been already copied
8770 by remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton. */
8771 decl_table_entry
*entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
8776 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, collect_skeleton_dies (c
, decl_table
));
8779 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
8780 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
8781 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
8782 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
8783 don't have an external reference. */
8786 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
8789 decl_hash_type
decl_table (10);
8790 collect_skeleton_dies (unit
, &decl_table
);
8791 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, &decl_table
);
8795 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
8796 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
8797 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
8800 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
8804 if (! die
->die_child
)
8807 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
8808 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
8810 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
8813 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
8816 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
8822 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8823 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8824 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
8826 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
8829 /* During assign_location_list_indexes and output_loclists_offset the
8830 current index, after it the number of assigned indexes (i.e. how
8831 large the .debug_loclists* offset table should be). */
8832 static unsigned int loc_list_idx
;
8834 /* Output all location list offsets for the DIE and its children. */
8837 output_loclists_offsets (dw_die_ref die
)
8843 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8844 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8846 dw_loc_list_ref l
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8847 if (l
->offset_emitted
)
8849 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l
->ll_symbol
,
8850 loc_section_label
, NULL
);
8851 gcc_assert (l
->hash
== loc_list_idx
);
8853 l
->offset_emitted
= true;
8856 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_loclists_offsets (c
));
8859 /* Recursively set indexes of location lists. */
8862 assign_location_list_indexes (dw_die_ref die
)
8868 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8869 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
8871 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
8872 if (!list
->num_assigned
)
8874 list
->num_assigned
= true;
8875 list
->hash
= loc_list_idx
++;
8879 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_location_list_indexes (c
));
8882 /* We want to limit the number of external references, because they are
8883 larger than local references: a relocation takes multiple words, and
8884 even a sig8 reference is always eight bytes, whereas a local reference
8885 can be as small as one byte (though DW_FORM_ref is usually 4 in GCC).
8886 So if we encounter multiple external references to the same type DIE, we
8887 make a local typedef stub for it and redirect all references there.
8889 This is the element of the hash table for keeping track of these
8899 /* Hashtable helpers. */
8901 struct external_ref_hasher
: free_ptr_hash
<external_ref
>
8903 static inline hashval_t
hash (const external_ref
*);
8904 static inline bool equal (const external_ref
*, const external_ref
*);
8908 external_ref_hasher::hash (const external_ref
*r
)
8910 dw_die_ref die
= r
->type
;
8913 /* We can't use the address of the DIE for hashing, because
8914 that will make the order of the stub DIEs non-deterministic. */
8915 if (! die
->comdat_type_p
)
8916 /* We have a symbol; use it to compute a hash. */
8917 h
= htab_hash_string (die
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8920 /* We have a type signature; use a subset of the bits as the hash.
8921 The 8-byte signature is at least as large as hashval_t. */
8922 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
8923 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
8929 external_ref_hasher::equal (const external_ref
*r1
, const external_ref
*r2
)
8931 return r1
->type
== r2
->type
;
8934 typedef hash_table
<external_ref_hasher
> external_ref_hash_type
;
8936 /* Return a pointer to the external_ref for references to DIE. */
8938 static struct external_ref
*
8939 lookup_external_ref (external_ref_hash_type
*map
, dw_die_ref die
)
8941 struct external_ref ref
, *ref_p
;
8942 external_ref
**slot
;
8945 slot
= map
->find_slot (&ref
, INSERT
);
8946 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
8949 ref_p
= XCNEW (struct external_ref
);
8955 /* Subroutine of optimize_external_refs, below.
8957 If we see a type skeleton, record it as our stub. If we see external
8958 references, remember how many we've seen. */
8961 optimize_external_refs_1 (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*map
)
8966 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
8968 if (is_type_die (die
)
8969 && (c
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_signature
)))
8971 /* This is a local skeleton; use it for local references. */
8972 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8976 /* Scan the DIE references, and remember any that refer to DIEs from
8977 other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
8978 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
8979 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
8980 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0
8983 ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (map
, c
);
8987 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_external_refs_1 (c
, map
));
8990 /* htab_traverse callback function for optimize_external_refs, below. SLOT
8991 points to an external_ref, DATA is the CU we're processing. If we don't
8992 already have a local stub, and we have multiple refs, build a stub. */
8995 dwarf2_build_local_stub (external_ref
**slot
, dw_die_ref data
)
8997 struct external_ref
*ref_p
= *slot
;
8999 if (ref_p
->stub
== NULL
&& ref_p
->n_refs
> 1 && !dwarf_strict
)
9001 /* We have multiple references to this type, so build a small stub.
9002 Both of these forms are a bit dodgy from the perspective of the
9003 DWARF standard, since technically they should have names. */
9004 dw_die_ref cu
= data
;
9005 dw_die_ref type
= ref_p
->type
;
9006 dw_die_ref stub
= NULL
;
9008 if (type
->comdat_type_p
)
9010 /* If we refer to this type via sig8, use AT_signature. */
9011 stub
= new_die (type
->die_tag
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
9012 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_signature
, type
);
9016 /* Otherwise, use a typedef with no name. */
9017 stub
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, cu
, NULL_TREE
);
9018 add_AT_die_ref (stub
, DW_AT_type
, type
);
9027 /* DIE is a unit; look through all the DIE references to see if there are
9028 any external references to types, and if so, create local stubs for
9029 them which will be applied in build_abbrev_table. This is useful because
9030 references to local DIEs are smaller. */
9032 static external_ref_hash_type
*
9033 optimize_external_refs (dw_die_ref die
)
9035 external_ref_hash_type
*map
= new external_ref_hash_type (10);
9036 optimize_external_refs_1 (die
, map
);
9037 map
->traverse
<dw_die_ref
, dwarf2_build_local_stub
> (die
);
9041 /* The following 3 variables are temporaries that are computed only during the
9042 build_abbrev_table call and used and released during the following
9043 optimize_abbrev_table call. */
9045 /* First abbrev_id that can be optimized based on usage. */
9046 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_start
;
9048 /* Maximum abbrev_id of a base type plus one (we can't optimize DIEs with
9049 abbrev_id smaller than this, because they must be already sized
9050 during build_abbrev_table). */
9051 static unsigned int abbrev_opt_base_type_end
;
9053 /* Vector of usage counts during build_abbrev_table. Indexed by
9054 abbrev_id - abbrev_opt_start. */
9055 static vec
<unsigned int> abbrev_usage_count
;
9057 /* Vector of all DIEs added with die_abbrev >= abbrev_opt_start. */
9058 static vec
<dw_die_ref
> sorted_abbrev_dies
;
9060 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9061 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9062 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9063 die are visited recursively. */
9066 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
, external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
)
9068 unsigned int abbrev_id
= 0;
9074 /* Scan the DIE references, and replace any that refer to
9075 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked) with
9076 the local stubs we built in optimize_external_refs. */
9077 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9078 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9079 && (c
= AT_ref (a
))->die_mark
== 0)
9081 struct external_ref
*ref_p
;
9082 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
|| AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9085 && (ref_p
= lookup_external_ref (extern_map
, c
))
9086 && ref_p
->stub
&& ref_p
->stub
!= die
)
9088 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_signature
);
9089 change_AT_die_ref (a
, ref_p
->stub
);
9092 /* We aren't changing this reference, so mark it external. */
9093 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9096 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
9098 dw_attr_node
*die_a
, *abbrev_a
;
9104 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9106 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9109 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev
->die_attr
) != vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
))
9112 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
)
9114 abbrev_a
= &(*abbrev
->die_attr
)[ix
];
9115 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9116 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9126 if (abbrev_id
>= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
))
9128 vec_safe_push (abbrev_die_table
, die
);
9129 if (abbrev_opt_start
)
9130 abbrev_usage_count
.safe_push (0);
9132 if (abbrev_opt_start
&& abbrev_id
>= abbrev_opt_start
)
9134 abbrev_usage_count
[abbrev_id
- abbrev_opt_start
]++;
9135 sorted_abbrev_dies
.safe_push (die
);
9138 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9139 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
, extern_map
));
9142 /* Callback function for sorted_abbrev_dies vector sorting. We sort
9143 by die_abbrev's usage count, from the most commonly used
9144 abbreviation to the least. */
9147 die_abbrev_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
9149 dw_die_ref die1
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p1
;
9150 dw_die_ref die2
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) p2
;
9152 gcc_checking_assert (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9153 gcc_checking_assert (die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_start
);
9155 if (die1
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
9156 && die2
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9158 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9159 > abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9161 if (abbrev_usage_count
[die1
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
]
9162 < abbrev_usage_count
[die2
->die_abbrev
- abbrev_opt_start
])
9166 /* Stabilize the sort. */
9167 if (die1
->die_abbrev
< die2
->die_abbrev
)
9169 if (die1
->die_abbrev
> die2
->die_abbrev
)
9175 /* Convert dw_val_class_const and dw_val_class_unsigned_const class attributes
9176 of DIEs in between sorted_abbrev_dies[first_id] and abbrev_dies[end_id - 1]
9177 into dw_val_class_const_implicit or
9178 dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit. */
9181 optimize_implicit_const (unsigned int first_id
, unsigned int end
,
9182 vec
<bool> &implicit_consts
)
9184 /* It never makes sense if there is just one DIE using the abbreviation. */
9185 if (end
< first_id
+ 2)
9190 dw_die_ref die
= sorted_abbrev_dies
[first_id
];
9191 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9192 if (implicit_consts
[ix
])
9194 enum dw_val_class new_class
= dw_val_class_none
;
9195 switch (AT_class (a
))
9197 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9198 if ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) AT_unsigned (a
) < 0)
9201 /* The .debug_abbrev section will grow by
9202 size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a)) and we avoid the constants
9203 in all the DIEs using that abbreviation. */
9204 if (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)) * (end
- first_id
)
9205 <= (unsigned) size_of_sleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9208 new_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
;
9211 case dw_val_class_const
:
9212 new_class
= dw_val_class_const_implicit
;
9215 case dw_val_class_file
:
9216 new_class
= dw_val_class_file_implicit
;
9222 for (i
= first_id
; i
< end
; i
++)
9223 (*sorted_abbrev_dies
[i
]->die_attr
)[ix
].dw_attr_val
.val_class
9228 /* Attempt to optimize abbreviation table from abbrev_opt_start
9229 abbreviation above. */
9232 optimize_abbrev_table (void)
9234 if (abbrev_opt_start
9235 && vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > abbrev_opt_start
9236 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) > 127))
9238 auto_vec
<bool, 32> implicit_consts
;
9239 sorted_abbrev_dies
.qsort (die_abbrev_cmp
);
9241 unsigned int abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_start
- 1;
9242 unsigned int first_id
= ~0U;
9243 unsigned int last_abbrev_id
= 0;
9246 if (abbrev_opt_base_type_end
> abbrev_opt_start
)
9247 abbrev_id
= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
- 1;
9248 /* Reassign abbreviation ids from abbrev_opt_start above, so that
9249 most commonly used abbreviations come first. */
9250 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (sorted_abbrev_dies
, i
, die
)
9255 /* If calc_base_type_die_sizes has been called, the CU and
9256 base types after it can't be optimized, because we've already
9257 calculated their DIE offsets. We've sorted them first. */
9258 if (die
->die_abbrev
< abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9260 if (die
->die_abbrev
!= last_abbrev_id
)
9262 last_abbrev_id
= die
->die_abbrev
;
9263 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9264 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9266 (*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9267 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9270 implicit_consts
.truncate (0);
9272 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9273 switch (AT_class (a
))
9275 case dw_val_class_const
:
9276 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9277 case dw_val_class_file
:
9278 implicit_consts
.safe_push (true);
9281 implicit_consts
.safe_push (false);
9286 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9288 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9289 if (!implicit_consts
[ix
])
9293 dw_attr_node
*other_a
9294 = &(*(*abbrev_die_table
)[abbrev_id
]->die_attr
)[ix
];
9295 if (!dw_val_equal_p (&a
->dw_attr_val
,
9296 &other_a
->dw_attr_val
))
9297 implicit_consts
[ix
] = false;
9300 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9302 gcc_assert (abbrev_id
== vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) - 1);
9303 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && first_id
!= ~0U)
9304 optimize_implicit_const (first_id
, i
, implicit_consts
);
9307 abbrev_opt_start
= 0;
9308 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= 0;
9309 abbrev_usage_count
.release ();
9310 sorted_abbrev_dies
.release ();
9313 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9316 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9323 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9326 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9331 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9332 .debug_info section. */
9334 static unsigned long
9335 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9337 unsigned long size
= 0;
9340 enum dwarf_form form
;
9342 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9343 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9345 switch (AT_class (a
))
9347 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9348 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9350 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9351 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9354 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9356 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9357 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9359 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9361 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9364 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9365 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
9367 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9371 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9372 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
9374 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
9375 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
);
9378 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9380 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9381 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9383 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9384 if (value_format (a
) == DW_FORM_rnglistx
)
9386 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
9387 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
9388 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (r
->idx
);
9391 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9393 case dw_val_class_const
:
9394 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9396 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9398 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9399 if (dwarf_version
== 3
9400 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
9402 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
));
9407 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9408 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9410 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9412 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9417 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9418 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9419 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9420 /* These occupy no size in the DIE, just an extra sleb128 in
9423 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9424 size
+= HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9425 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9428 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9429 size
+= (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9430 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
9431 if (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
9432 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
9435 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9436 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9437 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9438 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9439 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9441 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9442 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9443 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9444 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9445 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9446 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9447 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9448 the same abbrev entry. */
9449 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9453 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9454 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9456 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
9457 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9458 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9459 it's always sized as an offset. */
9460 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
9461 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9462 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9463 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9465 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9468 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9470 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9471 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9473 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9474 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
9476 gcc_assert (AT_index (a
) != NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
9477 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9480 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9482 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9483 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9484 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9485 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9487 case dw_val_class_str
:
9488 form
= AT_string_form (a
);
9489 if (form
== DW_FORM_strp
|| form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
9490 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9491 else if (form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
9492 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (AT_index (a
));
9494 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9496 case dw_val_class_file
:
9497 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9499 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9502 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9503 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9505 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9506 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9508 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9509 size
+= size_of_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
);
9511 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9513 unsigned block_size
= size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
));
9515 /* This is a block, so we have the block length and then its
9517 size
+= constant_size (block_size
) + block_size
;
9528 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9529 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9530 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9531 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9534 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
9538 gcc_assert (die
->die_offset
== 0
9539 || (unsigned long int) die
->die_offset
== next_die_offset
);
9540 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
9541 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
9543 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
9545 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9546 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
9547 next_die_offset
+= 1;
9550 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
9551 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
9552 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
9553 values for the base types. */
9556 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
9558 unsigned long die_offset
= (dwarf_split_debug_info
9559 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
9560 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
9562 dw_die_ref base_type
;
9563 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9564 dw_die_ref prev
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
;
9567 die_offset
+= size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
9568 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
9570 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
9571 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_offset
== 0
9572 && prev
->die_sib
== base_type
9573 && base_type
->die_child
== NULL
9574 && base_type
->die_abbrev
);
9577 if (abbrev_opt_start
9578 && base_type
->die_abbrev
>= abbrev_opt_base_type_end
)
9579 abbrev_opt_base_type_end
= base_type
->die_abbrev
+ 1;
9580 base_type
->die_offset
= die_offset
;
9581 die_offset
+= size_of_die (base_type
);
9585 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
9586 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
9587 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
9588 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
9591 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9595 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
9598 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
9601 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
9604 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9608 if (! use_debug_types
)
9609 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
9612 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
9615 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
9618 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
9628 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
9630 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
9631 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9632 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
9635 /* Calculate if the entry should appear in the final output file. It may be
9636 from a pruned a type. */
9639 include_pubname_in_output (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *table
, pubname_entry
*p
)
9641 /* By limiting gnu pubnames to definitions only, gold can generate a
9642 gdb index without entries for declarations, which don't include
9643 enough information to be useful. */
9644 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2 && is_declaration_die (p
->die
))
9647 if (table
== pubname_table
)
9649 /* Enumerator names are part of the pubname table, but the
9650 parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die may have been pruned.
9651 Don't output them if that is the case. */
9652 if (p
->die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumerator
&&
9653 (p
->die
->die_parent
== NULL
9654 || !p
->die
->die_parent
->die_perennial_p
))
9657 /* Everything else in the pubname table is included. */
9661 /* The pubtypes table shouldn't include types that have been
9663 return (p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
9664 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
);
9667 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
9668 generated for the compilation unit. */
9670 static unsigned long
9671 size_of_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
9676 int space_for_flags
= (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2) ? 1 : 0;
9678 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9679 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, p
)
9680 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, p
))
9681 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1 + space_for_flags
;
9683 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9687 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
9689 static unsigned long
9690 size_of_aranges (void)
9694 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
9696 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
9697 if (text_section_used
)
9698 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9699 if (cold_text_section_used
)
9700 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9701 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
9706 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
9708 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
9710 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
9711 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9712 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
9713 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9717 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
9718 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9722 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
9724 static enum dwarf_form
9725 value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9727 switch (AT_class (a
))
9729 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9730 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
9735 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
9736 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
9737 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9738 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9742 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9745 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9747 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9749 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9751 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9755 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9756 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9757 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9758 && AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
)
9759 return DW_FORM_loclistx
;
9761 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
9762 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9763 /* For range lists in DWARF 5, use DW_FORM_rnglistx from .debug_info.dwo
9764 but in .debug_info use DW_FORM_sec_offset, which is shorter if we
9765 care about sizes of .debug* sections in shared libraries and
9766 executables and don't take into account relocations that affect just
9767 relocatable objects - for DW_FORM_rnglistx we'd have to emit offset
9768 table in the .debug_rnglists section. */
9769 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
9770 && dwarf_version
>= 5
9771 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_range_list
9773 && a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
!= RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
9774 return DW_FORM_rnglistx
;
9775 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9776 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
9778 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9779 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9780 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
9783 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9785 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9789 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9790 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9791 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
9792 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
9795 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9797 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9799 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9803 case dw_val_class_const
:
9804 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
9805 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9806 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
9809 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9811 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9813 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
9814 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
9815 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
9816 a large constant. */
9817 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9818 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9819 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9821 if (dwarf_version
== 3 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
)
9822 return DW_FORM_udata
;
9823 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9827 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
9828 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
9829 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
9830 return DW_FORM_implicit_const
;
9831 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9832 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9835 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9837 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9839 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9841 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9842 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9845 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9847 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
9848 switch (get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9851 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9853 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9855 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9857 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9859 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
9860 return DW_FORM_data16
;
9863 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9865 case dw_val_class_symview
:
9866 /* ??? We might use uleb128, but then we'd have to compute
9867 .debug_info offsets in the assembler. */
9868 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
9869 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9870 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
9871 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9872 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
9873 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9875 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9876 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9877 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9878 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9881 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9883 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9885 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9889 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9890 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9892 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9893 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9894 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9895 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9896 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9897 the same abbrev entry. */
9898 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
9899 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
9901 return DW_FORM_flag
;
9902 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9903 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9905 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
9906 return DW_FORM_ref_sig8
;
9908 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
9912 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9913 return DW_FORM_data
;
9914 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9915 return (AT_index (a
) == NOT_INDEXED
9916 ? DW_FORM_addr
: dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_addrx
));
9917 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9918 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9919 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
9920 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
9921 case dw_val_class_str
:
9922 return AT_string_form (a
);
9923 case dw_val_class_file
:
9924 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
9927 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9929 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9931 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9936 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9937 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9939 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
9940 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9943 return DW_FORM_data1
;
9945 return DW_FORM_data2
;
9947 return DW_FORM_data4
;
9949 return DW_FORM_data8
;
9954 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
9955 return (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
9958 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
9959 switch (constant_size (size_of_discr_list (AT_discr_list (a
))))
9962 return DW_FORM_block1
;
9964 return DW_FORM_block2
;
9966 return DW_FORM_block4
;
9976 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
9979 output_value_format (dw_attr_node
*a
)
9981 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
9983 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
9986 /* Given a die and id, produce the appropriate abbreviations. */
9989 output_die_abbrevs (unsigned long abbrev_id
, dw_die_ref abbrev
)
9992 dw_attr_node
*a_attr
;
9994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
9995 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
9996 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
9998 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
9999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10003 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, &a_attr
); ix
++)
10005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10006 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10007 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10008 if (value_format (a_attr
) == DW_FORM_implicit_const
)
10010 if (AT_class (a_attr
) == dw_val_class_file_implicit
)
10012 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10013 const char *filename
= a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
;
10014 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (f
, "(%s)", filename
);
10017 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
, NULL
);
10021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10022 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10026 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10030 output_abbrev_section (void)
10032 unsigned int abbrev_id
;
10035 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (abbrev_die_table
, abbrev_id
, abbrev
)
10036 if (abbrev_id
!= 0)
10037 output_die_abbrevs (abbrev_id
, abbrev
);
10039 /* Terminate the table. */
10040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10043 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10046 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10047 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, var_loc_view vbegin
,
10048 const char *end
, var_loc_view vend
,
10049 const char *section
)
10051 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_loc_list_node
> ();
10053 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10054 retlist
->begin_entry
= NULL
;
10055 retlist
->end
= end
;
10056 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10057 retlist
->section
= section
;
10058 retlist
->vbegin
= vbegin
;
10059 retlist
->vend
= vend
;
10064 /* Return true iff there's any nonzero view number in the loc list.
10066 ??? When views are not enabled, we'll often extend a single range
10067 to the entire function, so that we emit a single location
10068 expression rather than a location list. With views, even with a
10069 single range, we'll output a list if start or end have a nonzero
10070 view. If we change this, we may want to stop splitting a single
10071 range in dw_loc_list just because of a nonzero view, even if it
10072 straddles across hot/cold partitions. */
10075 loc_list_has_views (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10077 if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
10080 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc
= list
;
10081 loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
10082 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vbegin
) || !ZERO_VIEW_P (loc
->vend
))
10088 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10089 hasn't got one yet. */
10092 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10094 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10095 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10097 if (!loc_list_has_views (list
))
10100 if (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10102 /* Use the same label_num for the view list. */
10104 list
->vl_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LVUS");
10107 list
->vl_symbol
= list
->ll_symbol
;
10110 /* Generate a symbol for the list, but only if we really want to emit
10114 maybe_gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10116 if (!list
|| (!list
->dw_loc_next
&& !loc_list_has_views (list
)))
10122 /* Determine whether or not to skip loc_list entry CURR. If SIZEP is
10123 NULL, don't consider size of the location expression. If we're not
10124 to skip it, and SIZEP is non-null, store the size of CURR->expr's
10125 representation in *SIZEP. */
10128 skip_loc_list_entry (dw_loc_list_ref curr
, unsigned long *sizep
= NULL
)
10130 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10131 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0
10132 && curr
->vbegin
== curr
->vend
&& !curr
->force
)
10138 unsigned long size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10140 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
10141 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
10142 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
10143 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
10144 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && size
> 0xffff)
10152 /* Output a view pair loclist entry for CURR, if it requires one. */
10155 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (dw_loc_list_ref curr
)
10157 if (!dwarf2out_locviews_in_loclist ())
10160 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
) && ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10163 #ifdef DW_LLE_view_pair
10164 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_view_pair
, "DW_LLE_view_pair");
10166 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10168 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view begin");
10172 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10173 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10174 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view begin");
10177 if (ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10178 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Location view end");
10181 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10182 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10183 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
, "Location view end");
10188 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
, "Location view begin");
10189 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
, "Location view end");
10191 #endif /* DW_LLE_view_pair */
10196 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10199 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10201 int vcount
= 0, lcount
= 0;
10203 if (list_head
->emitted
)
10205 list_head
->emitted
= true;
10207 if (list_head
->vl_symbol
&& dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
10209 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10211 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10212 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10214 unsigned long size
;
10216 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10221 /* ?? dwarf_split_debug_info? */
10222 if (dwarf2out_as_locview_support
)
10224 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10226 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vbegin
))
10228 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vbegin
);
10229 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10230 "View list begin (%s)",
10231 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10234 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10235 "View list begin (%s)",
10236 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10238 if (!ZERO_VIEW_P (curr
->vend
))
10240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", curr
->vend
);
10241 dw2_asm_output_symname_uleb128 (label
,
10242 "View list end (%s)",
10243 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10246 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0,
10247 "View list end (%s)",
10248 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vbegin
,
10253 "View list begin (%s)",
10254 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->vend
,
10256 "View list end (%s)",
10257 list_head
->vl_symbol
);
10262 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10264 const char *last_section
= NULL
;
10265 const char *base_label
= NULL
;
10267 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10268 for (dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
;
10269 curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10271 unsigned long size
;
10273 /* Skip this entry? If we skip it here, we must skip it in the
10274 view list above as well. */
10275 if (skip_loc_list_entry (curr
, &size
))
10280 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10282 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10284 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10285 /* For -gsplit-dwarf, emit DW_LLE_starx_length, which has
10286 uleb128 index into .debug_addr and uleb128 length. */
10287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_startx_length
,
10288 "DW_LLE_startx_length (%s)",
10289 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10290 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10291 "Location list range start index "
10292 "(%s)", curr
->begin
);
10293 /* FIXME: This will ICE ifndef HAVE_AS_LEB128.
10294 For that case we probably need to emit DW_LLE_startx_endx,
10295 but we'd need 2 .debug_addr entries rather than just one. */
10296 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10297 "Location list length (%s)",
10298 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10300 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
&& HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10302 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10303 /* If all code is in .text section, the base address is
10304 already provided by the CU attributes. Use
10305 DW_LLE_offset_pair where both addresses are uleb128 encoded
10306 offsets against that base. */
10307 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10308 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10309 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10310 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10311 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10312 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10313 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10314 "Location list end address (%s)",
10315 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10317 else if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
10319 /* Otherwise, find out how many consecutive entries could share
10320 the same base entry. If just one, emit DW_LLE_start_length,
10321 otherwise emit DW_LLE_base_address for the base address
10322 followed by a series of DW_LLE_offset_pair. */
10323 if (last_section
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= last_section
)
10325 dw_loc_list_ref curr2
;
10326 for (curr2
= curr
->dw_loc_next
; curr2
!= NULL
;
10327 curr2
= curr2
->dw_loc_next
)
10329 if (strcmp (curr2
->begin
, curr2
->end
) == 0
10334 if (curr2
== NULL
|| curr
->section
!= curr2
->section
)
10335 last_section
= NULL
;
10338 last_section
= curr
->section
;
10339 base_label
= curr
->begin
;
10340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_base_address
,
10341 "DW_LLE_base_address (%s)",
10342 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10343 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, base_label
,
10344 "Base address (%s)",
10345 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10348 /* Only one entry with the same base address. Use
10349 DW_LLE_start_length with absolute address and uleb128
10351 if (last_section
== NULL
)
10353 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_length
,
10355 "DW_LLE_start_length (%s)",
10356 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10357 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10358 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10359 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10360 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10361 "Location list length "
10362 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10364 /* Otherwise emit DW_LLE_offset_pair, relative to above emitted
10365 DW_LLE_base_address. */
10368 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10369 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_offset_pair
,
10370 "DW_LLE_offset_pair (%s)",
10371 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10372 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->begin
, base_label
,
10373 "Location list begin address "
10374 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10375 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (curr
->end
, base_label
,
10376 "Location list end address "
10377 "(%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10380 /* The assembler does not support .uleb128 directive. Emit
10381 DW_LLE_start_end with a pair of absolute addresses. */
10384 dwarf2out_maybe_output_loclist_view_pair (curr
);
10385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_start_end
,
10386 "DW_LLE_start_end (%s)",
10387 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10388 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10389 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10390 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10391 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10392 "Location list end address (%s)",
10393 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10396 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10398 /* For -gsplit-dwarf -gdwarf-{2,3,4} emit index into .debug_addr
10399 and 4 byte length. */
10400 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_start_length_entry
,
10401 "Location list start/length entry (%s)",
10402 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10403 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (curr
->begin_entry
->index
,
10404 "Location list range start index (%s)",
10406 /* The length field is 4 bytes. If we ever need to support
10407 an 8-byte length, we can add a new DW_LLE code or fall back
10408 to DW_LLE_GNU_start_end_entry. */
10409 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, curr
->end
, curr
->begin
,
10410 "Location list range length (%s)",
10411 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10413 else if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10415 /* Pair of relative addresses against start of text section. */
10416 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10417 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10418 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10419 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10420 "Location list end address (%s)",
10421 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10425 /* Pair of absolute addresses. */
10426 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10427 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10428 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10430 "Location list end address (%s)",
10431 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10434 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10435 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10436 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Location expression size");
10439 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10440 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "Location expression size");
10443 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
, -1);
10446 /* And finally list termination. */
10447 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_end_of_list
,
10449 "DW_LLE_end_of_list (%s)", list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10450 else if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10451 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LLE_GNU_end_of_list_entry
,
10452 "Location list terminator (%s)",
10453 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10456 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10457 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10458 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10459 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10460 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10461 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10464 gcc_assert (!list_head
->vl_symbol
10465 || vcount
== lcount
* (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute () ? 1 : 0));
10468 /* Output a range_list offset into the .debug_ranges or .debug_rnglists
10469 section. Emit a relocated reference if val_entry is NULL, otherwise,
10470 emit an indirect reference. */
10473 output_range_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10475 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10477 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
== RELOCATED_OFFSET
)
10479 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10481 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10482 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
10483 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10487 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10488 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10489 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10490 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10491 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10495 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10497 dw_ranges
*r
= &(*ranges_table
)[a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
];
10498 gcc_assert (rnglist_idx
);
10499 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
->idx
, "%s", name
);
10502 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10503 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10504 "%s (offset from %s)", name
, ranges_section_label
);
10507 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10510 output_loc_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10512 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10515 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10516 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10517 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10518 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
10520 gcc_assert (AT_loc_list (a
)->num_assigned
);
10521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_loc_list (a
)->hash
, "%s (%s)",
10522 dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
),
10526 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10527 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10530 /* Output the offset into the debug_loc section. */
10533 output_view_list_offset (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10535 char *sym
= (*AT_loc_list_ptr (a
))->vl_symbol
;
10538 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
10539 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, loc_section_label
,
10540 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10542 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10543 "%s", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
10546 /* Output an attribute's index or value appropriately. */
10549 output_attr_index_or_value (dw_attr_node
*a
)
10551 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10553 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
10555 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
), "%s", name
);
10558 switch (AT_class (a
))
10560 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10561 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10563 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10564 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10565 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10568 gcc_unreachable ();
10572 /* Output a type signature. */
10575 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10579 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10583 /* Output a discriminant value. */
10586 output_discr_value (dw_discr_value
*discr_value
, const char *name
)
10588 if (discr_value
->pos
)
10589 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (discr_value
->v
.uval
, "%s", name
);
10591 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (discr_value
->v
.sval
, "%s", name
);
10594 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10595 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10598 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10602 unsigned long size
;
10605 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10606 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10607 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10609 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
10611 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10613 switch (AT_class (a
))
10615 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10616 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10619 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10620 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10624 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10625 output_range_list_offset (a
);
10628 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10629 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10631 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10632 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10633 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10635 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10637 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
), -1);
10640 case dw_val_class_const
:
10641 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10642 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10643 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10644 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10647 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10649 int csize
= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10650 if (dwarf_version
== 3
10651 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_data_member_location
10653 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10655 dw2_asm_output_data (csize
, AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10659 case dw_val_class_symview
:
10662 if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xff)
10664 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffff)
10666 else if (symview_upper_bound
<= 0xffffffff)
10670 dw2_asm_output_addr (vsize
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_symbolic_view
,
10675 case dw_val_class_const_implicit
:
10676 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10677 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10678 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
")\n",
10679 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_int (a
));
10682 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const_implicit
:
10683 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10684 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s ("
10685 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
")\n",
10686 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
, AT_unsigned (a
));
10689 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10691 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10693 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10694 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10695 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
10696 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10699 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10701 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10702 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10706 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10707 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10710 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10711 first
, "%s", name
);
10712 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10717 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
10720 int len
= get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
);
10721 int l
= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10722 if (len
* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
> DWARF_LARGEST_DATA_FORM_BITS
)
10723 dw2_asm_output_data (1, get_full_len (*a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
)
10726 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10727 for (i
= len
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10729 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10734 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; ++i
)
10736 dw2_asm_output_data (l
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_wide
->elt (i
),
10743 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10745 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10746 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10750 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10751 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10752 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10757 for (i
= 0, p
= (unsigned char *) a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10759 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10760 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10761 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10765 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10766 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10768 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10769 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10770 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10771 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10772 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10773 the same abbrev entry. */
10774 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
10775 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10776 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10777 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
10780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10783 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10784 output_loc_list_offset (a
);
10787 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
10788 output_view_list_offset (a
);
10791 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10792 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10794 if (AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
)
10796 comdat_type_node
*type_node
10797 = AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10799 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10800 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10804 const char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10808 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10809 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10811 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10812 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10814 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10815 /* ??? We cannot unconditionally output die_offset if
10816 non-zero - others might create references to those
10818 And we do not clear its DIE offset after outputting it
10819 (and the label refers to the actual DIEs, not the
10820 DWARF CU unit header which is when using label + offset
10821 would be the correct thing to do).
10822 ??? This is the reason for the with_offset flag. */
10823 if (AT_ref (a
)->with_offset
)
10824 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10825 debug_info_section
, "%s", name
);
10827 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10833 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10834 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10839 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10841 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10843 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10844 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10845 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10850 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10851 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA
10852 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10853 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10856 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10857 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
10862 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10863 output_attr_index_or_value (a
);
10866 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10867 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10868 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10871 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10872 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10873 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10876 case dw_val_class_loclistsptr
:
10877 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10878 debug_loc_section
, "%s", name
);
10881 case dw_val_class_str
:
10882 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
10883 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10884 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10886 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10887 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== DW_FORM_line_strp
)
10888 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10889 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10890 debug_line_str_section
,
10891 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10892 else if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
10893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_index (a
),
10894 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10899 case dw_val_class_file
:
10901 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10903 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10904 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10908 case dw_val_class_file_implicit
:
10909 if (flag_debug_asm
)
10910 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s (%d, %s)\n",
10911 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
,
10912 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
),
10913 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10916 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10920 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10922 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10926 case dw_val_class_high_pc
:
10927 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10928 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "DW_AT_high_pc");
10931 case dw_val_class_discr_value
:
10932 output_discr_value (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
, name
);
10935 case dw_val_class_discr_list
:
10937 dw_discr_list_ref list
= AT_discr_list (a
);
10938 const int size
= size_of_discr_list (list
);
10940 /* This is a block, so output its length first. */
10941 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
,
10942 "%s: block size", name
);
10944 for (; list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->dw_discr_next
)
10946 /* One byte for the discriminant value descriptor, and then as
10947 many LEB128 numbers as required. */
10948 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_range
,
10950 "%s: DW_DSC_range", name
);
10952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_DSC_label
,
10953 "%s: DW_DSC_label", name
);
10955 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_lower_bound
, name
);
10956 if (list
->dw_discr_range
)
10957 output_discr_value (&list
->dw_discr_upper_bound
, name
);
10963 gcc_unreachable ();
10967 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10969 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10970 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10972 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10975 /* Output the dwarf version number. */
10978 output_dwarf_version ()
10980 /* ??? For now, if -gdwarf-6 is specified, we output version 5 with
10981 views in loclist. That will change eventually. */
10982 if (dwarf_version
== 6)
10987 warning (0, "%<-gdwarf-6%> is output as version 5 with "
10988 "incompatibilities");
10991 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF version number");
10994 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
, "DWARF version number");
10997 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10998 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11001 output_compilation_unit_header (enum dwarf_unit_type ut
)
11003 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11005 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11006 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11007 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11008 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11009 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11010 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11013 output_dwarf_version ();
11014 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11019 case DW_UT_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_compile"; break;
11020 case DW_UT_type
: name
= "DW_UT_type"; break;
11021 case DW_UT_split_compile
: name
= "DW_UT_split_compile"; break;
11022 case DW_UT_split_type
: name
= "DW_UT_split_type"; break;
11023 default: gcc_unreachable ();
11025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ut
, "%s", name
);
11026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11028 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11029 debug_abbrev_section
,
11030 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11031 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
11032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11035 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11038 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
,
11039 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
11041 const char *secname
, *oldsym
;
11044 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11045 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11048 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11049 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11050 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11051 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11052 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11055 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (die
);
11057 /* For now, optimize only the main CU, in order to optimize the rest
11058 we'd need to see all of them earlier. Leave the rest for post-linking
11060 if (die
== comp_unit_die ())
11061 abbrev_opt_start
= vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
);
11063 build_abbrev_table (die
, extern_map
);
11065 optimize_abbrev_table ();
11069 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11070 next_die_offset
= (dwo_id
11071 ? DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11072 : DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
);
11073 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11075 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11076 if (oldsym
&& die
->comdat_type_p
)
11078 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11080 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11082 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11083 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11087 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
11089 info_section_emitted
= true;
11092 /* For LTO cross unit DIE refs we want a symbol on the start of the
11093 debuginfo section, not on the CU DIE. */
11094 if ((flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
) && oldsym
)
11096 /* ??? No way to get visibility assembled without a decl. */
11097 tree decl
= build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, VAR_DECL
,
11098 get_identifier (oldsym
), char_type_node
);
11099 TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) = true;
11100 TREE_STATIC (decl
) = true;
11101 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
) = true;
11102 DECL_VISIBILITY (decl
) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
;
11103 DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl
) = true;
11104 targetm
.asm_out
.assemble_visibility (decl
, VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
);
11105 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
11106 /* We prefer a .weak because that handles duplicates from duplicate
11107 archive members in a graceful way. */
11108 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11110 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11112 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, oldsym
);
11115 /* Output debugging information. */
11116 output_compilation_unit_header (dwo_id
11117 ? DW_UT_split_compile
: DW_UT_compile
);
11118 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11120 if (dwo_id
!= NULL
)
11121 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11122 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11126 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11127 output_pubnames. */
11131 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11135 /* Whether to generate the DWARF accelerator tables in .debug_pubnames
11136 and .debug_pubtypes. This is configured per-target, but can be
11137 overridden by the -gpubnames or -gno-pubnames options. */
11140 want_pubnames (void)
11142 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11143 /* Names and types go to the early debug part only. */
11146 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
!= -1)
11147 return debug_generate_pub_sections
;
11148 return targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
;
11151 /* Add the DW_AT_GNU_pubnames and DW_AT_GNU_pubtypes attributes. */
11154 add_AT_pubnames (dw_die_ref die
)
11156 if (want_pubnames ())
11157 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_GNU_pubnames
, 1);
11160 /* Add a string attribute value to a skeleton DIE. */
11163 add_skeleton_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
11167 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
11169 if (! skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
11170 skeleton_debug_str_hash
11171 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
11173 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, skeleton_debug_str_hash
);
11174 find_string_form (node
);
11175 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
))
11176 node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
11178 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
11179 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
11180 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
11181 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
11182 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
11185 /* Helper function to generate top-level dies for skeleton debug_info and
11189 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (dw_die_ref die
)
11191 const char *dwo_file_name
= concat (aux_base_name
, ".dwo", NULL
);
11192 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
11194 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_dwo_name
), dwo_file_name
);
11195 if (comp_dir
!= NULL
)
11196 add_skeleton_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, comp_dir
);
11197 add_AT_pubnames (die
);
11198 add_AT_lineptr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_addr_base
), debug_addr_section_label
);
11201 /* Output skeleton debug sections that point to the dwo file. */
11204 output_skeleton_debug_sections (dw_die_ref comp_unit
,
11205 const unsigned char *dwo_id
)
11207 /* These attributes will be found in the full debug_info section. */
11208 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_producer
);
11209 remove_AT (comp_unit
, DW_AT_language
);
11211 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_info_section
);
11212 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
);
11214 /* Produce the skeleton compilation-unit header. This one differs enough from
11215 a normal CU header that it's better not to call output_compilation_unit
11217 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11218 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11219 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit "
11220 "DWARF extension");
11222 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11223 DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_SKELETON_HEADER_SIZE
11224 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
11225 + size_of_die (comp_unit
),
11226 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11227 output_dwarf_version ();
11228 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_UT_skeleton
, "DW_UT_skeleton");
11231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11233 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
11234 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
,
11235 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11236 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
11237 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11239 for (int i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11240 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dwo_id
[i
], i
== 0 ? "DWO id" : NULL
);
11242 comp_unit
->die_abbrev
= SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
;
11243 output_die (comp_unit
);
11245 /* Build the skeleton debug_abbrev section. */
11246 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
);
11247 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
);
11249 output_die_abbrevs (SKELETON_COMP_DIE_ABBREV
, comp_unit
);
11251 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of skeleton .debug_abbrev");
11254 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11257 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
,
11258 bool early_lto_debug ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11260 const char *secname
;
11263 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11267 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11268 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11270 external_ref_hash_type
*extern_map
= optimize_external_refs (node
->root_die
);
11272 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
, extern_map
);
11277 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11278 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11279 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11281 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11282 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
11284 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11285 secname
= early_lto_debug
? DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
11287 secname
= (early_lto_debug
11288 ? DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
);
11290 else if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11291 secname
= early_lto_debug
? ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_types" : ".debug_types";
11293 secname
= (early_lto_debug
11294 ? ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_types.dwo" : ".debug_types.dwo");
11296 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11297 sprintf (tmp
, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? "wi." : "wt.");
11298 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11299 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11300 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11301 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11302 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11305 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11306 sprintf (tmp
, (dwarf_version
>= 5
11307 ? ".gnu.linkonce.wi." : ".gnu.linkonce.wt."));
11308 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11309 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11311 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11314 /* Output debugging information. */
11315 output_compilation_unit_header (dwarf_split_debug_info
11316 ? DW_UT_split_type
: DW_UT_type
);
11317 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11318 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11319 "Offset to Type DIE");
11320 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11322 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11325 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11327 static const char *
11328 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11330 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11332 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11335 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11338 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11343 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11344 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11348 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11350 if (!want_pubnames ())
11353 /* Don't add items to the table when we expect that the consumer will have
11354 just read the enclosing die. For example, if the consumer is looking at a
11355 class_member, it will either be inside the class already, or will have just
11356 looked up the class to find the member. Either way, searching the class is
11357 faster than searching the index. */
11358 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) && !class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
))
11359 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11361 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11364 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11368 /* Add an enumerator to the pubnames section. */
11371 add_enumerator_pubname (const char *scope_name
, dw_die_ref die
)
11375 gcc_assert (scope_name
);
11376 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
), NULL
);
11378 vec_safe_push (pubname_table
, e
);
11381 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11384 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11388 if (!want_pubnames ())
11391 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11392 || is_cu_die (die
->die_parent
) || is_namespace_die (die
->die_parent
))
11393 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11396 const char *scope_name
= "";
11397 const char *sep
= is_cxx () ? "::" : ".";
11400 scope
= TYPE_P (decl
) ? TYPE_CONTEXT (decl
) : NULL
;
11401 if (scope
&& TREE_CODE (scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11403 scope_name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (scope
, 1);
11404 if (scope_name
!= NULL
&& scope_name
[0] != '\0')
11405 scope_name
= concat (scope_name
, sep
, NULL
);
11411 name
= type_tag (decl
);
11413 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1);
11415 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11416 it to the table. */
11417 if (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] != '\0')
11420 e
.name
= concat (scope_name
, name
, NULL
);
11421 vec_safe_push (pubtype_table
, e
);
11424 /* Although it might be more consistent to add the pubinfo for the
11425 enumerators as their dies are created, they should only be added if the
11426 enum type meets the criteria above. So rather than re-check the parent
11427 enum type whenever an enumerator die is created, just output them all
11428 here. This isn't protected by the name conditional because anonymous
11429 enums don't have names. */
11430 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_enumeration_type
)
11434 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_enumerator_pubname (scope_name
, c
));
11439 /* Output a single entry in the pubnames table. */
11442 output_pubname (dw_offset die_offset
, pubname_entry
*entry
)
11444 dw_die_ref die
= entry
->die
;
11445 int is_static
= get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_external
) ? 0 : 1;
11447 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, die_offset
, "DIE offset");
11449 if (debug_generate_pub_sections
== 2)
11451 /* This logic follows gdb's method for determining the value of the flag
11453 uint32_t flags
= GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_NONE
;
11454 switch (die
->die_tag
)
11456 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
11457 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
11458 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
11459 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11460 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11462 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
11463 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11464 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11466 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11468 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
11469 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11470 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_FUNCTION
);
11472 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11474 case DW_TAG_constant
:
11475 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11476 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11477 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11479 case DW_TAG_variable
:
11480 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
,
11481 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_VARIABLE
);
11482 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, is_static
);
11484 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
11485 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
11486 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11488 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
11489 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
11490 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
11491 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
11492 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
11493 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_SET_VALUE(flags
, GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_KIND_TYPE
);
11495 GDB_INDEX_SYMBOL_STATIC_SET_VALUE(flags
, 1);
11498 /* An unusual tag. Leave the flag-byte empty. */
11501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, flags
>> GDB_INDEX_CU_BITSIZE
,
11502 "GDB-index flags");
11505 dw2_asm_output_nstring (entry
->name
, -1, "external name");
11509 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11510 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11513 output_pubnames (vec
<pubname_entry
, va_gc
> *names
)
11516 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11517 pubname_entry
*pub
;
11519 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11521 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11522 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11523 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11524 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11525 "Pub Info Length");
11528 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is independent of dwarf version. */
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF pubnames/pubtypes version");
11531 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11532 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11533 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11534 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11536 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11537 debug_info_section
,
11538 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11539 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11540 "Compilation Unit Length");
11542 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*names
, i
, pub
)
11544 if (include_pubname_in_output (names
, pub
))
11546 dw_offset die_offset
= pub
->die
->die_offset
;
11548 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11549 if (names
== pubname_table
&& pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
11550 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11552 /* If we're putting types in their own .debug_types sections,
11553 the .debug_pubtypes table will still point to the compile
11554 unit (not the type unit), so we want to use the offset of
11555 the skeleton DIE (if there is one). */
11556 if (pub
->die
->comdat_type_p
&& names
== pubtype_table
)
11558 comdat_type_node
*type_node
= pub
->die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11560 if (type_node
!= NULL
)
11561 die_offset
= (type_node
->skeleton_die
!= NULL
11562 ? type_node
->skeleton_die
->die_offset
11563 : comp_unit_die ()->die_offset
);
11566 output_pubname (die_offset
, pub
);
11570 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11573 /* Output public names and types tables if necessary. */
11576 output_pubtables (void)
11578 if (!want_pubnames () || !info_section_emitted
)
11581 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
11582 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
11583 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
11584 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
11585 simply won't look for the section. */
11586 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
11587 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
11591 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11592 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11593 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11596 output_aranges (void)
11599 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11601 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
11603 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11604 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11605 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11606 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11607 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11610 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even up to DWARF5. */
11611 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF aranges version");
11612 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11613 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
11614 debug_skeleton_info_section
,
11615 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11617 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11618 debug_info_section
,
11619 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11623 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11624 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11626 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11628 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11629 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11630 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11634 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11635 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11636 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11637 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11638 confused with the terminator. */
11639 if (text_section_used
)
11641 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11642 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11643 text_section_label
, "Length");
11645 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11647 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11649 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11650 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11653 if (have_multiple_function_sections
)
11658 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
11660 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
11662 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
11664 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
11666 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
11667 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, "Length");
11669 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
11671 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
11673 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
11674 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, "Length");
11679 /* Output the terminator words. */
11680 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11681 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11684 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return its index into
11685 ranges_table vector. */
11687 static unsigned int
11688 add_ranges_num (int num
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11690 dw_ranges r
= { NULL
, num
, 0, maybe_new_sec
};
11691 vec_safe_push (ranges_table
, r
);
11692 return vec_safe_length (ranges_table
) - 1;
11695 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11696 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. MAYBE_NEW_SEC is true if
11697 this entry might be in a different section from previous range. */
11699 static unsigned int
11700 add_ranges (const_tree block
, bool maybe_new_sec
)
11702 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0, maybe_new_sec
);
11705 /* Note that (*rnglist_table)[offset] is either a head of a rnglist
11706 chain, or middle entry of a chain that will be directly referred to. */
11709 note_rnglist_head (unsigned int offset
)
11711 if (dwarf_version
< 5 || (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
)
11713 (*ranges_table
)[offset
].label
= gen_internal_sym ("LLRL");
11716 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of labels.
11717 When using dwarf_split_debug_info, address attributes in dies destined
11718 for the final executable should be direct references--setting the
11719 parameter force_direct ensures this behavior. */
11722 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11723 bool *added
, bool force_direct
)
11725 unsigned int in_use
= vec_safe_length (ranges_by_label
);
11726 unsigned int offset
;
11727 dw_ranges_by_label rbl
= { begin
, end
};
11728 vec_safe_push (ranges_by_label
, rbl
);
11729 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1, true);
11732 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, force_direct
);
11734 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
11738 /* Emit .debug_ranges section. */
11741 output_ranges (void)
11744 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11745 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11748 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11749 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11750 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11752 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11756 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11757 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11759 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11760 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11762 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11763 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11764 base of the text section. */
11765 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11767 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11768 text_section_label
,
11769 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11770 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11771 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11774 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11775 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11776 about whether the target supports cross-section
11780 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11781 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11782 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11788 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11789 else if (block_num
< 0)
11791 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11793 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11795 gcc_unreachable ();
11797 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11798 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11799 the #if 0 above. */
11800 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11801 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11802 text_section_label
,
11803 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11804 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11805 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11806 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11811 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11812 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
,
11813 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11814 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11815 (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
,
11821 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11822 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11828 /* Non-zero if .debug_line_str should be used for .debug_line section
11829 strings or strings that are likely shareable with those. */
11830 #define DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR \
11831 (!DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET \
11832 && (DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) != 0 \
11833 /* FIXME: there is no .debug_line_str.dwo section, \
11834 for -gsplit-dwarf we should use DW_FORM_strx instead. */ \
11835 && !dwarf_split_debug_info)
11837 /* Assign .debug_rnglists indexes. */
11840 index_rnglists (void)
11845 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11847 r
->idx
= rnglist_idx
++;
11850 /* Emit .debug_rnglists section. */
11853 output_rnglists (unsigned generation
)
11857 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11858 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11859 char basebuf
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11861 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
11862 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
11863 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
11864 See also init_sections_and_labels. */
11865 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11866 2 + generation
* 4);
11867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
11868 3 + generation
* 4);
11869 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11870 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11871 "Initial length escape value indicating "
11872 "64-bit DWARF extension");
11873 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11874 "Length of Range Lists");
11875 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11876 output_dwarf_version ();
11877 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
11878 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
11879 /* Emit the offset table only for -gsplit-dwarf. If we don't care
11880 about relocation sizes and primarily care about the size of .debug*
11881 sections in linked shared libraries and executables, then
11882 the offset table plus corresponding DW_FORM_rnglistx uleb128 indexes
11883 into it are usually larger than just DW_FORM_sec_offset offsets
11884 into the .debug_rnglists section. */
11885 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? rnglist_idx
: 0,
11886 "Offset Entry Count");
11887 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
11889 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_base_label
);
11890 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11892 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, r
->label
,
11893 ranges_base_label
, NULL
);
11896 const char *lab
= "";
11897 unsigned int len
= vec_safe_length (ranges_table
);
11898 const char *base
= NULL
;
11899 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (ranges_table
, i
, r
)
11901 int block_num
= r
->num
;
11905 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, r
->label
);
11908 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
&& (r
->label
|| r
->maybe_new_sec
))
11912 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11913 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11916 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11918 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11920 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11921 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11922 base of the text section. */
11923 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11926 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11927 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, text_section_label
,
11928 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11929 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, text_section_label
,
11930 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11935 dw_ranges
*r2
= NULL
;
11937 r2
= &(*ranges_table
)[i
+ 1];
11940 && r2
->label
== NULL
11941 && !r2
->maybe_new_sec
)
11943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_base_address
,
11944 "DW_RLE_base_address (%s)", lab
);
11945 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11946 "Base address (%s)", lab
);
11947 strcpy (basebuf
, blabel
);
11953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_offset_pair
,
11954 "DW_RLE_offset_pair (%s)", lab
);
11955 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (blabel
, base
,
11956 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11957 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, base
,
11958 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11962 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11963 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11964 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11965 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11966 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
11970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
11971 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
11972 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11973 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11974 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11975 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
11979 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11980 else if (block_num
< 0)
11982 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11983 const char *blabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].begin
;
11984 const char *elabel
= (*ranges_by_label
)[lab_idx
].end
;
11986 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11987 gcc_unreachable ();
11988 if (HAVE_AS_LEB128
)
11990 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_length
,
11991 "DW_RLE_start_length (%s)", lab
);
11992 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11993 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
11994 dw2_asm_output_delta_uleb128 (elabel
, blabel
,
11995 "Range length (%s)", lab
);
11999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_start_end
,
12000 "DW_RLE_start_end (%s)", lab
);
12001 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
12002 "Range begin address (%s)", lab
);
12003 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
12004 "Range end address (%s)", lab
);
12008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_RLE_end_of_list
,
12009 "DW_RLE_end_of_list (%s)", lab
);
12011 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12014 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
12017 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
12018 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
12019 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
12020 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
12021 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
12024 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
12028 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
12029 int length
; /* Path length. */
12030 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
12031 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
12032 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
12035 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
12036 the directories in the path. */
12039 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
12041 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
12042 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
12043 const unsigned char *cp1
;
12044 const unsigned char *cp2
;
12046 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
12047 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
12048 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
12049 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
12050 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. We want the one with
12051 the directory to sort after the one without, so all no directory files
12052 are at the start (normally only the compilation unit file). */
12053 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
12054 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
12056 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
12057 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
12063 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above,
12064 but now we want longer directory prefixes before shorter ones. */
12065 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12066 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
12067 return ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
12068 - (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
));
12070 /* Character of current path component the same? */
12071 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
12072 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
12076 struct file_name_acquire_data
12078 struct file_info
*files
;
12083 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
12086 file_name_acquire (dwarf_file_data
**slot
, file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
)
12088 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
12089 struct file_info
*fi
;
12092 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
12094 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
12097 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
12099 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
12101 /* Skip all leading "./". */
12103 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
12106 /* Create a new array entry. */
12108 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
12111 /* Search for the file name part. */
12112 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
12113 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
12115 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
12119 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
12125 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
12129 /* Helper function for output_file_names. Emit a FORM encoded
12130 string STR, with assembly comment start ENTRY_KIND and
12134 output_line_string (enum dwarf_form form
, const char *str
,
12135 const char *entry_kind
, unsigned int idx
)
12139 case DW_FORM_string
:
12140 dw2_asm_output_nstring (str
, -1, "%s: %#x", entry_kind
, idx
);
12142 case DW_FORM_line_strp
:
12143 if (!debug_line_str_hash
)
12144 debug_line_str_hash
12145 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
12147 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
12148 node
= find_AT_string_in_table (str
, debug_line_str_hash
);
12149 set_indirect_string (node
);
12151 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
12152 debug_line_str_section
, "%s: %#x: \"%s\"",
12153 entry_kind
, 0, node
->str
);
12156 gcc_unreachable ();
12160 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
12161 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
12162 slowdowns with many input files. */
12165 output_file_names (void)
12167 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
12169 struct file_info
*files
;
12170 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
12178 if (!last_emitted_file
)
12180 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Directory entry format count");
12183 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Directories count");
12184 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "File name entry format count");
12185 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "File names count");
12189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12195 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
12197 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
12198 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
12199 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
12201 fnad
.files
= files
;
12202 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
12203 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
12204 file_table
->traverse
<file_name_acquire_data
*, file_name_acquire
> (&fnad
);
12205 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
12207 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
12209 /* Find all the different directories used. */
12210 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
12211 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
12212 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
12214 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12215 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
12218 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12219 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
12220 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
12221 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
12223 /* Same directory as last entry. */
12224 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
12225 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
12231 /* This is a new directory. */
12232 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
12233 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
12234 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
12235 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12236 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
12238 /* Search for a prefix. */
12239 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
12240 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12241 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
12242 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
12243 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
12244 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
12245 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
12246 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
12251 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
12252 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
12253 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
12254 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
12255 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
12256 results in most cases and never is much off. */
12257 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12258 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
12260 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
12261 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12266 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
12267 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
12268 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12269 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
12271 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12274 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
12276 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
12280 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
12281 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
12282 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
12286 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
12287 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
12289 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
12290 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
12295 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
12297 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
12299 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
12300 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
12301 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
12303 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
12304 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
12306 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
12307 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
12312 /* Emit the directory name table. */
12313 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
12314 enum dwarf_form str_form
= DW_FORM_string
;
12315 enum dwarf_form idx_form
= DW_FORM_udata
;
12316 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12318 const char *comp_dir
= comp_dir_string ();
12319 if (comp_dir
== NULL
)
12321 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Directory entry format count");
12322 if (DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
12323 str_form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
12324 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12325 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12326 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12327 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ndirs
+ idx_offset
, "Directories count");
12328 if (str_form
== DW_FORM_string
)
12330 dw2_asm_output_nstring (comp_dir
, -1, "Directory Entry: %#x", 0);
12331 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12332 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12334 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12335 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12339 output_line_string (str_form
, comp_dir
, "Directory Entry", 0);
12340 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12343 = ggc_alloc_string (dirs
[i
].path
,
12345 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
);
12346 output_line_string (str_form
, str
, "Directory Entry",
12347 (unsigned) i
+ idx_offset
);
12353 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
12354 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
12356 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
12357 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
12359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
12362 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
12363 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
12364 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
12365 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
12366 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12367 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
12369 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12371 const char *filename0
= get_AT_string (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_name
);
12372 if (filename0
== NULL
)
12374 /* DW_LNCT_directory_index can use DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data1 and
12375 DW_FORM_data2. Choose one based on the number of directories
12376 and how much space would they occupy in each encoding.
12377 If we have at most 256 directories, all indexes fit into
12378 a single byte, so DW_FORM_data1 is most compact (if there
12379 are at most 128 directories, DW_FORM_udata would be as
12380 compact as that, but not shorter and slower to decode). */
12381 if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 256)
12382 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data1
;
12383 /* If there are more than 65536 directories, we have to use
12384 DW_FORM_udata, DW_FORM_data2 can't refer to them.
12385 Otherwise, compute what space would occupy if all the indexes
12386 used DW_FORM_udata - sum - and compare that to how large would
12387 be DW_FORM_data2 encoding, and pick the more efficient one. */
12388 else if (ndirs
+ idx_offset
<= 65536)
12390 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT sum
= 1;
12391 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12393 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12394 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12395 sum
+= size_of_uleb128 (dir_idx
);
12397 if (sum
>= HOST_WIDE_INT_UC (2) * (numfiles
+ 1))
12398 idx_form
= DW_FORM_data2
;
12400 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 4, "File name entry format count");
12403 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "File name entry format count");
12405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_path
, "DW_LNCT_path");
12406 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (str_form
, "%s",
12407 get_DW_FORM_name (str_form
));
12408 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_directory_index
,
12409 "DW_LNCT_directory_index");
12410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (idx_form
, "%s",
12411 get_DW_FORM_name (idx_form
));
12412 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_timestamp
, "DW_LNCT_timestamp");
12414 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12415 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_LNCT_size
, "DW_LNCT_size");
12416 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DW_FORM_udata
, "DW_FORM_udata");
12418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (numfiles
+ 1, "File names count");
12420 output_line_string (str_form
, filename0
, "File Entry", 0);
12422 /* Include directory index. */
12423 if (idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12424 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12427 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12429 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12430 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12435 /* Now write all the file names. */
12436 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
12438 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
12439 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
12441 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12442 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
12444 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
12445 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
12450 int maxfilelen
= (strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
12451 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
12452 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1);
12453 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
12455 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
12456 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
12457 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
12459 output_line_string (str_form
, filebuf
, "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12461 /* Include directory index. */
12462 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12463 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12464 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12468 /* Modification time. */
12469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12470 &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
12473 /* File length in bytes. */
12474 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
,
12475 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
12478 output_line_string (str_form
,
12479 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
,
12480 "File Entry", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
12482 /* Include directory index. */
12483 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && idx_form
!= DW_FORM_udata
)
12484 dw2_asm_output_data (idx_form
== DW_FORM_data1
? 1 : 2,
12485 dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12487 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
12489 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12492 /* Modification time. */
12493 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12495 /* File length in bytes. */
12496 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
12497 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12500 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
12501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
12505 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
12508 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table
*table
)
12510 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12511 unsigned int current_line
= 1;
12512 bool current_is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
12513 dw_line_info_entry
*ent
, *prev_addr
;
12519 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (table
->entries
, i
, ent
)
12521 switch (ent
->opcode
)
12523 case LI_set_address
:
12524 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
12525 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
12526 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
12527 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
12528 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
12529 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12530 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12534 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12535 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12536 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s%s", line_label
,
12537 debug_variable_location_views
12538 ? ", reset view to 0" : "");
12539 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12541 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12546 case LI_adv_address
:
12548 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, ent
->val
);
12549 char prev_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12550 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (prev_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, prev_addr
->val
);
12554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
, "fixed advance PC, increment view to %i", view
);
12555 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_label
,
12556 "from %s to %s", prev_label
, line_label
);
12563 if (ent
->val
== current_line
)
12565 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
,
12567 "copy line %u", current_line
);
12571 int line_offset
= ent
->val
- current_line
;
12572 int line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12574 current_line
= ent
->val
;
12575 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12577 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12578 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
12579 This takes 1 byte. */
12580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12581 "line %u", current_line
);
12585 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12586 depending on the value being encoded. */
12587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12588 "advance to line %u", current_line
);
12589 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12590 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, NULL
);
12596 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "set file %u", ent
->val
);
12597 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12600 case LI_set_column
:
12601 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column
, "column %u", ent
->val
);
12602 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, "%u", ent
->val
);
12605 case LI_negate_stmt
:
12606 current_is_stmt
= !current_is_stmt
;
12607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt
,
12608 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt
);
12611 case LI_set_prologue_end
:
12612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end
,
12613 "set prologue end");
12616 case LI_set_epilogue_begin
:
12617 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin
,
12618 "set epilogue begin");
12621 case LI_set_discriminator
:
12622 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent
->val
);
12623 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent
->val
), NULL
);
12624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator
, NULL
);
12625 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent
->val
, NULL
);
12630 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
12631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table
->end_label
);
12632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12634 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, table
->end_label
, NULL
);
12636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
12637 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12641 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
12642 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
12645 output_line_info (bool prologue_only
)
12647 static unsigned int generation
;
12648 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12649 char p1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
], p2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12650 bool saw_one
= false;
12653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, generation
);
12654 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, generation
);
12655 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, generation
);
12656 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, generation
++);
12658 if (!XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
12660 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12661 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12662 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12663 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
12664 "Length of Source Line Info");
12667 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12669 output_dwarf_version ();
12670 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
12672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
12673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
12675 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12676 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12678 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
12679 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
12680 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
12681 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
12682 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
12683 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
12684 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
12685 and don't let the target override. */
12686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
12688 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
12689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12690 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12691 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12692 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12693 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12694 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12696 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12698 "Special Opcode Base");
12700 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12705 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12706 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12707 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12708 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12709 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12710 case DW_LNS_set_isa
:
12718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12722 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12723 output_file_names ();
12724 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12727 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12728 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12732 if (separate_line_info
)
12734 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
12737 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*separate_line_info
, i
, table
)
12740 output_one_line_info_table (table
);
12744 if (cold_text_section_line_info
&& cold_text_section_line_info
->in_use
)
12746 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info
);
12750 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
12751 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
12752 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
12753 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
12754 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
12755 if (text_section_line_info
->in_use
|| !saw_one
)
12756 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info
);
12758 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12759 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12762 /* Return true if DW_AT_endianity should be emitted according to REVERSE. */
12765 need_endianity_attribute_p (bool reverse
)
12767 return reverse
&& (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
);
12770 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12771 a DIE that describes the given type. REVERSE is true if the type is
12772 to be interpreted in the reverse storage order wrt the target order.
12774 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12775 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12778 base_type_die (tree type
, bool reverse
)
12780 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12781 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12782 bool fpt_used
= false;
12783 struct fixed_point_type_info fpt_info
;
12784 tree type_bias
= NULL_TREE
;
12786 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12787 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12788 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12789 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12791 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12794 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12795 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12796 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12797 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12798 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12800 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12801 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12802 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12804 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12808 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12809 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info
)
12811 memset (&fpt_info
, 0, sizeof (fpt_info
));
12812 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_fixed_point_type_info (type
, &fpt_info
))
12815 encoding
= ((TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12816 ? DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
12817 : DW_ATE_signed_fixed
);
12821 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12823 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12824 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12826 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12828 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12829 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12831 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12834 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
12835 type_bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
12839 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12841 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12842 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12844 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12847 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12850 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12851 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12852 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12853 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12854 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12856 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12859 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12860 a user defined type for it. */
12862 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12863 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12865 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12869 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12870 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12874 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12875 gcc_unreachable ();
12878 base_type_result
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_base_type
);
12880 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12881 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12882 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12884 if (need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
))
12885 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_endianity
,
12886 BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
? DW_END_little
: DW_END_big
);
12888 add_alignment_attribute (base_type_result
, type
);
12892 switch (fpt_info
.scale_factor_kind
)
12894 case fixed_point_scale_factor_binary
:
12895 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_binary_scale
,
12896 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.binary
);
12899 case fixed_point_scale_factor_decimal
:
12900 add_AT_int (base_type_result
, DW_AT_decimal_scale
,
12901 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.decimal
);
12904 case fixed_point_scale_factor_arbitrary
:
12905 /* Arbitrary scale factors cannot be described in standard DWARF,
12909 /* Describe the scale factor as a rational constant. */
12910 const dw_die_ref scale_factor
12911 = new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, comp_unit_die (), type
);
12913 add_AT_unsigned (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_numerator
,
12914 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.numerator
);
12915 add_AT_int (scale_factor
, DW_AT_GNU_denominator
,
12916 fpt_info
.scale_factor
.arbitrary
.denominator
);
12918 add_AT_die_ref (base_type_result
, DW_AT_small
, scale_factor
);
12923 gcc_unreachable ();
12928 add_scalar_info (base_type_result
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, type_bias
,
12929 dw_scalar_form_constant
12930 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
12931 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
12934 return base_type_result
;
12937 /* A C++ function with deduced return type can have a TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM
12938 named 'auto' in its type: return true for it, false otherwise. */
12941 is_cxx_auto (tree type
)
12945 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
12946 if (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
12947 || name
== get_identifier ("decltype(auto)"))
12953 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12954 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12957 is_base_type (tree type
)
12959 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12963 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12972 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12973 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12974 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12977 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12985 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
12987 gcc_unreachable ();
12993 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12994 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12995 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12996 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12997 ERROR_MARK node. */
12999 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
13000 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
13002 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
13003 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
13004 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
13006 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (TYPE_SIZE (type
)))
13007 return tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
13009 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
13012 /* Similarly, but return an offset_int instead of UHWI. */
13014 static inline offset_int
13015 offset_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
13017 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
13018 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
13019 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
13021 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
13022 return wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
13024 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
13027 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
13028 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
13031 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, tree bias
,
13032 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13034 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
13035 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
13037 if (context_die
== NULL
)
13038 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
13040 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
13042 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
13044 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
13045 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
13046 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
13049 add_alignment_attribute (subrange_die
, type
);
13052 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
, NULL
);
13054 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
, NULL
);
13055 if (bias
&& !dwarf_strict
)
13056 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_GNU_bias
, bias
,
13057 dw_scalar_form_constant
13058 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
13059 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
13062 return subrange_die
;
13065 /* Returns the (const and/or volatile) cv_qualifiers associated with
13066 the decl node. This will normally be augmented with the
13067 cv_qualifiers of the underlying type in add_type_attribute. */
13070 decl_quals (const_tree decl
)
13072 return ((TREE_READONLY (decl
)
13073 /* The C++ front-end correctly marks reference-typed
13074 variables as readonly, but from a language (and debug
13075 info) standpoint they are not const-qualified. */
13076 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != REFERENCE_TYPE
13077 ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)
13078 | (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
13079 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
));
13082 /* Determine the TYPE whose qualifiers match the largest strict subset
13083 of the given TYPE_QUALS, and return its qualifiers. Ignore all
13084 qualifiers outside QUAL_MASK. */
13087 get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (tree type
, int type_quals
, int qual_mask
)
13090 int best_rank
= 0, best_qual
= 0, max_rank
;
13092 type_quals
&= qual_mask
;
13093 max_rank
= popcount_hwi (type_quals
) - 1;
13095 for (t
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
); t
&& best_rank
< max_rank
;
13096 t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13098 int q
= TYPE_QUALS (t
) & qual_mask
;
13100 if ((q
& type_quals
) == q
&& q
!= type_quals
13101 && check_base_type (t
, type
))
13103 int rank
= popcount_hwi (q
);
13105 if (rank
> best_rank
)
13116 struct dwarf_qual_info_t
{ int q
; enum dwarf_tag t
; };
13117 static const dwarf_qual_info_t dwarf_qual_info
[] =
13119 { TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, DW_TAG_const_type
},
13120 { TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
, DW_TAG_volatile_type
},
13121 { TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
, DW_TAG_restrict_type
},
13122 { TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
, DW_TAG_atomic_type
}
13124 static const unsigned int dwarf_qual_info_size
13125 = sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
) / sizeof (dwarf_qual_info
[0]);
13127 /* If DIE is a qualified DIE of some base DIE with the same parent,
13128 return the base DIE, otherwise return NULL. Set MASK to the
13129 qualifiers added compared to the returned DIE. */
13132 qualified_die_p (dw_die_ref die
, int *mask
, unsigned int depth
)
13135 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13136 if (die
->die_tag
== dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
)
13138 if (i
== dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13140 if (vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) != 1)
13142 dw_die_ref type
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_type
);
13143 if (type
== NULL
|| type
->die_parent
!= die
->die_parent
)
13145 *mask
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13148 dw_die_ref ret
= qualified_die_p (type
, mask
, depth
- 1);
13155 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
13156 entry that chains the modifiers specified by CV_QUALS in front of the
13157 given type. REVERSE is true if the type is to be interpreted in the
13158 reverse storage order wrt the target order. */
13161 modified_type_die (tree type
, int cv_quals
, bool reverse
,
13162 dw_die_ref context_die
)
13164 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
13165 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
13166 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
13167 tree item_type
= NULL
;
13168 tree qualified_type
;
13169 tree name
, low
, high
;
13170 dw_die_ref mod_scope
;
13171 /* Only these cv-qualifiers are currently handled. */
13172 const int cv_qual_mask
= (TYPE_QUAL_CONST
| TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
13173 | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
| TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
|
13174 ENCODE_QUAL_ADDR_SPACE(~0U));
13175 const bool reverse_base_type
13176 = need_endianity_attribute_p (reverse
) && is_base_type (type
);
13178 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
13181 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
13183 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
13185 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
13186 return modified_type_die (debug_type
, cv_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13189 cv_quals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13191 /* Don't emit DW_TAG_restrict_type for DWARFv2, since it is a type
13192 tag modifier (and not an attribute) old consumers won't be able
13194 if (dwarf_version
< 3)
13195 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT
;
13197 /* Likewise for DW_TAG_atomic_type for DWARFv5. */
13198 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
13199 cv_quals
&= ~TYPE_QUAL_ATOMIC
;
13201 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
13203 qualified_type
= get_qualified_type (type
, cv_quals
);
13205 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
)
13207 /* Try not to expose the internal sizetype type's name. */
13208 if (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
13209 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
13211 tree t
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
13213 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t
) == INTEGER_TYPE
13214 && (TYPE_PRECISION (t
)
13215 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
))
13216 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
)
13217 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
)));
13218 qualified_type
= t
;
13220 else if (qualified_type
== sizetype
13221 && TREE_CODE (sizetype
) == TREE_CODE (size_type_node
)
13222 && TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype
) == TYPE_PRECISION (size_type_node
)
13223 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (sizetype
) == TYPE_UNSIGNED (size_type_node
))
13224 qualified_type
= size_type_node
;
13225 if (type
== sizetype
)
13226 type
= qualified_type
;
13229 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
13230 if (qualified_type
)
13232 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13234 /* DW_AT_endianity doesn't come from a qualifier on the type, so it is
13235 dealt with specially: the DIE with the attribute, if it exists, is
13236 placed immediately after the regular DIE for the same base type. */
13238 && (!reverse_base_type
13239 || ((mod_type_die
= mod_type_die
->die_sib
) != NULL
13240 && get_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_endianity
))))
13241 return mod_type_die
;
13244 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
13246 /* Handle C typedef types. */
13248 && TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13249 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
13250 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
13252 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
13254 /* Skip the typedef for base types with DW_AT_endianity, no big deal. */
13255 if (qualified_type
== dtype
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13257 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
13259 /* Typedef variants that have an abstract origin don't get their own
13260 type DIE (see gen_typedef_die), so fall back on the ultimate
13261 abstract origin instead. */
13262 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
13263 return modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (origin
), cv_quals
, reverse
,
13266 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
13267 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
13268 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
13272 int dquals
= TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (dtype
);
13273 dquals
&= cv_qual_mask
;
13274 if ((dquals
& ~cv_quals
) != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
13275 || (cv_quals
== dquals
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
13276 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use
13277 the unnamed type to which it refers. */
13278 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
), cv_quals
,
13279 reverse
, context_die
);
13280 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
13284 mod_scope
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
13288 int sub_quals
= 0, first_quals
= 0;
13290 dw_die_ref first
= NULL
, last
= NULL
;
13292 /* Determine a lesser qualified type that most closely matches
13293 this one. Then generate DW_TAG_* entries for the remaining
13295 sub_quals
= get_nearest_type_subqualifiers (type
, cv_quals
,
13297 if (sub_quals
&& use_debug_types
)
13299 bool needed
= false;
13300 /* If emitting type units, make sure the order of qualifiers
13301 is canonical. Thus, start from unqualified type if
13302 an earlier qualifier is missing in sub_quals, but some later
13303 one is present there. */
13304 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13305 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13307 else if (needed
&& (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
))
13313 mod_type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, sub_quals
, reverse
, context_die
);
13314 if (mod_scope
&& mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_parent
== mod_scope
)
13316 /* As not all intermediate qualified DIEs have corresponding
13317 tree types, ensure that qualified DIEs in the same scope
13318 as their DW_AT_type are emitted after their DW_AT_type,
13319 only with other qualified DIEs for the same type possibly
13320 in between them. Determine the range of such qualified
13321 DIEs now (first being the base type, last being corresponding
13322 last qualified DIE for it). */
13323 unsigned int count
= 0;
13324 first
= qualified_die_p (mod_type_die
, &first_quals
,
13325 dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13327 first
= mod_type_die
;
13328 gcc_assert ((first_quals
& ~sub_quals
) == 0);
13329 for (count
= 0, last
= first
;
13330 count
< (1U << dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13331 count
++, last
= last
->die_sib
)
13334 if (last
== mod_scope
->die_child
)
13336 if (qualified_die_p (last
->die_sib
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
)
13342 for (i
= 0; i
< dwarf_qual_info_size
; i
++)
13343 if (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
& cv_quals
& ~sub_quals
)
13346 if (first
&& first
!= last
)
13348 for (d
= first
->die_sib
; ; d
= d
->die_sib
)
13351 qualified_die_p (d
, &quals
, dwarf_qual_info_size
);
13352 if (quals
== (first_quals
| dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
))
13368 d
= new_die_raw (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
);
13369 add_child_die_after (mod_scope
, d
, last
);
13373 d
= new_die (dwarf_qual_info
[i
].t
, mod_scope
, type
);
13375 add_AT_die_ref (d
, DW_AT_type
, mod_type_die
);
13377 first_quals
|= dwarf_qual_info
[i
].q
;
13380 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
|| code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13382 dwarf_tag tag
= DW_TAG_pointer_type
;
13383 if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
13385 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
13386 tag
= DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
;
13388 tag
= DW_TAG_reference_type
;
13390 mod_type_die
= new_die (tag
, mod_scope
, type
);
13392 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
13393 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
13394 add_alignment_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
);
13395 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13397 addr_space_t as
= TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
);
13398 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as
))
13400 int action
= targetm
.addr_space
.debug (as
);
13403 /* Positive values indicate an address_class. */
13404 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, action
);
13408 /* Negative values indicate an (inverted) segment base reg. */
13410 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (~action
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13411 add_AT_loc (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_segment
, d
);
13415 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
13416 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
13417 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
13419 tree bias
= NULL_TREE
;
13420 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias
)
13421 bias
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_type_bias (type
);
13422 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, bias
, context_die
);
13423 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
13425 else if (is_base_type (type
))
13427 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
, reverse
);
13429 /* The DIE with DW_AT_endianity is placed right after the naked DIE. */
13430 if (reverse_base_type
)
13432 dw_die_ref after_die
13433 = modified_type_die (type
, cv_quals
, false, context_die
);
13434 add_child_die_after (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
, after_die
);
13437 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), mod_type_die
);
13439 add_pubtype (type
, mod_type_die
);
13443 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13445 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
13446 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
13447 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
13448 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
13449 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
13451 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
13452 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
13454 /* For function/method types, can't just use type_main_variant here,
13455 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
13456 but try to canonicalize. */
13457 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
13458 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
13459 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
13460 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
13461 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
13462 return lookup_type_die (t
);
13463 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13465 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
13466 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
13467 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
13469 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
13470 not the main variant. */
13471 return lookup_type_die (type
);
13474 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
13475 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
13476 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
13477 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
13478 if the base type already has the same name. */
13480 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
13481 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
13482 || (cv_quals
== TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
)))
13483 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
13484 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
13485 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
13487 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13488 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
13489 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
13490 useful source coordinates anyway. */
13491 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
13492 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
13494 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
13495 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
13497 name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
13498 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
,
13499 name
? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
) : "__unknown__");
13502 if (qualified_type
&& !reverse_base_type
)
13503 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
13506 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
13507 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
13508 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
13509 types are possible in Ada. */
13510 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
13511 TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
),
13515 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
13516 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
13518 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die
, type
, context_die
);
13519 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
13520 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
13522 return mod_type_die
;
13525 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
13526 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
13527 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
13530 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
13534 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
13537 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
13541 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
13542 else if (DECL_P (t
))
13543 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
13547 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
13549 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
13550 or function. End of story. */
13553 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
13554 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
13555 if (TREE_CHAIN (args
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_CHAIN (args
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
13556 non_default
= int_cst_value (TREE_CHAIN (args
));
13558 non_default
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (args
);
13559 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
13561 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
13562 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
13564 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
13565 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
13566 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
13567 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
13569 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
13571 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
13572 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
13573 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
13574 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
13575 an argument pack. */
13576 if (arg_pack_elems
)
13577 parm_die
= template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
13581 parm_die
= generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
13582 true /* emit name */, die
);
13583 if (i
>= non_default
)
13584 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_default_value
, 1);
13589 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
13590 the representation of a generic type parameter.
13591 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
13592 ARG is the argument to PARM.
13593 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
13595 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
13596 as a child node. */
13599 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
13601 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13603 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
13604 const char *name
= NULL
;
13606 /* C++2a accepts class literals as template parameters, and var
13607 decls with initializers represent them. The VAR_DECLs would be
13608 rejected, but we can take the DECL_INITIAL constructor and
13609 attempt to expand it. */
13610 if (arg
&& VAR_P (arg
))
13611 arg
= DECL_INITIAL (arg
);
13613 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
13616 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
13617 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
13618 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
13620 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13621 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
13622 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13623 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
13624 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
13625 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
13626 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13627 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
13628 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
13629 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
13630 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
13631 name of the template template argument. */
13632 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
13635 gcc_unreachable ();
13641 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
13642 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
13643 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
13644 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
13648 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
13650 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
13653 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
13655 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
13656 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
13657 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
13658 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
13659 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
13660 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
13661 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
,
13662 (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
)
13663 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
),
13664 false, parent_die
);
13668 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
13669 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
13670 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
13672 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
13673 to the name of the argument. */
13674 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
13676 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
13679 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
13680 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
13681 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
13682 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
13684 We must be careful here:
13685 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
13686 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
13687 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
13688 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
13689 emitted after cgraph computations.
13690 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
13691 after cgraph is ready. */
13692 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
13698 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
13699 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
13700 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
13703 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
13704 tree parm_pack_args
,
13705 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
13710 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
13712 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
13713 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
13714 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
13715 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
13716 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
13717 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
13722 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
13724 static unsigned int
13725 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
13727 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
13729 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
13731 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13732 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13734 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
13735 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13736 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13740 regno
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13741 gcc_assert (regno
!= INVALID_REGNUM
);
13745 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13746 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13747 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13750 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13752 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13754 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13756 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13757 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13760 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13761 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13765 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13766 zero if there is none. */
13768 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13769 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13773 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13776 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13777 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13778 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13779 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13780 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13781 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13782 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13784 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13786 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13788 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, GET_MODE (rtl
), VOIDmode
,
13791 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13792 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13797 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13799 if (REG_NREGS (rtl
) > 1 || regs
)
13800 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13803 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
13804 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
13806 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
, initialized
);
13810 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13811 a given hard register number. */
13813 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13814 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13816 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13820 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13822 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13824 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13825 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13827 return reg_loc_descr
;
13830 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13831 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13833 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13834 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13835 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13838 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13840 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13841 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13843 unsigned reg
= REGNO (rtl
);
13846 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13847 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13849 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13850 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13851 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13855 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13856 nregs
= REG_NREGS (rtl
);
13858 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13859 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)).is_constant (&size
))
13866 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13868 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13869 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13870 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13871 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13877 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13879 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13881 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
13882 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0))).is_constant (&size
))
13886 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13888 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13890 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13891 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13892 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13893 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13896 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13897 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13901 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13903 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
13904 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
13907 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13908 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
13910 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
);
13911 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13912 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13916 /* Return a location descriptor that designates constant POLY_I. */
13918 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13919 int_loc_descriptor (poly_int64 poly_i
)
13921 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13924 if (!poly_i
.is_constant (&i
))
13926 /* Create location descriptions for the non-constant part and
13927 add any constant offset at the end. */
13928 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
;
13929 HOST_WIDE_INT constant
= poly_i
.coeffs
[0];
13930 for (unsigned int j
= 1; j
< NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS
; ++j
)
13932 HOST_WIDE_INT coeff
= poly_i
.coeffs
[j
];
13935 dw_loc_descr_ref start
= ret
;
13936 unsigned int factor
;
13938 unsigned int regno
= targetm
.dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value
13939 (j
, &factor
, &bias
);
13941 /* Add COEFF * ((REGNO / FACTOR) - BIAS) to the value:
13942 add COEFF * (REGNO / FACTOR) now and subtract
13943 COEFF * BIAS from the final constant part. */
13944 constant
-= coeff
* bias
;
13945 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, 0));
13946 if (coeff
% factor
== 0)
13950 int amount
= exact_log2 (factor
);
13951 gcc_assert (amount
>= 0);
13952 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (amount
));
13953 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
13957 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (coeff
));
13958 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13961 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13964 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, constant
);
13968 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13969 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13972 int clz
= clz_hwi (i
);
13973 int ctz
= ctz_hwi (i
);
13975 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13976 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13977 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13978 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13979 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13980 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
13981 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13982 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
13983 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13984 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13985 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 5);
13986 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
13987 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
13988 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
13989 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
13990 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
13992 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
13993 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
13996 /* As i >= 2**31, the double cast above will yield a negative number.
13997 Since wrapping is defined in DWARF expressions we can output big
13998 positive integers as small negative ones, regardless of the size
14001 Here, since the evaluator will handle 32-bit values and since i >=
14002 2**31, we know it's going to be interpreted as a negative literal:
14003 store it this way if we can do better than 5 bytes this way. */
14004 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
14006 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14007 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
14009 /* Past this point, i >= 0x100000000 and thus DW_OP_constu will take at
14010 least 6 bytes: see if we can do better before falling back to it. */
14011 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14012 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14013 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes. */
14014 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 8);
14015 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
14016 && clz
+ 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
14017 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14018 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
14019 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes. */
14020 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 16);
14021 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
14022 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14023 && size_of_uleb128 (i
) > 6)
14024 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
14025 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- clz
- 32);
14032 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
14033 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
14034 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
14035 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
14037 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
) < 5)
14039 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
14040 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14043 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
14047 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
)
14048 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
))
14050 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= int_loc_descriptor (-i
);
14051 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
14058 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
14061 /* Likewise, for unsigned constants. */
14063 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14064 uint_loc_descriptor (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14066 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_int
= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
14067 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_uint
14068 = INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
14070 /* If possible, use the clever signed constants handling. */
14072 return int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
14074 /* Here, we are left with positive numbers that cannot be represented as
14075 HOST_WIDE_INT, i.e.:
14076 max (HOST_WIDE_INT) < i <= max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
14078 Using DW_OP_const4/8/./u operation to encode them consumes a lot of bytes
14079 whereas may be better to output a negative integer: thanks to integer
14080 wrapping, we know that:
14081 x = x - 2 ** DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14082 = x - 2 * (max (HOST_WIDE_INT) + 1)
14083 So numbers close to max (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) could be represented as
14084 small negative integers. Let's try that in cases it will clearly improve
14085 the encoding: there is no gain turning DW_OP_const4u into
14087 if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14088 && ((DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> max_uint
- 0x8000)
14089 || (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 8 && i
> max_uint
- 0x80000000)))
14091 const unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first_shift
= i
- max_int
- 1;
14093 /* Now, -1 < first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT)
14094 i.e. 0 <= first_shift <= max (HOST_WIDE_INT). */
14095 const HOST_WIDE_INT second_shift
14096 = (HOST_WIDE_INT
) first_shift
- (HOST_WIDE_INT
) max_int
- 1;
14098 /* So we finally have:
14099 -max (HOST_WIDE_INT) - 1 <= second_shift <= -1.
14100 i.e. min (HOST_WIDE_INT) <= second_shift < 0. */
14101 return int_loc_descriptor (second_shift
);
14104 /* Last chance: fallback to a simple constant operation. */
14105 return new_loc_descr
14106 ((HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14112 /* Generate and return a location description that computes the unsigned
14113 comparison of the two stack top entries (a OP b where b is the top-most
14114 entry and a is the second one). The KIND of comparison can be LT_EXPR,
14115 LE_EXPR, GT_EXPR or GE_EXPR. */
14117 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14118 uint_comparison_loc_list (enum tree_code kind
)
14120 enum dwarf_location_atom op
, flip_op
;
14121 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, bra_node
, jmp_node
, tmp
;
14138 gcc_unreachable ();
14141 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14142 jmp_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14144 /* Until DWARFv4, operations all work on signed integers. It is nevertheless
14145 possible to perform unsigned comparisons: we just have to distinguish
14148 1. when a and b have the same sign (as signed integers); then we should
14149 return: a OP(signed) b;
14151 2. when a is a negative signed integer while b is a positive one, then a
14152 is a greater unsigned integer than b; likewise when a and b's roles
14155 So first, compare the sign of the two operands. */
14156 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0);
14157 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14158 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
14159 /* If they have different signs (i.e. they have different sign bits), then
14160 the stack top value has now the sign bit set and thus it's smaller than
14162 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lit0
, 0, 0));
14163 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_lt
, 0, 0));
14164 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14166 /* We are in case 1. At this point, we know both operands have the same
14167 sign, to it's safe to use the built-in signed comparison. */
14168 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14169 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jmp_node
);
14171 /* We are in case 2. Here, we know both operands do not have the same sign,
14172 so we have to flip the signed comparison. */
14173 flip_op
= (kind
== LT_EXPR
|| kind
== LE_EXPR
) ? DW_OP_gt
: DW_OP_lt
;
14174 tmp
= new_loc_descr (flip_op
, 0, 0);
14175 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14176 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14177 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14179 /* This dummy operation is necessary to make the two branches join. */
14180 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14181 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14182 jmp_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14183 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
14188 /* Likewise, but takes the location description lists (might be destructive on
14189 them). Return NULL if either is NULL or if concatenation fails. */
14191 static dw_loc_list_ref
14192 loc_list_from_uint_comparison (dw_loc_list_ref left
, dw_loc_list_ref right
,
14193 enum tree_code kind
)
14195 if (left
== NULL
|| right
== NULL
)
14198 add_loc_list (&left
, right
);
14202 add_loc_descr_to_each (left
, uint_comparison_loc_list (kind
));
14206 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
14207 without actually allocating it. */
14209 static unsigned long
14210 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
, int shift
)
14212 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
>> shift
)
14213 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
)
14217 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
14218 actually allocating it. */
14220 static unsigned long
14221 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14230 else if (i
<= 0xff)
14232 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
14236 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 5
14237 && clz
+ 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14238 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14240 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14241 && clz
+ 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14242 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14244 else if (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 && i
> 0x7fffffff
14245 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
)
14247 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) (int32_t) i
);
14248 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
14250 s
= size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
14251 if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 8
14252 && clz
+ 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14253 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14255 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 16
14256 && clz
+ 16 + (s
> 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
14257 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14259 else if (clz
+ ctz
>= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
- 32
14260 && clz
+ 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14262 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i
, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14271 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
14273 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32 || i
>= -0x80000000)
14275 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14277 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14285 unsigned long r
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
14286 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
!= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
)
14288 s
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i
) + 1;
14297 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
14298 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
14300 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14301 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
14304 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14306 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14309 litsize
= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14310 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
14311 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
14312 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
14313 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
14314 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
14315 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
14317 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
14318 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14319 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14323 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14325 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
14326 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
14330 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
14332 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14333 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, poly_int64 offset
,
14334 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14336 unsigned int regno
;
14337 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
14338 dw_fde_ref fde
= cfun
->fde
;
14340 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
14341 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
14342 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
14343 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
14344 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14346 rtx elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
14347 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
14348 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
14352 /* Allow hard frame pointer here even if frame pointer
14353 isn't used since hard frame pointer is encoded with
14354 DW_OP_fbreg which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute,
14355 not hard frame pointer directly. */
14356 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
14357 gcc_assert (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
14358 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
14360 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
14361 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
14362 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
14363 access stack variables. */
14364 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
14365 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
14368 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
14369 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
14371 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
14374 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
);
14375 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
14376 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14377 if (offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14378 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14381 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, 0, 0);
14382 loc_descr_plus_const (&ret
, offset
);
14388 regno
= REGNO (reg
);
14389 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
14390 if (crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
14392 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
14393 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
14394 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
14397 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (regno
);
14399 HOST_WIDE_INT const_offset
;
14400 if (!optimize
&& fde
14401 && (fde
->drap_reg
== regno
|| fde
->vdrap_reg
== regno
)
14402 && offset
.is_constant (&const_offset
))
14404 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
14405 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
14406 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
14407 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
14408 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
14409 else in other part of the routine. */
14410 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, const_offset
, 0);
14413 result
= new_reg_loc_descr (regno
, offset
);
14415 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14416 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14421 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
14424 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
14426 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
14427 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14428 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
14429 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
14432 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
14435 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14436 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
14439 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
14441 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem
))
14444 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
14447 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
14450 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1, NULL
);
14451 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14454 if (maybe_ne (MEM_OFFSET (mem
), 0))
14455 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, MEM_OFFSET (mem
));
14460 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
14464 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
14466 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
14468 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
14470 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
14473 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
14474 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
14476 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
14480 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output. */
14483 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx rtl
)
14485 if (targetm
.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl
))
14487 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != UNSPEC
)
14489 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14490 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
14494 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, and
14495 the target hook doesn't explicitly allow it in debug info, assume
14496 we can't express it in the debug info. */
14497 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
14498 delegitimize. Note this could be a non-decl SYMBOL_REF such as
14499 one in a constant pool entry, so testing SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL
14500 rather than DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P is not just an optimization. */
14502 && (XVECLEN (rtl
, 0) == 0
14503 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
14504 || SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, 0)) == TLS_MODEL_NONE
))
14505 inform (current_function_decl
14506 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
14507 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
14508 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
14509 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
14510 ((XINT (rtl
, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl
, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES
)
14511 ? unspec_strings
[XINT (rtl
, 1)] : "unknown"),
14514 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
14517 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14518 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
14522 if (CONST_POLY_INT_P (rtl
))
14525 /* FIXME: Refer to PR60655. It is possible for simplification
14526 of rtl expressions in var tracking to produce such expressions.
14527 We should really identify / validate expressions
14528 enclosed in CONST that can be handled by assemblers on various
14529 targets and only handle legitimate cases here. */
14530 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14539 /* Make sure SYMBOL_REFs/UNSPECs are at most in one of the
14541 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14542 bool first
= false;
14543 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
14544 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14546 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14553 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 1), ALL
)
14554 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14556 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14562 /* Disallow negation of SYMBOL_REFs or UNSPECs when they
14563 appear in the second operand of MINUS. */
14564 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14565 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 1), ALL
)
14566 if (SYMBOL_REF_P (*iter
)
14568 || GET_CODE (*iter
) == UNSPEC
)
14576 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
14579 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
14580 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
14581 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
14584 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14585 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
14590 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
14593 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
14594 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
14595 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
14596 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
14597 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
14598 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
14600 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
14602 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
14604 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
14605 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
14613 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
14614 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
14615 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
14618 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
14620 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
14621 return const_ok_for_output_1 (rtl
);
14623 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
14625 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
14626 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
14627 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
14635 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
14636 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
14639 base_type_for_mode (machine_mode mode
, bool unsignedp
)
14641 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14642 tree type
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (mode
, unsignedp
);
14646 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
14654 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
14656 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
14658 if (type_die
== NULL
|| type_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_base_type
)
14663 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
14664 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
14665 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
14668 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14669 convert_descriptor_to_mode (scalar_int_mode mode
, dw_loc_descr_ref op
)
14671 machine_mode outer_mode
= mode
;
14672 dw_die_ref type_die
;
14673 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14675 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14677 add_loc_descr (&op
, new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0));
14680 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (outer_mode
, 1);
14681 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14683 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14684 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14685 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14686 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14687 add_loc_descr (&op
, cvt
);
14691 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
14693 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14694 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, dw_loc_descr_ref op0
,
14695 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14697 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= op0
;
14698 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14699 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14700 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
14702 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
14703 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14708 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14709 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14710 and in which OP_MODE is bigger than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14713 scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (enum dwarf_location_atom op
,
14714 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14715 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14717 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (op_mode
, 0);
14718 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14720 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14722 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14723 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14724 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14725 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14726 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14727 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14728 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14729 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14730 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14731 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14732 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14735 /* Subroutine of scompare_loc_descriptor for the case in which we're
14736 comparing two scalar integer operands OP0 and OP1 that have mode OP_MODE,
14737 and in which OP_MODE is smaller than DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE. */
14739 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14740 scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14741 scalar_int_mode op_mode
,
14742 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, dw_loc_descr_ref op1
)
14744 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14745 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
14746 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
14747 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
14749 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14750 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14752 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14754 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
14755 whether they are zero extended or not. */
14756 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14757 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14758 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14759 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
14760 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14761 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
14762 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14763 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14764 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14765 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
14766 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14768 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
14769 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
14770 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
14773 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
14774 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
14775 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14776 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
14777 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift
) + 1
14778 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
)
14779 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)) + 1
14780 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14781 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
14783 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)));
14784 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14785 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14786 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
));
14787 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14790 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14791 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14792 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14793 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (UINTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
14796 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14797 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14799 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14802 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14804 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14805 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14806 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14808 machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14809 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14811 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14812 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14813 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14816 scalar_int_mode int_op_mode
;
14818 && dwarf_version
< 5
14819 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
)
14820 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14823 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14824 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14825 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14826 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14828 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14831 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (op_mode
, &int_op_mode
))
14833 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14834 return scompare_loc_descriptor_narrow (op
, rtl
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14836 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14837 return scompare_loc_descriptor_wide (op
, int_op_mode
, op0
, op1
);
14839 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14842 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
14844 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14845 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
,
14846 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14848 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
14850 machine_mode test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
14851 if (test_op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
14852 test_op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14854 scalar_int_mode op_mode
;
14855 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (test_op_mode
, &op_mode
))
14859 && dwarf_version
< 5
14860 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14863 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14864 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14865 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), op_mode
, mem_mode
,
14866 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14868 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14871 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14873 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
14874 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
14875 for (last0
= op0
; last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
14877 for (last1
= op1
; last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
14879 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14880 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
14881 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14882 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14883 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14885 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14886 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14888 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14889 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
14890 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
14891 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
14892 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
> GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
14894 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14895 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14898 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14900 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14901 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14902 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14903 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
14904 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
14905 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
14907 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14910 return compare_loc_descriptor (op
, op0
, op1
);
14913 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
14915 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14916 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
14917 machine_mode mem_mode
)
14919 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14920 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
;
14921 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14923 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
14925 && dwarf_version
< 5
14926 && (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14927 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
14930 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
14931 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14932 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
14933 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14935 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
14938 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14939 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14940 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14941 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14943 /* Checked by the caller. */
14944 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
14945 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14947 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (int_mode
);
14948 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14949 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14950 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14951 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14953 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14955 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14956 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14957 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14958 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14961 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14962 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14964 int shift
= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14965 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14966 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14967 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14968 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14970 else if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
14971 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14973 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 0);
14974 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
14975 if (type_die
== NULL
)
14977 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14978 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14979 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14980 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14981 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
14982 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
14983 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
14984 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
14985 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
14986 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
14989 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14994 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
14995 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14996 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14997 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
14998 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14999 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15000 add_loc_descr (&ret
, drop_node
);
15001 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15002 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
15003 if ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMAX
)
15004 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15005 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15006 ret
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, ret
);
15010 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
15011 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
15012 convert back to unsigned. */
15014 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15015 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, rtx rtl
, dw_die_ref type_die
,
15016 scalar_int_mode mode
, machine_mode mem_mode
)
15018 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
, op0
, op1
;
15020 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15022 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15023 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15024 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15025 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15026 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
15028 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15029 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15030 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15031 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15032 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
15033 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15034 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15035 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15036 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15037 add_loc_descr (&op1
, cvt
);
15038 add_loc_descr (&op0
, op1
);
15039 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15040 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode
, op0
);
15043 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
15044 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
15045 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
15046 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
15048 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
15049 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
15050 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
15051 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15056 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
15057 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
15058 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
15059 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15064 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
15065 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
15066 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
15067 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
15071 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15072 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15073 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15075 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15076 HOST_WIDE_INT valv
;
15077 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15078 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15079 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump
, l3label
;
15080 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump
, l4label
;
15083 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
15086 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15087 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15091 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
)
15093 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
15094 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
15096 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
)
15098 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode
, valv
))
15099 valv
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
);
15100 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15101 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15102 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15103 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
15104 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv
), mode
, mem_mode
,
15105 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15108 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15109 l4jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15110 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4jump
);
15111 l1label
= mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FFS
15112 ? const1_rtx
: const0_rtx
,
15114 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15115 if (l1label
== NULL
)
15117 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15118 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15119 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15120 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15121 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != CLZ
)
15123 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15124 msb
= GEN_INT (HOST_WIDE_INT_1U
15125 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 1));
15127 msb
= immed_wide_int_const
15128 (wi::set_bit_in_zero (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
) - 1,
15129 GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
)), mode
);
15130 if (GET_CODE (msb
) == CONST_INT
&& INTVAL (msb
) < 0)
15131 tmp
= new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15132 ? DW_OP_const4u
: HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15133 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
, INTVAL (msb
), 0);
15135 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (msb
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15136 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15139 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15140 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15141 l3jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15142 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3jump
);
15143 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15144 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15147 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15148 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CLZ
15149 ? DW_OP_shl
: DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15150 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15151 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, 1, 0));
15152 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15153 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15154 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15155 l3label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15156 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l3label
);
15157 l4label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15158 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l4label
);
15159 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15160 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15161 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15162 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15163 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15164 l3jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l3label
;
15165 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15166 l4jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l4label
;
15170 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
15171 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
15173 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15174 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15178 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
15179 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
15182 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15183 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15184 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15186 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15187 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15188 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15190 if (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != mode
)
15193 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15194 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15198 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15199 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15202 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15203 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15204 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15205 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15206 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15207 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15208 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15209 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15210 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15211 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15214 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15215 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15216 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl
) == POPCOUNT
15217 ? DW_OP_plus
: DW_OP_xor
, 0, 0));
15218 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15219 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15220 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15221 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15222 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15223 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15224 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15225 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15226 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15227 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15228 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15229 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15230 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15234 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
15236 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
15237 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
15238 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
15239 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
15240 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
15242 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15243 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15244 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15246 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, ret
, tmp
;
15247 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump
, l1label
;
15248 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump
, l2label
;
15250 if (BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 8
15251 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 32
15252 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) != 64))
15255 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15256 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15261 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15263 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15266 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15267 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15268 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15271 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15272 l1label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0);
15273 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1label
);
15274 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) - 8),
15276 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15277 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15278 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 3, 0));
15279 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15280 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15281 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode
, mem_mode
,
15282 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15285 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15286 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15287 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 2, 0));
15288 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15289 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15290 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15291 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
15292 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15293 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15294 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15295 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq
, 0, 0));
15296 l2jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15297 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2jump
);
15298 tmp
= mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode
, mem_mode
,
15299 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15300 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
15301 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15302 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15303 l1jump
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15304 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l1jump
);
15305 l2label
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
15306 add_loc_descr (&ret
, l2label
);
15307 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15308 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0));
15309 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15310 l1jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l1label
;
15311 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15312 l2jump
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= l2label
;
15316 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
15317 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15318 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
15319 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
15321 ROTATERT is similar:
15322 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
15323 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
15324 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
15326 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15327 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, scalar_int_mode mode
,
15328 machine_mode mem_mode
)
15330 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15331 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
, ret
, mask
[2] = { NULL
, NULL
};
15334 if (is_narrower_int_mode (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), mode
))
15335 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode
, rtlop1
);
15336 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15337 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15338 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15339 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15340 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
)
15342 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15343 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15345 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15346 mask
[i
] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode
)),
15348 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15349 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
15350 mask
[i
] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
15352 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 64
15353 ? DW_OP_const8u
: DW_OP_constu
,
15354 GET_MODE_MASK (mode
), 0);
15357 if (mask
[i
] == NULL
)
15359 add_loc_descr (&mask
[i
], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15362 add_loc_descr (&ret
, op1
);
15363 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15364 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15365 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATERT
)
15367 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15368 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15369 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15371 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15372 if (mask
[0] != NULL
)
15373 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[0]);
15374 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot
, 0, 0));
15375 if (mask
[1] != NULL
)
15377 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15378 add_loc_descr (&ret
, mask
[1]);
15379 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
15381 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ROTATE
)
15383 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg
, 0, 0));
15384 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15385 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
), 0));
15387 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr
, 0, 0));
15388 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or
, 0, 0));
15392 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
15393 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
15395 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15396 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
15398 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
15403 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
);
15404 /* With LTO during LTRANS we get the late DIE that refers to the early
15405 DIE, thus we add another indirection here. This seems to confuse
15406 gdb enough to make gcc.dg/guality/pr68860-1.c FAIL with LTO. */
15407 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
));
15408 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
, 0, 0);
15411 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15412 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
15413 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15417 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
15418 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl
);
15423 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
15424 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
15425 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
15426 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
15428 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
15429 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
15430 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
15431 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
15433 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
15435 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
15436 autoincrement addressing modes.
15438 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
15441 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
15442 machine_mode mem_mode
,
15443 enum var_init_status initialized
)
15445 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15446 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15447 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
15448 rtx inner
= NULL_RTX
;
15451 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
15452 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15454 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
15455 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
15456 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
15457 zeroth element of the array. */
15459 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15461 if (mode
!= GET_MODE (rtl
) && GET_MODE (rtl
) != VOIDmode
)
15464 scalar_int_mode int_mode
, inner_mode
, op1_mode
;
15465 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15470 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15473 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
15474 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
15475 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
15476 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
15477 contains the given subreg. */
15478 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
15480 inner
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
15483 if (inner
== NULL_RTX
)
15484 inner
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15485 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15486 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15487 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15488 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15489 || (int_mode
== Pmode
&& mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
)
15492 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15494 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15496 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15499 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15501 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15502 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (inner
), &inner_mode
)
15503 ? GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
)
15504 : known_eq (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15506 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15507 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15509 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (inner
,
15511 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15512 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15514 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15515 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15517 mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
15520 if (maybe_ne (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (inner
))))
15521 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15523 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_reinterpret
), 0, 0);
15524 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15525 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15526 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15528 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15529 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15531 /* Convert it to untyped afterwards. */
15532 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15533 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15539 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15540 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15541 && rtl
!= arg_pointer_rtx
15542 && rtl
!= frame_pointer_rtx
15543 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15544 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15548 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15549 unsigned int dbx_regnum
;
15551 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15553 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15555 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15556 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15559 dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (rtl
);
15560 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15562 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_regval_type
),
15564 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15565 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15566 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15569 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
15570 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
15571 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
15572 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
15573 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
15574 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
15575 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
15576 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
15577 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
15578 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
15579 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
15580 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
15581 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
15582 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15583 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15584 else if (stack_realign_drap
15586 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
15587 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
15589 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
15590 out, use DRAP instead. */
15591 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
15592 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15598 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15599 || !is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
))
15601 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
15602 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15605 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
15606 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15607 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15608 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
15609 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
15611 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= 4)
15613 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15614 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15615 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (inner_mode
)));
15616 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
15618 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15620 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
);
15621 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15622 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
15626 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15627 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15628 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
15629 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
15630 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15632 else if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15634 dw_die_ref type_die1
, type_die2
;
15635 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
15637 type_die1
= base_type_for_mode (inner_mode
,
15638 GET_CODE (rtl
) == ZERO_EXTEND
);
15639 if (type_die1
== NULL
)
15641 type_die2
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
15642 if (type_die2
== NULL
)
15644 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15645 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15646 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15647 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die1
;
15648 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15649 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15650 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
15651 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15652 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die2
;
15653 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15654 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, cvt
);
15660 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15661 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
15663 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
15665 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15666 return mem_loc_result
;
15669 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15670 get_address_mode (rtl
), mode
,
15671 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15672 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
15673 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
15674 if (mem_loc_result
!= NULL
)
15676 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15677 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15679 dw_die_ref type_die
;
15680 dw_loc_descr_ref deref
;
15681 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
15683 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15685 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
15688 = base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
15689 if (type_die
== NULL
)
15691 deref
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_deref_type
), size
, 0);
15692 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
15693 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
15694 deref
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
15695 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, deref
);
15697 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15698 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
15700 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15701 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
15702 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0));
15707 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
, initialized
);
15710 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
15711 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
15716 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15717 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15718 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
15719 && (int_mode
!= Pmode
|| mem_mode
== VOIDmode
)
15724 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
15726 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
15727 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
15728 TLS UNSPECs. Allow UNSPECs formerly from CONST that the backend
15730 bool not_ok
= false;
15731 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
15732 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, rtl
, ALL
)
15733 if (*iter
!= rtl
&& !CONSTANT_P (*iter
))
15742 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, rtl
, ALL
)
15743 if (!const_ok_for_output_1 (*iter
))
15752 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (rtl
), rtl
);
15756 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
15757 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
15759 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
15761 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
15762 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15765 temp
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_true
);
15767 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
15768 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
15769 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr ((dwarf_version
>= 5
15770 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
15771 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
),
15773 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
15778 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15780 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
15781 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15785 goto try_const_unop
;
15788 goto try_const_unop
;
15791 arg
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
15792 if (!CONSTANT_P (arg
))
15793 arg
= gen_rtx_CONST (int_mode
, arg
);
15794 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (arg
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15798 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15799 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15803 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
,
15804 mem_mode
, initialized
);
15811 mem_loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
15812 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15818 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
15819 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
15820 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
15824 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
15826 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
)))
15828 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15829 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15830 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15831 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15834 unsigned int dbx_regnum
= dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
));
15835 if (dbx_regnum
== IGNORED_DWARF_REGNUM
)
15837 op0
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_regnum
,
15838 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15841 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
))
15842 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), 0)))
15844 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl
), mode
,
15845 VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15846 if (op0
&& op0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
)
15850 gcc_unreachable ();
15853 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_entry_value
), 0, 0);
15854 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15855 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= op0
;
15858 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
:
15859 mem_loc_result
= parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl
);
15863 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
15864 PLUS code below. */
15865 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15870 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
15872 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15873 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
15874 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
)
15875 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode
),
15882 if (is_based_loc (rtl
)
15883 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15884 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
15885 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
15886 || XEXP (rtl
, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
))
15887 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
15888 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
15889 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15892 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15893 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15894 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
15897 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
15898 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
))
15899 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
15900 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
15903 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15904 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15907 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15908 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
15909 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15914 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
15915 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
15925 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
15926 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
15927 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15929 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
15930 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
15931 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
15954 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
15956 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15957 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15959 rtx rtlop1
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
15960 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtlop1
), &op1_mode
)
15961 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op1_mode
) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
))
15962 rtlop1
= gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (int_mode
, rtlop1
);
15963 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1
, int_mode
, mem_mode
,
15964 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15967 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15970 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15971 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15972 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15988 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
15989 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15990 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
15991 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15993 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
15996 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
15997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
15998 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16002 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16003 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16004 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16006 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_mod
, rtl
,
16007 base_type_for_mode (mode
, 0),
16008 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16012 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
16013 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16014 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
16015 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16017 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
16020 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16021 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
16022 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16023 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
16024 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
16025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
16026 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
16030 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16031 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16033 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16038 mem_loc_result
= typed_binop (DW_OP_div
, rtl
,
16039 base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1),
16040 int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16057 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, mem_mode
,
16058 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16063 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16064 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16068 if (!is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16069 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16070 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
16071 || (int_mode
== Pmode
16072 && mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
16073 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), ptr_mode
) == INTVAL (rtl
))
16077 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
16080 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16081 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16082 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
))
16084 dw_die_ref type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
, 1);
16085 scalar_int_mode amode
;
16086 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16088 if (INTVAL (rtl
) >= 0
16089 && (int_mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0)
16091 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl
), amode
) == INTVAL (rtl
)
16092 /* const DW_OP_convert <XXX> vs.
16093 DW_OP_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
16094 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
)) + 1 + 1
16095 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
))
16097 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
16098 op0
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16099 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16100 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16101 op0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16102 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
16103 return mem_loc_result
;
16105 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0,
16107 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16108 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16109 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16110 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16111 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
16114 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16115 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
16116 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16117 = double_int::from_shwi (INTVAL (rtl
));
16123 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16125 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16127 /* Note that if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0, a
16128 CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either a large integer
16129 or a floating-point constant. If TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT != 0,
16130 the value is always a floating point constant.
16132 When it is an integer, a CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
16133 the constant requires 2 HWIs to be adequately represented.
16134 We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
16135 if (mode
== VOIDmode
16136 || (GET_MODE (rtl
) == VOIDmode
16137 && maybe_ne (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
),
16138 HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
)))
16140 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16141 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16143 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16144 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16145 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16146 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16147 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16148 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16150 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16151 = dw_val_class_const_double
;
16152 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16153 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16158 scalar_float_mode float_mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (mode
);
16159 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (float_mode
);
16160 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16162 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16163 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16164 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16165 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16166 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16171 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16172 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16174 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16176 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
));
16177 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16179 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_const_type
), 0, 0);
16180 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16181 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16182 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16183 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
16184 = dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16185 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16186 *mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, mode
);
16190 case CONST_POLY_INT
:
16191 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (rtx_to_poly_int64 (rtl
));
16195 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16199 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16203 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16207 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16211 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16215 mem_loc_result
= scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16219 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16223 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16227 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16231 mem_loc_result
= ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt
, rtl
, mem_mode
);
16236 if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode
))
16241 mem_loc_result
= minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
);
16246 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16247 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16248 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16249 && is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &inner_mode
)
16250 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16251 && GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16252 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
16253 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
16254 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (int_mode
)))
16257 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), inner_mode
,
16258 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16261 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
16265 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16266 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
16267 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
16268 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16269 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode
) - shift
- size
;
16270 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16272 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16273 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16275 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
16277 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16279 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
16280 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
16281 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
16288 dw_loc_descr_ref op2
, bra_node
, drop_node
;
16289 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
16290 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == VOIDmode
16291 ? word_mode
: GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16292 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16293 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
, mem_mode
,
16294 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16295 op2
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 2), mode
, mem_mode
,
16296 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16297 if (op0
== NULL
|| op1
== NULL
|| op2
== NULL
)
16300 mem_loc_result
= op1
;
16301 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op2
);
16302 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op0
);
16303 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
16304 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
16305 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
16306 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
16307 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
16308 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
16309 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
16314 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
16316 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
16319 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
16321 dw_die_ref type_die
;
16322 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt
;
16324 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
16325 mem_mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16328 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)), &int_mode
)
16329 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FLOAT
16330 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16332 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (int_mode
,
16333 GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT
);
16334 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16336 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16337 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16338 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16339 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16340 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16342 type_die
= base_type_for_mode (mode
, GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSIGNED_FIX
);
16343 if (type_die
== NULL
)
16345 cvt
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_convert
), 0, 0);
16346 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16347 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= type_die
;
16348 cvt
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16349 add_loc_descr (&op0
, cvt
);
16350 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16351 && (GET_CODE (rtl
) == FIX
16352 || GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
16354 op0
= convert_descriptor_to_mode (int_mode
, op0
);
16358 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
16365 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16366 mem_loc_result
= clz_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16371 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16372 mem_loc_result
= popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16376 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16377 mem_loc_result
= bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16382 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
))
16383 mem_loc_result
= rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl
, int_mode
, mem_mode
);
16387 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
16388 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
16413 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
16414 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
16416 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
16422 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
16426 case STRICT_LOW_PART
:
16435 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
16438 /* RTL sequences inside PARALLEL record a series of DWARF operations for
16439 the expression. An UNSPEC rtx represents a raw DWARF operation,
16440 new_loc_descr is called for it to build the operation directly.
16441 Otherwise mem_loc_descriptor is called recursively. */
16445 dw_loc_descr_ref exp_result
= NULL
;
16447 for (; index
< XVECLEN (rtl
, 0); index
++)
16449 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, index
);
16450 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == UNSPEC
)
16452 /* Each DWARF operation UNSPEC contain two operands, if
16453 one operand is not used for the operation, const0_rtx is
16455 gcc_assert (XVECLEN (elem
, 0) == 2);
16457 HOST_WIDE_INT dw_op
= XINT (elem
, 1);
16458 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 0));
16459 HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
= INTVAL (XVECEXP (elem
, 0, 1));
16461 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) dw_op
, oprnd1
,
16466 = mem_loc_descriptor (elem
, mode
, mem_mode
,
16467 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16469 if (!mem_loc_result
)
16470 mem_loc_result
= exp_result
;
16472 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, exp_result
);
16481 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
16482 gcc_unreachable ();
16487 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16488 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16490 return mem_loc_result
;
16493 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
16494 This is typically a complex variable. */
16496 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16497 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16499 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16500 unsigned int size0
, size1
;
16501 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)).is_constant (&size0
)
16502 || !GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)).is_constant (&size1
))
16505 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16506 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
16507 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16508 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
16509 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16511 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
16514 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
16515 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size0
);
16517 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
16518 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size1
);
16520 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16521 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16523 return cc_loc_result
;
16526 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
16529 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16530 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
16533 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
16534 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
16537 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
16539 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
16540 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
16542 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16543 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)).is_constant (&size
))
16546 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
16550 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
16551 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, size
);
16554 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
16555 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
16557 return cc_loc_result
;
16560 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_implicit_pointer
16561 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
16563 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16564 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16566 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
;
16569 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
16571 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
16572 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == PARM_DECL
16573 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
)) == RESULT_DECL
);
16574 ref
= lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
));
16575 ret
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
16576 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
16579 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
16580 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
16581 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
16585 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
16586 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl
);
16591 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
16592 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
16593 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
16594 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
16595 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
16597 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
16598 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
16599 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
16601 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
16603 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16604 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, machine_mode mode
,
16605 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16607 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
16608 scalar_int_mode int_mode
;
16610 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16613 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
16614 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
16615 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
16616 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
16617 contains the given subreg. */
16618 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
16619 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
),
16620 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)), initialized
);
16626 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16630 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
16631 GET_MODE (rtl
), initialized
);
16632 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16633 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
16634 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16636 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16637 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
16638 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
16643 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
16648 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
16653 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
16655 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
16656 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16657 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
16658 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
16662 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
16667 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
16668 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
16672 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
16673 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
16674 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16675 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
16677 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
16678 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16679 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16681 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16682 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
16684 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
16686 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
16687 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16690 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
16691 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
16692 /* At present we only track constant-sized pieces. */
16693 if (!GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
).is_constant (&size
))
16695 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
16701 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
16703 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16704 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
),
16710 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16711 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16713 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16715 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16717 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
16718 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
16719 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
16720 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
16721 scalar_mode smode
= as_a
<scalar_mode
> (mode
);
16722 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16723 GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
), 0);
16724 #if TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0
16725 if (!SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (smode
))
16727 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
16728 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
16729 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
16734 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (smode
);
16735 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
16737 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16738 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16739 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
16740 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
16741 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16746 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
16747 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16748 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16750 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16752 int_mode
= as_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
);
16753 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16754 GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
), 0);
16755 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_wide_int
;
16756 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= ggc_alloc
<wide_int
> ();
16757 *loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_wide
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, int_mode
);
16762 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
16763 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16765 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16767 unsigned int length
;
16768 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
16771 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16772 unsigned char *array
16773 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
16776 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
16778 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
16779 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16781 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16782 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16784 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16785 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
16789 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16790 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16792 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16793 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16798 gcc_unreachable ();
16801 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
16802 length
* elt_size
, 0);
16803 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
16804 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
16805 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
16806 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
16811 if (mode
== VOIDmode
16812 || CONST_SCALAR_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16813 || CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16814 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
16816 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
16821 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16825 if (is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16826 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16827 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16829 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
16830 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16831 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16835 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
:
16836 loc_result
= implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl
, 0);
16840 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
16841 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
16844 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
16850 if ((is_a
<scalar_int_mode
> (mode
, &int_mode
)
16851 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == int_mode
16852 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
16853 && dwarf_version
>= 4)
16854 || (!dwarf_strict
&& mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
))
16856 /* Value expression. */
16857 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16859 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
16860 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16868 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
16869 address ranges where a given location is valid.
16870 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
16871 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
16872 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
16873 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
16875 static const char *
16876 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
16878 const char *secname
;
16880 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
16881 && (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) || TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_STATIC (decl
))
16882 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
16883 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
16884 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
16886 if (in_cold_section_p
)
16888 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
16889 if (sec
->common
.flags
& SECTION_NAMED
)
16890 return sec
->named
.name
;
16892 secname
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
16894 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
16895 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
16897 secname
= text_section_label
;
16902 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
16905 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
16907 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
16909 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
16912 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
16915 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16916 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
16917 enum var_init_status initialized
)
16919 int have_address
= 0;
16920 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
16923 if (want_address
!= 2)
16925 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
16927 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
16929 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
16930 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16931 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16932 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
16933 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
16935 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
16936 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, get_address_mode (varloc
),
16937 mode
, initialized
);
16942 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
16944 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, VOIDmode
,
16949 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
16956 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
16957 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
16959 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
16960 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
16967 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
16968 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
16970 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16972 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16973 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16976 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16979 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
16980 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
16982 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16983 "Want address and only have value");
16987 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
16988 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
16990 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
16991 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
16993 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
16995 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
16996 "DWARF address size mismatch");
16999 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17002 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
17004 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
17010 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
17011 if it is not possible. */
17013 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17014 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
17016 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
17017 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
17018 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17019 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
17024 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
17025 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
17027 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17028 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
17031 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT padsize
= 0;
17032 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
17033 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
17035 enum var_init_status initialized
;
17037 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
17038 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
17041 decl_size
= tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
17043 descr_tail
= &descr
;
17045 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
17047 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
17048 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
17049 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
17050 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
17051 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opsize
= 0;
17053 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
17054 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
17056 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17059 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
17060 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
17061 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
17062 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
17064 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17068 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
17069 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
17070 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
17071 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
17072 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
17073 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
17075 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
17079 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
17081 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
17085 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
17087 padsize
+= bitsize
;
17088 /* Discard the current piece of the descriptor and release any
17089 addr_table entries it uses. */
17090 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17094 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
17095 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
17098 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
17100 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17101 goto discard_descr
;
17103 decl_size
-= padsize
;
17104 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
17105 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17107 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (cur_descr
);
17108 goto discard_descr
;
17110 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17113 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
17115 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
17116 goto discard_descr
;
17117 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
17120 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
17121 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
17122 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
17124 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
17125 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17126 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
17130 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
17131 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
17132 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
17133 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
17134 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
17135 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
17140 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
17141 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
17142 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
17144 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
17146 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
;
17147 if (!poly_uint64 (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)).is_constant (&memsize
))
17148 goto discard_descr
;
17149 memsize
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17150 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
17152 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
17153 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
17154 goto discard_descr
;
17155 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
17156 goto discard_descr
;
17157 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17158 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
17162 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
17163 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17164 goto discard_descr
;
17165 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
17169 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
17171 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
17173 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
17174 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
17175 goto discard_descr
;
17180 /* Discard the descriptor and release any addr_table entries it uses. */
17181 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (descr
);
17185 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
17186 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
17189 static dw_loc_list_ref
17190 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
17192 const char *endname
, *secname
;
17193 var_loc_view endview
;
17195 enum var_init_status initialized
;
17196 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
17197 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
17198 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17199 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
17200 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
17202 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
17203 actually construct the list of locations.
17204 The first location information is what is passed to the
17205 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
17206 locations just get added on to that list.
17207 Note that we only know the start address for a location
17208 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
17209 the range [current location start, next location start].
17210 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
17211 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
17213 if (cfun
&& crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
17215 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17216 in_cold_section_p
= first_function_block_is_cold
;
17217 if (loc_list
->last_before_switch
== NULL
)
17218 in_cold_section_p
= !in_cold_section_p
;
17219 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17220 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17223 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17225 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
17227 bool range_across_switch
= false;
17228 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
17229 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
17231 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17234 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
17235 inside DWARF expressions. */
17236 if (want_address
== 2)
17237 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17241 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17242 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17243 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
17247 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
17248 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
17249 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
17250 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
17251 of first partition and second one starting at the
17252 beginning of second partition. */
17253 if (node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
17254 && (node
!= loc_list
->first
|| loc_list
->first
->next
17255 /* If we are to emit a view number, we will emit
17256 a loclist rather than a single location
17257 expression for the entire function (see
17258 loc_list_has_views), so we have to split the
17259 range that straddles across partitions. */
17260 || !ZERO_VIEW_P (node
->view
))
17261 && current_function_decl
)
17263 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_end
;
17265 range_across_switch
= true;
17267 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17268 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17269 else if (node
->next
)
17270 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17271 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
17272 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
17273 else if (!current_function_decl
)
17274 endname
= text_end_label
, endview
= 0;
17277 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17278 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17279 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
17283 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->view
,
17284 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17285 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
17286 && node
== loc_list
->first
17287 && NOTE_P (node
->loc
)
17288 && strcmp (node
->label
, endname
) == 0)
17289 (*listp
)->force
= true;
17290 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17295 && crtl
->has_bb_partition
17296 && node
== loc_list
->last_before_switch
)
17298 bool save_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
17299 in_cold_section_p
= !first_function_block_is_cold
;
17300 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
17301 in_cold_section_p
= save_in_cold_section_p
;
17304 if (range_across_switch
)
17306 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
17307 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
17310 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
17311 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
17312 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
,
17315 gcc_assert (descr
);
17316 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
17317 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
17319 endname
= node
->next
->label
, endview
= node
->next
->view
;
17321 endname
= cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, endview
= 0;
17322 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, cfun
->fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
, 0,
17323 endname
, endview
, secname
);
17324 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
17328 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
17329 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
17330 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
17331 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
17332 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
17334 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
17337 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
17342 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
17343 as location description. */
17346 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17348 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
17349 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
17352 /* Duplicate a single element of location list. */
17354 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
17355 copy_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17357 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
= ggc_alloc
<dw_loc_descr_node
> ();
17358 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
17362 /* To each location in list LIST append loc descr REF. */
17365 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17367 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17368 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
17369 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17372 copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17373 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
17374 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
17375 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17376 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17380 /* To each location in list LIST prepend loc descr REF. */
17383 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
17385 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
17386 dw_loc_descr_ref ref_end
= list
->expr
;
17387 add_loc_descr (&ref
, list
->expr
);
17389 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17392 dw_loc_descr_ref end
= list
->expr
;
17393 list
->expr
= copy
= copy_loc_descr (ref
);
17394 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
!= ref_end
)
17395 copy
= copy
->dw_loc_next
= copy_loc_descr (copy
->dw_loc_next
);
17396 copy
->dw_loc_next
= end
;
17397 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
17401 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
17402 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
17403 to expression in RET on each position in program.
17404 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
17406 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
17407 element. General case would involve sorting the lists in program order
17408 and merging them that will need some additional work.
17409 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
17413 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
17422 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
17424 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
17427 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
17429 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
17433 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
17434 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
17435 " location lists.\n");
17440 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
17441 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
17443 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17444 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
17446 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
17447 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
17449 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
17454 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17456 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
17457 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
17459 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
17461 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
17462 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
17465 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), get_address_mode (rtl
),
17466 GET_MODE (rtl
), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
17469 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
17470 by looking for inner INDIRECT_REF expression and turning
17471 it into simple arithmetics.
17473 See loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
17475 static dw_loc_list_ref
17476 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
,
17477 loc_descr_context
*context
)
17480 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
17482 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
17483 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
17485 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
17486 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
17487 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
17489 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
))
17491 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
17494 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
17496 expansion_failed (obj
,
17497 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
17500 if (!offset
&& known_eq (bitpos
, 0))
17501 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1,
17504 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
17505 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
17507 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0, context
);
17512 /* Variable offset. */
17513 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0, context
);
17514 if (list_ret1
== 0)
17516 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
17519 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17520 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
17522 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
17523 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
17524 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17525 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, value
, 0));
17526 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
17527 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
17528 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
17529 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
17534 /* Set LOC to the next operation that is not a DW_OP_nop operation. In the case
17535 all operations from LOC are nops, move to the last one. Insert in NOPS all
17536 operations that are skipped. */
17539 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
,
17540 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> &nops
)
17542 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
)
17545 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
17549 /* Helper for loc_descr_without_nops: free the location description operation
17553 free_loc_descr (const dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17559 /* Remove all DW_OP_nop operations from LOC except, if it exists, the one that
17563 loc_descr_without_nops (dw_loc_descr_ref
&loc
)
17565 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_nop
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
17568 /* Set of all DW_OP_nop operations we remove. */
17569 hash_set
<dw_loc_descr_ref
> nops
;
17571 /* First, strip all prefix NOP operations in order to keep the head of the
17572 operations list. */
17573 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (loc
, nops
);
17575 for (dw_loc_descr_ref cur
= loc
; cur
!= NULL
;)
17577 /* For control flow operations: strip "prefix" nops in destination
17579 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17580 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17581 if (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
17582 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_loc
, nops
);
17584 /* Do the same for the operations that follow, then move to the next
17586 if (cur
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
17587 loc_descr_to_next_no_nop (cur
->dw_loc_next
, nops
);
17588 cur
= cur
->dw_loc_next
;
17591 nops
.traverse
<void *, free_loc_descr
> (NULL
);
17595 struct dwarf_procedure_info
;
17597 /* Helper structure for location descriptions generation. */
17598 struct loc_descr_context
17600 /* The type that is implicitly referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address, or
17601 NULL_TREE if DW_OP_push_object_address in invalid for this location
17602 description. This is used when processing PLACEHOLDER_EXPR nodes. */
17604 /* The ..._DECL node that should be translated as a
17605 DW_OP_push_object_address operation. */
17607 /* Information about the DWARF procedure we are currently generating. NULL if
17608 we are not generating a DWARF procedure. */
17609 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
;
17610 /* True if integral PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for the first argument passed
17611 by consumer. Used for DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes. */
17612 bool placeholder_arg
;
17613 /* True if PLACEHOLDER_EXPR has been seen. */
17614 bool placeholder_seen
;
17617 /* DWARF procedures generation
17619 DWARF expressions (aka. location descriptions) are used to encode variable
17620 things such as sizes or offsets. Such computations can have redundant parts
17621 that can be factorized in order to reduce the size of the output debug
17622 information. This is the whole point of DWARF procedures.
17624 Thanks to stor-layout.c, size and offset expressions in GENERIC trees are
17625 already factorized into functions ("size functions") in order to handle very
17626 big and complex types. Such functions are quite simple: they have integral
17627 arguments, they return an integral result and their body contains only a
17628 return statement with arithmetic expressions. This is the only kind of
17629 function we are interested in translating into DWARF procedures, here.
17631 DWARF expressions and DWARF procedure are executed using a stack, so we have
17632 to define some calling convention for them to interact. Let's say that:
17634 - Before calling a DWARF procedure, DWARF expressions must push on the stack
17635 all arguments in reverse order (right-to-left) so that when the DWARF
17636 procedure execution starts, the first argument is the top of the stack.
17638 - Then, when returning, the DWARF procedure must have consumed all arguments
17639 on the stack, must have pushed the result and touched nothing else.
17641 - Each integral argument and the result are integral types can be hold in a
17644 - We call "frame offset" the number of stack slots that are "under DWARF
17645 procedure control": it includes the arguments slots, the temporaries and
17646 the result slot. Thus, it is equal to the number of arguments when the
17647 procedure execution starts and must be equal to one (the result) when it
17650 /* Helper structure used when generating operations for a DWARF procedure. */
17651 struct dwarf_procedure_info
17653 /* The FUNCTION_DECL node corresponding to the DWARF procedure that is
17654 currently translated. */
17656 /* The number of arguments FNDECL takes. */
17657 unsigned args_count
;
17660 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node for a DWARF procedure. Add
17661 LOCATION as its DW_AT_location attribute. If FNDECL is not NULL_TREE,
17662 equate it to this DIE. */
17665 new_dwarf_proc_die (dw_loc_descr_ref location
, tree fndecl
,
17666 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
17668 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
17670 if ((dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
17671 || location
== NULL
)
17674 dwarf_proc_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, parent_die
, fndecl
);
17676 equate_decl_number_to_die (fndecl
, dwarf_proc_die
);
17677 add_AT_loc (dwarf_proc_die
, DW_AT_location
, location
);
17678 return dwarf_proc_die
;
17681 /* Return whether TYPE is a supported type as a DWARF procedure argument
17682 type or return type (we handle only scalar types and pointer types that
17683 aren't wider than the DWARF expression evaluation stack. */
17686 is_handled_procedure_type (tree type
)
17688 return ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type
)
17689 || TREE_CODE (type
) == OFFSET_TYPE
17690 || TREE_CODE (type
) == POINTER_TYPE
)
17691 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
17694 /* Helper for resolve_args_picking: do the same but stop when coming across
17695 visited nodes. For each node we visit, register in FRAME_OFFSETS the frame
17696 offset *before* evaluating the corresponding operation. */
17699 resolve_args_picking_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
17700 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
,
17701 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> &frame_offsets
)
17703 /* The "frame_offset" identifier is already used to name a macro... */
17704 unsigned frame_offset_
= initial_frame_offset
;
17705 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
17707 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
;)
17710 unsigned &l_frame_offset
= frame_offsets
.get_or_insert (l
, &existed
);
17712 /* If we already met this node, there is nothing to compute anymore. */
17715 /* Make sure that the stack size is consistent wherever the execution
17716 flow comes from. */
17717 gcc_assert ((unsigned) l_frame_offset
== frame_offset_
);
17720 l_frame_offset
= frame_offset_
;
17722 /* If needed, relocate the picking offset with respect to the frame
17724 if (l
->frame_offset_rel
)
17726 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT off
;
17727 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17730 off
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
17739 gcc_unreachable ();
17741 /* frame_offset_ is the size of the current stack frame, including
17742 incoming arguments. Besides, the arguments are pushed
17743 right-to-left. Thus, in order to access the Nth argument from
17744 this operation node, the picking has to skip temporaries *plus*
17745 one stack slot per argument (0 for the first one, 1 for the second
17748 The targetted argument number (N) is already set as the operand,
17749 and the number of temporaries can be computed with:
17750 frame_offsets_ - dpi->args_count */
17751 off
+= frame_offset_
- dpi
->args_count
;
17753 /* DW_OP_pick handles only offsets from 0 to 255 (inclusive)... */
17759 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_dup
;
17760 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17764 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_over
;
17765 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= 0;
17769 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_pick
;
17770 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= off
;
17774 /* Update frame_offset according to the effect the current operation has
17776 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17784 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
17820 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
17822 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
17823 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
17824 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
17828 case DW_OP_const1u
:
17829 case DW_OP_const1s
:
17830 case DW_OP_const2u
:
17831 case DW_OP_const2s
:
17832 case DW_OP_const4u
:
17833 case DW_OP_const4s
:
17834 case DW_OP_const8u
:
17835 case DW_OP_const8s
:
17906 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
17907 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
17908 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
17933 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
17939 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
17941 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
17942 int *stack_usage
= dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->get (dwarf_proc
);
17944 if (stack_usage
== NULL
)
17946 frame_offset_
+= *stack_usage
;
17950 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
17951 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
17952 case DW_OP_const_type
:
17953 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
17954 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
17955 case DW_OP_convert
:
17956 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
17957 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
17958 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
17959 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
17960 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
17961 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
17962 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
17963 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
17964 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
17965 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
17966 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
17967 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
17968 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
17969 /* loc_list_from_tree will probably not output these operations for
17970 size functions, so assume they will not appear here. */
17971 /* Fall through... */
17974 gcc_unreachable ();
17977 /* Now, follow the control flow (except subroutine calls). */
17978 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
17981 if (!resolve_args_picking_1 (l
->dw_loc_next
, frame_offset_
, dpi
,
17984 /* Fall through. */
17987 l
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
;
17990 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
17994 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
18002 /* Make a DFS over operations reachable through LOC (i.e. follow branch
18003 operations) in order to resolve the operand of DW_OP_pick operations that
18004 target DWARF procedure arguments (DPI). INITIAL_FRAME_OFFSET is the frame
18005 offset *before* LOC is executed. Return if all relocations were
18009 resolve_args_picking (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, unsigned initial_frame_offset
,
18010 struct dwarf_procedure_info
*dpi
)
18012 /* Associate to all visited operations the frame offset *before* evaluating
18014 hash_map
<dw_loc_descr_ref
, unsigned> frame_offsets
;
18016 return resolve_args_picking_1 (loc
, initial_frame_offset
, dpi
,
18020 /* Try to generate a DWARF procedure that computes the same result as FNDECL.
18021 Return NULL if it is not possible. */
18024 function_to_dwarf_procedure (tree fndecl
)
18026 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
18027 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
18028 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
;
18029 tree tree_body
= DECL_SAVED_TREE (fndecl
);
18030 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_body
, epilogue
;
18035 /* Do not generate multiple DWARF procedures for the same function
18037 dwarf_proc_die
= lookup_decl_die (fndecl
);
18038 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
18039 return dwarf_proc_die
;
18041 /* DWARF procedures are available starting with the DWARFv3 standard. */
18042 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
18045 /* We handle only functions for which we still have a body, that return a
18046 supported type and that takes arguments with supported types. Note that
18047 there is no point translating functions that return nothing. */
18048 if (tree_body
== NULL_TREE
18049 || DECL_RESULT (fndecl
) == NULL_TREE
18050 || !is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))))
18053 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
);
18054 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
;
18055 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
))
18056 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (cursor
)))
18059 /* Match only "expr" in: RETURN_EXPR (MODIFY_EXPR (RESULT_DECL, expr)). */
18060 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != RETURN_EXPR
)
18062 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0);
18063 if (TREE_CODE (tree_body
) != MODIFY_EXPR
18064 || TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 0) != DECL_RESULT (fndecl
))
18066 tree_body
= TREE_OPERAND (tree_body
, 1);
18068 /* Try to translate the body expression itself. Note that this will probably
18069 cause an infinite recursion if its call graph has a cycle. This is very
18070 unlikely for size functions, however, so don't bother with such things at
18072 ctx
.context_type
= NULL_TREE
;
18073 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
18075 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
18076 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
18077 dpi
.fndecl
= fndecl
;
18078 dpi
.args_count
= list_length (DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl
));
18079 loc_body
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_body
, 0, &ctx
);
18083 /* After evaluating all operands in "loc_body", we should still have on the
18084 stack all arguments plus the desired function result (top of the stack).
18085 Generate code in order to keep only the result in our stack frame. */
18087 for (i
= 0; i
< dpi
.args_count
; ++i
)
18089 dw_loc_descr_ref op_couple
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0);
18090 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
18091 op_couple
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
= epilogue
;
18092 epilogue
= op_couple
;
18094 add_loc_descr (&loc_body
, epilogue
);
18095 if (!resolve_args_picking (loc_body
, dpi
.args_count
, &dpi
))
18098 /* Trailing nops from loc_descriptor_from_tree (if any) cannot be removed
18099 because they are considered useful. Now there is an epilogue, they are
18100 not anymore, so give it another try. */
18101 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_body
);
18103 /* fndecl may be used both as a regular DW_TAG_subprogram DIE and as
18104 a DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure, so we may have a conflict, here. It's unlikely,
18105 though, given that size functions do not come from source, so they should
18106 not have a dedicated DW_TAG_subprogram DIE. */
18108 = new_dwarf_proc_die (loc_body
, fndecl
,
18109 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (fndecl
)));
18111 /* The called DWARF procedure consumes one stack slot per argument and
18112 returns one stack slot. */
18113 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
->put (dwarf_proc_die
, 1 - dpi
.args_count
);
18115 return dwarf_proc_die
;
18119 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
18120 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
18121 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
18122 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
18123 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
18124 to refer to register values).
18126 CONTEXT provides information to customize the location descriptions
18127 generation. Its context_type field specifies what type is implicitly
18128 referenced by DW_OP_push_object_address. If it is NULL_TREE, this operation
18129 will not be generated.
18131 Its DPI field determines whether we are generating a DWARF expression for a
18132 DWARF procedure, so PARM_DECL references are processed specifically.
18134 If CONTEXT is NULL, the behavior is the same as if context_type, base_decl
18135 and dpi fields were null. */
18137 static dw_loc_list_ref
18138 loc_list_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18139 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18141 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
18142 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
18143 int have_address
= 0;
18144 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
18146 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
18147 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
18150 if (context
!= NULL
18151 && context
->base_decl
== loc
18152 && want_address
== 0)
18154 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18155 return new_loc_list (new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0),
18156 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
18161 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
18164 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
18167 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
18168 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
18169 position of other fields. It is supposed to appear only as the first
18170 operand of COMPONENT_REF nodes and to reference precisely the type
18171 that the context allows. */
18172 if (context
!= NULL
18173 && TREE_TYPE (loc
) == context
->context_type
18174 && want_address
>= 1)
18176 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18178 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
18185 /* For DW_TAG_generic_subrange attributes, PLACEHOLDER_EXPR stands for
18186 the single argument passed by consumer. */
18187 else if (context
!= NULL
18188 && context
->placeholder_arg
18189 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18190 && want_address
== 0)
18192 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, 0, 0);
18193 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18194 context
->placeholder_seen
= true;
18198 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18199 "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR for an unexpected type");
18204 const int nargs
= call_expr_nargs (loc
);
18205 tree callee
= get_callee_fndecl (loc
);
18207 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc
;
18209 if (callee
== NULL_TREE
)
18210 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18212 /* We handle only functions that return an integer. */
18213 if (!is_handled_procedure_type (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (callee
))))
18214 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18216 dwarf_proc
= function_to_dwarf_procedure (callee
);
18217 if (dwarf_proc
== NULL
)
18218 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18220 /* Evaluate arguments right-to-left so that the first argument will
18221 be the top-most one on the stack. */
18222 for (i
= nargs
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
18224 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
18225 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (CALL_EXPR_ARG (loc
, i
), 0,
18228 if (loc_descr
== NULL
)
18229 goto call_expansion_failed
;
18231 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descr
);
18234 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call4
, 0, 0);
18235 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18236 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= dwarf_proc
;
18237 ret1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18238 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18241 call_expansion_failed
:
18242 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
18243 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18247 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18248 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18249 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
18250 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
18251 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
18252 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
18256 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
18257 e.g. for &this->field. */
18260 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
18261 (loc
, want_address
== 2, context
);
18264 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
18265 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18268 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
18269 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
18270 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1, context
);
18274 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
18280 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
18283 enum dwarf_location_atom tls_op
;
18284 enum dtprel_bool dtprel
= dtprel_false
;
18286 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
18288 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
18290 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
18293 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
18294 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
18295 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
18296 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
18297 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
18298 operand shouldn't be. */
18299 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
18301 dtprel
= dtprel_true
;
18302 /* We check for DWARF 5 here because gdb did not implement
18303 DW_OP_form_tls_address until after 7.12. */
18304 tls_op
= (dwarf_version
>= 5 ? DW_OP_form_tls_address
18305 : DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
);
18309 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
18310 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18312 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
18313 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
18314 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
18315 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
18316 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
18317 tls_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
18320 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18321 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18326 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18327 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
18330 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel
);
18331 ret1
= new_loc_descr (tls_op
, 0, 0);
18332 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18340 if (context
!= NULL
&& context
->dpi
!= NULL
18341 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == context
->dpi
->fndecl
)
18343 /* We are generating code for a DWARF procedure and we want to access
18344 one of its arguments: find the appropriate argument offset and let
18345 the resolve_args_picking pass compute the offset that complies
18346 with the stack frame size. */
18350 for (cursor
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (context
->dpi
->fndecl
);
18351 cursor
!= NULL_TREE
&& cursor
!= loc
;
18352 cursor
= TREE_CHAIN (cursor
), ++i
)
18354 /* If we are translating a DWARF procedure, all referenced parameters
18355 must belong to the current function. */
18356 gcc_assert (cursor
!= NULL_TREE
);
18358 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick
, i
, 0);
18359 ret
->frame_offset_rel
= 1;
18365 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
18366 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
18367 want_address
, context
);
18370 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
18373 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
18375 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
18377 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
18378 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
18381 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
18382 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
18384 if (TREE_CODE (loc
) != FUNCTION_DECL
18386 && current_function_decl
18387 && want_address
!= 1
18388 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (loc
)
18389 && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
))
18390 || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18391 && DECL_CONTEXT (loc
) == current_function_decl
18392 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18393 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
))
18395 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (loc
);
18396 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
, 0, 0);
18399 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
18400 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
18401 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
18405 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_decl_ref
;
18406 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
= loc
;
18410 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
18413 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
18415 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
18416 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18417 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
18418 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
18420 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
18422 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
18425 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
18426 ret
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
18429 machine_mode mode
, mem_mode
;
18431 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
18432 if (want_address
== 2)
18434 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
18435 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18440 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
18441 mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
18445 mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
18446 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
18449 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, mem_mode
,
18450 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
18453 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
18454 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
18460 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18467 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18471 case TARGET_MEM_REF
:
18473 case DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
:
18476 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
18477 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
,
18481 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
18484 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
18485 return loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
,
18488 case COMPONENT_REF
:
18489 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
18491 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
18492 case REALPART_EXPR
:
18493 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
18496 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
18498 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
18500 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
18501 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
18503 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
18505 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (obj
,
18507 && known_eq (bitpos
, 0)
18508 && !offset
? 2 : 1,
18510 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
18511 for nonzero bitpos. */
18514 if (!multiple_p (bitpos
, BITS_PER_UNIT
, &bytepos
)
18515 || !multiple_p (bitsize
, BITS_PER_UNIT
))
18517 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18518 "bitfield access");
18522 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
18524 /* Variable offset. */
18525 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0, context
);
18526 if (list_ret1
== 0)
18528 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18531 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
18534 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
18535 if (bytepos
.is_constant (&value
) && value
> 0)
18536 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
18538 else if (maybe_ne (bytepos
, 0))
18539 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
18546 if ((want_address
|| !tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18547 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18549 else if (want_address
== 2
18550 && tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
)
18551 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
18552 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
18553 tree_to_shwi (loc
))))
18555 else if (tree_fits_shwi_p (loc
))
18556 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_to_shwi (loc
));
18557 else if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (loc
))
18558 ret
= uint_loc_descriptor (tree_to_uhwi (loc
));
18561 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18562 "Integer operand is not host integer");
18571 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
18573 else if (TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONSTRUCTOR
)
18575 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (loc
);
18576 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
18577 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
18578 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
18579 constructor_elt
*ce
;
18581 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18583 /* This is very limited, but it's enough to output
18584 pointers to member functions, as long as the
18585 referenced function is defined in the current
18586 translation unit. */
18587 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (loc
), cnt
, ce
)
18589 tree val
= ce
->value
;
18591 tree field
= ce
->index
;
18596 if (!field
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
18598 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18599 "bitfield in record type constructor");
18600 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18605 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
18606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
18607 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
18610 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18611 "out-of-order fields in record constructor");
18612 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18618 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, pos
- offset
, 0);
18619 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18622 if (val
&& fieldsize
!= 0)
18624 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, want_address
, context
);
18627 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18628 "unsupported expression in field");
18629 size
= offset
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)-1;
18633 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18637 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, fieldsize
, 0);
18638 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18639 offset
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
18643 if (offset
!= size
)
18645 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
- offset
, 0);
18646 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
18650 have_address
= !!want_address
;
18653 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18654 "constructor of non-record type");
18657 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
18658 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18659 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
18662 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
18663 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
18668 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
18673 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
18674 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
18679 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
18680 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
18681 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
18682 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
18683 case EXACT_DIV_EXPR
:
18684 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18693 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
18694 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
18695 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
18696 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
18697 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
18702 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18703 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18704 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18707 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18710 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18711 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
18712 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
18713 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
18714 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18726 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
18729 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
18732 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
18734 /* Big unsigned numbers can fit in HOST_WIDE_INT but it may be
18735 smarter to encode their opposite. The DW_OP_plus_uconst operation
18736 takes 1 + X bytes, X being the size of the ULEB128 addend. On the
18737 other hand, a "<push literal>; DW_OP_minus" pattern takes 1 + Y
18738 bytes, Y being the size of the operation that pushes the opposite
18739 of the addend. So let's choose the smallest representation. */
18740 const tree tree_addend
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1);
18741 offset_int wi_addend
;
18742 HOST_WIDE_INT shwi_addend
;
18743 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_naddend
;
18745 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18749 /* Try to get the literal to push. It is the opposite of the addend,
18750 so as we rely on wrapping during DWARF evaluation, first decode
18751 the literal as a "DWARF-sized" signed number. */
18752 wi_addend
= wi::to_offset (tree_addend
);
18753 wi_addend
= wi::sext (wi_addend
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* 8);
18754 shwi_addend
= wi_addend
.to_shwi ();
18755 loc_naddend
= (shwi_addend
!= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
18756 ? int_loc_descriptor (-shwi_addend
)
18759 if (loc_naddend
!= NULL
18760 && ((unsigned) size_of_uleb128 (shwi_addend
)
18761 > size_of_loc_descr (loc_naddend
)))
18763 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, loc_naddend
);
18764 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18765 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
18769 for (dw_loc_descr_ref loc_cur
= loc_naddend
; loc_cur
!= NULL
; )
18771 loc_naddend
= loc_cur
;
18772 loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
;
18773 ggc_free (loc_naddend
);
18775 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, wi_addend
.to_shwi ());
18785 goto do_comp_binop
;
18789 goto do_comp_binop
;
18793 goto do_comp_binop
;
18797 goto do_comp_binop
;
18800 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
18802 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18803 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18804 list_ret
= loc_list_from_uint_comparison (list_ret
, list_ret1
,
18820 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18821 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18822 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
18825 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
18828 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18831 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
18845 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18849 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
18855 const enum tree_code code
=
18856 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
18858 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
18859 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
18860 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
18861 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
18868 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
18869 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0, context
);
18870 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
18871 = loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0, context
);
18872 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
18874 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0, context
);
18875 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
18878 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
18879 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
18881 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
18882 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
18883 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
18885 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
18886 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18887 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
18889 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
18890 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
18891 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
18892 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
18893 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
18897 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
18901 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
18902 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
18903 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
18904 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
18906 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18907 "language specific tree node");
18911 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
18912 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
18914 gcc_unreachable ();
18916 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
18917 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
18921 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
18924 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
18925 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
18927 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18929 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18930 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18934 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18936 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
18937 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
18940 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
18941 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
18943 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18944 "Want address and only have value");
18948 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
18950 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
18951 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
18953 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
18955 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
18957 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
18958 "DWARF address size mismatch");
18961 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
18964 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
18967 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18969 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
18972 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, 0, NULL
, 0, NULL
);
18977 /* Likewise, but strip useless DW_OP_nop operations in the resulting
18980 static dw_loc_list_ref
18981 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18982 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18984 dw_loc_list_ref result
= loc_list_from_tree_1 (loc
, want_address
, context
);
18986 for (dw_loc_list_ref loc_cur
= result
;
18987 loc_cur
!= NULL
; loc_cur
= loc_cur
->dw_loc_next
)
18988 loc_descr_without_nops (loc_cur
->expr
);
18992 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
18993 static dw_loc_descr_ref
18994 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
,
18995 struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
18997 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
, context
);
19000 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
19002 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
19003 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
19009 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
19010 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
19011 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
19012 ERROR_MARK node. */
19015 field_type (const_tree decl
)
19019 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
19020 return integer_type_node
;
19022 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
19023 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
19024 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19029 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
19030 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
19031 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
19033 static inline unsigned
19034 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
19036 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
19039 static inline unsigned
19040 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
19042 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
19045 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
19047 static inline offset_int
19048 round_up_to_align (const offset_int
&t
, unsigned int align
)
19050 return wi::udiv_trunc (t
+ align
- 1, align
) * align
;
19053 /* Compute the size of TYPE in bytes. If possible, return NULL and store the
19054 size as an integer constant in CST_SIZE. Otherwise, if possible, return a
19055 DWARF expression that computes the size. Return NULL and set CST_SIZE to -1
19056 if we fail to return the size in one of these two forms. */
19058 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19059 type_byte_size (const_tree type
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_size
)
19062 struct loc_descr_context ctx
;
19064 /* Return a constant integer in priority, if possible. */
19065 *cst_size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
19066 if (*cst_size
!= -1)
19069 ctx
.context_type
= const_cast<tree
> (type
);
19070 ctx
.base_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19072 ctx
.placeholder_arg
= false;
19073 ctx
.placeholder_seen
= false;
19075 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
19076 tree_size
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type
);
19077 return ((tree_size
!= NULL_TREE
)
19078 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree_size
, 0, &ctx
)
19082 /* Helper structure for RECORD_TYPE processing. */
19085 /* Root RECORD_TYPE. It is needed to generate data member location
19086 descriptions in variable-length records (VLR), but also to cope with
19087 variants, which are composed of nested structures multiplexed with
19088 QUAL_UNION_TYPE nodes. Each time such a structure is passed to a
19089 function processing a FIELD_DECL, it is required to be non null. */
19091 /* When generating a variant part in a RECORD_TYPE (i.e. a nested
19092 QUAL_UNION_TYPE), this holds an expression that computes the offset for
19093 this variant part as part of the root record (in storage units). For
19094 regular records, it must be NULL_TREE. */
19095 tree variant_part_offset
;
19098 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute the byte offset of the lowest
19099 addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL. If
19100 possible, return a native constant through CST_OFFSET (in which case NULL is
19101 returned); otherwise return a DWARF expression that computes the offset.
19103 Set *CST_OFFSET to 0 and return NULL if we are unable to determine what
19104 that offset is, either because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an
19105 ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset expression is too complex for us.
19107 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
19109 static dw_loc_descr_ref
19110 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
19111 HOST_WIDE_INT
*cst_offset
)
19114 dw_loc_list_ref loc_result
;
19118 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
19121 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
19123 /* We cannot handle variable bit offsets at the moment, so abort if it's the
19125 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
19128 /* We used to handle only constant offsets in all cases. Now, we handle
19129 properly dynamic byte offsets only when PCC bitfield type doesn't
19131 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
19132 && TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
19134 offset_int object_offset_in_bits
;
19135 offset_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
19136 offset_int bitpos_int
;
19138 tree field_size_tree
;
19139 offset_int deepest_bitpos
;
19140 offset_int field_size_in_bits
;
19141 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
19142 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
19143 offset_int type_size_in_bits
;
19145 bitpos_int
= wi::to_offset (bit_position (decl
));
19146 type
= field_type (decl
);
19147 type_size_in_bits
= offset_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
19148 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
19150 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
19152 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
19153 a flexible array member. */
19154 if (!field_size_tree
)
19155 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
19157 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
19158 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19159 field_size_in_bits
= wi::to_offset (field_size_tree
);
19161 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
19163 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
19165 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
19166 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
19167 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
19168 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
19169 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
19170 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
19171 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
19172 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
19173 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
19175 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
19177 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
19178 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
19179 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
19180 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
19181 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
19182 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
19183 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
19184 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
19185 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
19186 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
19187 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
19189 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
19190 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
19191 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
19192 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
19193 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
19194 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
19195 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
19196 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
19197 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
19198 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
19201 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
19202 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
19203 must have believed that the containing object started (within
19204 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
19205 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
19206 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
19207 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
19209 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
19210 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
19211 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
19213 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
19214 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
19216 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19218 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
19220 object_offset_in_bits
19221 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
19223 if (wi::gtu_p (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
))
19225 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
19227 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
19228 object_offset_in_bits
19229 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
19232 object_offset_in_bytes
19233 = wi::lrshift (object_offset_in_bits
, LOG2_BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19234 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
)
19236 *cst_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
.to_shwi ();
19239 tree_result
= wide_int_to_tree (sizetype
, object_offset_in_bytes
);
19242 tree_result
= byte_position (decl
);
19244 if (ctx
->variant_part_offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
19245 tree_result
= fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (tree_result
),
19246 ctx
->variant_part_offset
, tree_result
);
19248 /* If the byte offset is a constant, it's simplier to handle a native
19249 constant rather than a DWARF expression. */
19250 if (TREE_CODE (tree_result
) == INTEGER_CST
)
19252 *cst_offset
= wi::to_offset (tree_result
).to_shwi ();
19255 struct loc_descr_context loc_ctx
= {
19256 ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
19257 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
19259 false, /* placeholder_arg */
19260 false /* placeholder_seen */
19262 loc_result
= loc_list_from_tree (tree_result
, 0, &loc_ctx
);
19264 /* We want a DWARF expression: abort if we only have a location list with
19265 multiple elements. */
19266 if (!loc_result
|| !single_element_loc_list_p (loc_result
))
19269 return loc_result
->expr
;
19272 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
19273 associated with them. */
19275 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
19277 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
19278 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
19279 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
19282 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
19283 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
19285 bool check_no_locviews
= true;
19288 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
19289 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
19292 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
19293 gcc_assert (descr
->ll_symbol
);
19294 if (attr_kind
== DW_AT_location
&& descr
->vl_symbol
19295 && dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ())
19297 add_AT_view_list (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
19298 check_no_locviews
= false;
19302 if (check_no_locviews
)
19303 gcc_assert (!get_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
));
19306 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
19309 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
19311 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
19312 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
19313 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
19314 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
19315 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19316 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
19318 if (dwarf_version
== 2
19319 || die
->die_parent
== NULL
19320 || die
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
19321 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
19323 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
19325 && die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
19326 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19329 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
19330 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
19331 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
19332 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
19333 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
19334 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
19337 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
19338 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
19339 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
19340 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
19341 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
19342 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
19343 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
19344 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
19345 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
19348 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
19351 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
,
19353 struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
19355 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
19356 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
19358 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
19360 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
19361 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
19363 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
19364 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
19365 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
19366 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
19368 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
19370 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
19372 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
19374 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
19375 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
19376 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19378 /* Extract the vtable address. */
19379 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19380 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19382 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
19383 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
));
19384 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
19386 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
19387 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19388 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
19389 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19391 /* Extract the offset. */
19392 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
19393 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19395 /* Add it to the object address. */
19396 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
19397 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
19400 offset
= tree_to_shwi (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
));
19404 loc_descr
= field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &offset
);
19406 /* If loc_descr is available then we know the field offset is dynamic.
19407 However, GDB does not handle dynamic field offsets very well at the
19409 if (loc_descr
!= NULL
&& gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
19415 /* Data member location evalutation starts with the base address on the
19416 stack. Compute the field offset and add it to this base address. */
19417 else if (loc_descr
!= NULL
)
19418 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
19423 /* While DW_AT_data_bit_offset has been added already in DWARF4,
19424 e.g. GDB only added support to it in November 2016. For DWARF5
19425 we need newer debug info consumers anyway. We might change this
19426 to dwarf_version >= 4 once most consumers catched up. */
19427 if (dwarf_version
>= 5
19428 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
19429 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19431 tree off
= bit_position (decl
);
19432 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (off
) && get_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
))
19434 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
19435 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
);
19436 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_bit_offset
, tree_to_uhwi (off
));
19440 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
19442 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
19444 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19446 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
19451 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
19453 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
19454 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
19455 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
19456 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
19457 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
19461 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
19464 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
19467 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
19471 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
19477 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
19479 static HOST_WIDE_INT
19480 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
19482 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
19488 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
19494 /* Writes wide_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
19497 insert_wide_int (const wide_int
&val
, unsigned char *dest
, int elt_size
)
19501 if (elt_size
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/BITS_PER_UNIT
)
19503 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (0), elt_size
, dest
);
19507 /* We'd have to extend this code to support odd sizes. */
19508 gcc_assert (elt_size
% (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0);
19510 int n
= elt_size
/ (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
19512 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
19513 for (i
= n
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
19515 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19516 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19519 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
19521 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.elt (i
), sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), dest
);
19522 dest
+= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
19526 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
19529 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
19533 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19535 real_to_target (val
, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (rtl
), mode
);
19537 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
19538 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4; i
++)
19540 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
19545 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
19546 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
19547 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
19548 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
19549 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
19552 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
19554 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
19558 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
19561 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
19563 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
19567 case CONST_WIDE_INT
:
19569 wide_int w1
= rtx_mode_t (rtl
, MAX_MODE_INT
);
19570 unsigned int prec
= MIN (wi::min_precision (w1
, UNSIGNED
),
19571 (unsigned int)CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (rtl
) * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
19572 wide_int w
= wi::zext (w1
, prec
);
19573 add_AT_wide (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, w
);
19578 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
19579 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
19580 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
19582 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
== 0
19583 && !SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
19584 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
19585 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
19588 scalar_float_mode mode
= as_a
<scalar_float_mode
> (GET_MODE (rtl
));
19589 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
19590 unsigned char *array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
);
19592 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
19593 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
19599 unsigned int length
;
19600 if (!CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
).is_constant (&length
))
19603 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
19604 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
19605 unsigned char *array
19606 = ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (length
* elt_size
);
19609 machine_mode imode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
19611 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
19613 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
19614 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19616 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19617 insert_wide_int (rtx_mode_t (elt
, imode
), p
, elt_size
);
19621 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
19622 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
19624 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
19625 insert_float (elt
, p
);
19630 gcc_unreachable ();
19633 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
19638 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19640 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
19641 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
);
19643 loc_result
= new_addr_loc_descr (rtl
, dtprel_false
);
19644 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
19645 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
19646 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
19652 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19653 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
19656 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
19660 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
19665 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
19666 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
19667 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
19668 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
19669 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
19670 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
19671 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
19672 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
19673 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
19674 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
19675 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
19686 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
19687 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
19688 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
19690 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
19696 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
19697 gcc_unreachable ();
19702 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
19703 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
19706 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
19707 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
19709 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
19710 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
19712 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
19713 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19715 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
19716 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
19717 be conservative. */
19718 else if (!symtab
->global_info_ready
&& VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (*tp
))
19720 else if (VAR_P (*tp
))
19722 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (*tp
);
19723 if (!node
|| !node
->definition
)
19726 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19727 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
19729 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
19730 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
19731 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
19732 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
19733 if (!cgraph_node::get (*tp
))
19736 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
19742 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
19743 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
19746 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
19748 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
19752 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
19753 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
19754 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
19756 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
19757 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
19758 scalar_int_mode mode
;
19760 if (is_int_mode (TYPE_MODE (enttype
), &mode
)
19761 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
19763 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)
19764 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
)) == INTEGER_CST
19765 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
19766 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
19767 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
19768 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
19769 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
19771 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
19772 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
19773 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
19774 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
19777 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
19779 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
)
19780 || (TREE_CODE (init
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
19781 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))))
19782 || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
19784 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
19785 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
19786 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
19787 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
19789 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
19790 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
19791 reference variables which won't be output. */
19792 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
19793 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
19795 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
19797 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
19798 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
19803 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
19805 vec
<constructor_elt
, va_gc
> *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
19806 bool constant_p
= true;
19808 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
19810 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
19811 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
19812 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
19813 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
19814 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
19816 constant_p
= false;
19822 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
19832 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
19834 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
19835 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
19841 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
19844 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
19848 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
19849 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
19850 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
19852 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
19853 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
19854 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
19855 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
19856 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
19857 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
19858 referenced within the function.
19860 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
19861 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
19862 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
19863 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
19865 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
19866 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
19867 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
19868 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
19869 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
19870 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
19872 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
19873 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
19874 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
19875 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
19876 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
19877 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
19878 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
19879 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
19880 output at debug-time.
19882 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
19883 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
19884 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
19885 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19886 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
19887 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
19888 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
19889 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
19890 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
19891 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
19892 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
19893 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
19894 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
19896 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
19897 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
19898 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
19899 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
19900 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
19901 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
19902 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
19903 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
19904 I'd like to fix it.
19906 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
19907 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
19908 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
19909 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
19910 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
19911 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
19912 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
19913 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
19914 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
19915 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
19916 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
19918 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
19919 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19921 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
19922 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
19923 fixed registers. */
19924 if (! reload_completed
)
19927 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
19929 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
19932 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
19934 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
19939 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
19941 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
19942 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl
)
19944 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19945 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)
19946 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19947 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))))
19949 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19950 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
19951 machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
19952 machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
19954 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
19955 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
19956 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
19957 if (dmode
== pmode
)
19958 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
19959 else if ((rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
19960 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
19961 && known_le (GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
), GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
))
19962 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19964 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
19967 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
19969 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
19970 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
19971 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
19972 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
19979 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
19980 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
19981 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
19982 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
19983 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
19984 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
19986 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
19987 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
19988 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19989 /* Not passed in memory. */
19990 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
19991 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
19992 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
19993 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
19994 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
19995 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
19996 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
19999 /* Big endian correction check. */
20000 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
20001 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
20002 && known_lt (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))),
20005 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
20006 poly_int64 offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
20007 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20009 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20010 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
20013 else if (VAR_P (decl
)
20016 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
20018 machine_mode addr_mode
= get_address_mode (rtl
);
20019 poly_int64 offset
= byte_lowpart_offset (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20022 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
20023 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
20024 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
20025 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
20026 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
20027 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
20028 if (maybe_ne (offset
, 0))
20029 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
20030 plus_constant (addr_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
20033 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
20034 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
20035 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
20036 if (!rtl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20037 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20040 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
20042 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
20043 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
20044 code, and thus is not emitted. */
20046 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
20048 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
20049 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
20051 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
20052 && !(early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
20054 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
20055 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
20056 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
20057 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
20058 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
20060 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
20062 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
20063 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
20070 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
20071 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
20072 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
20075 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
20077 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
20079 poly_int64 bitsize
, bitpos
;
20081 HOST_WIDE_INT cbitpos
;
20082 int unsignedp
, reversep
, volatilep
= 0;
20084 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
20085 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
20086 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
20087 be handled as such. */
20089 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
20090 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
20094 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
20095 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
20098 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
20099 &unsignedp
, &reversep
, &volatilep
);
20101 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
20103 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
20104 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
)
20105 /* We don't expect to have to cope with variable offsets,
20106 since at present all static data must have a constant size. */
20107 || !bitpos
.is_constant (&cbitpos
))
20111 if (offset
!= NULL
)
20113 if (!tree_fits_shwi_p (offset
))
20115 *value
= tree_to_shwi (offset
);
20118 *value
+= cbitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
20123 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
20124 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
20125 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
20126 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
20127 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
20128 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
20129 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
20130 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
20131 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
20132 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
20134 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
20135 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
20136 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
20137 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
20140 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, bool cache_p
)
20143 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20144 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
20145 cached_dw_loc_list
*cache
;
20150 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
20153 if (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
)
20154 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20157 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
) || TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
20158 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
20160 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
20163 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
20164 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20165 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20168 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
20169 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
20170 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
20171 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
20174 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
20175 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20176 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
20177 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
20179 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
20181 node
= loc_list
->first
;
20182 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
20183 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
20184 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
20185 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
20186 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
20189 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
20190 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
20192 if (loc_list
== NULL
|| cached_dw_loc_list_table
== NULL
)
20196 cache
= cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_with_hash (decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
20198 list
= cache
->loc_list
;
20202 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2,
20204 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
20205 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
20206 if (cache_p
&& list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
20208 cached_dw_loc_list
**slot
20209 = cached_dw_loc_list_table
->find_slot_with_hash (decl
,
20212 cache
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<cached_dw_loc_list
> ();
20213 cache
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
20214 cache
->loc_list
= list
;
20220 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20223 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
20224 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
20225 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
20228 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
20229 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
20232 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
20236 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
20240 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
20243 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
20244 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
20246 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
20247 scalar_int_mode mode
;
20249 if (!is_int_mode (TYPE_MODE (enttype
), &mode
)
20250 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
20252 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20254 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
20256 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
20257 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
20258 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
20259 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
20262 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
20267 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
20268 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20270 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
20272 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
20273 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
20274 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
20275 constructor_elt
*ce
;
20277 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
20278 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
20281 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
20282 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
20285 min_index
= tree_to_shwi (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
20286 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
20287 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
20289 tree val
= ce
->value
;
20290 tree index
= ce
->index
;
20292 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
20293 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0)) - min_index
)
20296 pos
= (tree_to_shwi (index
) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
20301 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
20304 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
20305 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
20307 int count
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1))
20308 - tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0));
20309 while (count
-- > 0)
20312 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
20313 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
20316 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
20320 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
20321 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
20323 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
20324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
20325 constructor_elt
*ce
;
20327 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
20330 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
20331 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
20333 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
)
20335 tree val
= ce
->value
;
20336 int pos
, fieldsize
;
20338 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
20344 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
20347 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
20348 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
20349 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
20351 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
20352 || !tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
)))
20354 fieldsize
= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
));
20355 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
20356 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
20357 if (val
&& fieldsize
!= 0
20358 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
20364 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20365 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
20366 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
20368 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
20372 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
20373 attribute is the const value T. */
20376 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
20379 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
20382 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
20386 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
20388 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20390 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (init
))
20392 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_uhwi (init
));
20395 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (init
))
20397 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, tree_to_shwi (init
));
20403 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
20405 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
20407 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
20408 if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
20409 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
20411 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
20412 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
20414 unsigned char *array
= ggc_cleared_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (size
);
20416 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
20418 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
20427 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
20428 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
20429 variable with static storage duration
20430 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
20433 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
20437 || (!VAR_P (decl
) && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
)
20438 || (VAR_P (decl
) && !TREE_STATIC (decl
)))
20441 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
20442 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
20443 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20448 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
20449 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20452 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
20455 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
20456 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
20457 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
20458 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
20461 static dw_loc_list_ref
20462 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
20466 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
20468 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
20469 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
20470 dw_cfa_location remember
;
20473 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
20475 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
20479 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
20480 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
20481 remember
= next_cfa
;
20483 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
20485 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
20486 advance opcodes. */
20487 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*cie_cfi_vec
, ix
, cfi
)
20488 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20490 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20491 last_label
= start_label
;
20493 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
== 0)
20495 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
20496 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
20497 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20498 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20499 list_tail
=&(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20500 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20503 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, ix
, cfi
)
20505 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
20507 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
20508 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
20509 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
20510 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
20511 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20513 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20514 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20516 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20517 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20518 start_label
= last_label
;
20520 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
20523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
20524 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
20525 gcc_unreachable ();
20528 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
20531 if (ix
+ 1 == fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index
)
20533 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20535 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20536 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20538 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20539 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
20540 start_label
= last_label
;
20542 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20543 start_label
, 0, fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0, section
);
20544 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20545 start_label
= last_label
= fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
;
20549 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
20551 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
20552 start_label
, 0, last_label
, 0, section
);
20553 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
20554 start_label
= last_label
;
20557 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
20559 fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
20560 ? fde
->dw_fde_second_end
: fde
->dw_fde_end
, 0,
20563 maybe_gen_llsym (list
);
20568 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
20569 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
20570 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
20571 before the latter is negated. */
20574 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (poly_int64 offset
)
20578 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
20579 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
20580 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20582 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
20583 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
20586 elim
= (ira_use_lra_p
20587 ? lra_eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
)
20588 : eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
));
20589 elim
= strip_offset_and_add (elim
, &offset
);
20591 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
20593 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
20594 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
20595 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
20596 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
20597 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. We can use
20598 hard frame pointer in debug info even if frame pointer isn't used
20599 since hard frame pointer in debug info is encoded with DW_OP_fbreg
20600 which uses the DW_AT_frame_base attribute, not hard frame pointer
20602 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
20603 = (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
|| elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
);
20606 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
20607 the value of the attribute. */
20610 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20612 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
20614 if (demangle_name_func
)
20615 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20617 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
20621 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some string value to be included
20622 as the value of the attribute. */
20625 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
20627 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20630 if (name_string
== NULL
|| *name_string
== 0)
20633 if (demangle_name_func
)
20634 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
20636 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_description
, name_string
);
20639 /* Generate a DW_AT_description attribute given some decl to be included
20640 as the value of the attribute. */
20643 add_desc_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
20647 if (!flag_describe_dies
|| (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
20650 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
|| !DECL_P (decl
))
20652 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
20654 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
20656 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20657 add_desc_attribute (die
, name
? name
: IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
));
20661 char *desc
= print_generic_expr_to_str (decl
);
20662 add_desc_attribute (die
, desc
);
20667 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
20668 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
20669 of TYPE accordingly.
20671 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
20672 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
20675 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree type
,
20676 dw_die_ref context_die
)
20679 dw_die_ref dtype_die
;
20681 if (!lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type
)
20684 dtype
= lang_hooks
.types
.descriptive_type (type
);
20688 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20691 gen_type_die (dtype
, context_die
);
20692 dtype_die
= lookup_type_die (dtype
);
20693 gcc_assert (dtype_die
);
20696 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type
, dtype_die
);
20699 /* Retrieve the comp_dir string suitable for use with DW_AT_comp_dir. */
20701 static const char *
20702 comp_dir_string (void)
20705 char *wd_plus_sep
= NULL
;
20706 static const char *cached_wd
= NULL
;
20708 if (cached_wd
!= NULL
)
20711 wd
= get_src_pwd ();
20715 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
20717 size_t wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
20718 wd_plus_sep
= XNEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
20719 strcpy (wd_plus_sep
, wd
);
20720 wd_plus_sep
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
20721 wd_plus_sep
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
20725 cached_wd
= remap_debug_filename (wd
);
20727 /* remap_debug_filename can just pass through wd or return a new gc string.
20728 These two types can't be both stored in a GTY(())-tagged string, but since
20729 the cached value lives forever just copy it if needed. */
20730 if (cached_wd
!= wd
)
20732 cached_wd
= xstrdup (cached_wd
);
20733 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
&& wd_plus_sep
!= NULL
)
20734 free (wd_plus_sep
);
20740 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
20743 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
20745 const char * wd
= comp_dir_string ();
20747 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
20750 /* Given a tree node VALUE describing a scalar attribute ATTR (i.e. a bound, a
20751 pointer computation, ...), output a representation for that bound according
20752 to the accepted FORMS (see enum dw_scalar_form) and add it to DIE. See
20753 loc_list_from_tree for the meaning of CONTEXT. */
20756 add_scalar_info (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
, tree value
,
20757 int forms
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20759 dw_die_ref context_die
, decl_die
= NULL
;
20760 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
20761 bool strip_conversions
= true;
20762 bool placeholder_seen
= false;
20764 while (strip_conversions
)
20765 switch (TREE_CODE (value
))
20772 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20773 value
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0);
20777 strip_conversions
= false;
20781 /* If possible and permitted, output the attribute as a constant. */
20782 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_constant
) != 0
20783 && TREE_CODE (value
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20785 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
));
20787 /* If HOST_WIDE_INT is big enough then represent the bound as
20788 a constant value. We need to choose a form based on
20789 whether the type is signed or unsigned. We cannot just
20790 call add_AT_unsigned if the value itself is positive
20791 (add_AT_unsigned might add the unsigned value encoded as
20792 DW_FORM_data[1248]). Some DWARF consumers will lookup the
20793 bounds type and then sign extend any unsigned values found
20794 for signed types. This is needed only for
20795 DW_AT_{lower,upper}_bound, since for most other attributes,
20796 consumers will treat DW_FORM_data[1248] as unsigned values,
20797 regardless of the underlying type. */
20798 if (prec
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
20799 || tree_fits_uhwi_p (value
))
20801 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)))
20802 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20804 add_AT_int (die
, attr
, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
));
20807 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with
20808 the precision of its type. The precision and signedness
20809 of the type will be necessary to re-interpret it
20811 add_AT_wide (die
, attr
, wi::to_wide (value
));
20815 /* Otherwise, if it's possible and permitted too, output a reference to
20817 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) != 0)
20819 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20821 /* Some type attributes reference an outer type. For instance, the upper
20822 bound of an array may reference an embedding record (this happens in
20824 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == COMPONENT_REF
20825 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
20826 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
20827 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (value
, 1);
20829 else if (VAR_P (value
)
20830 || TREE_CODE (value
) == PARM_DECL
20831 || TREE_CODE (value
) == RESULT_DECL
)
20834 if (decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
20836 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20838 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
20839 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
20840 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
20841 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
20842 later parameter. */
20843 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
20845 if (get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
)
20846 || get_AT (decl_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
20848 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20855 /* Last chance: try to create a stack operation procedure to evaluate the
20856 value. Do nothing if even that is not possible or permitted. */
20857 if ((forms
& dw_scalar_form_exprloc
) == 0)
20860 list
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 2, context
);
20861 if (context
&& context
->placeholder_arg
)
20863 placeholder_seen
= context
->placeholder_seen
;
20864 context
->placeholder_seen
= false;
20866 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
20868 /* If this attribute is not a reference nor constant, it is
20869 a DWARF expression rather than location description. For that
20870 loc_list_from_tree (value, 0, &context) is needed. */
20871 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (value
, 0, context
);
20872 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
20874 if (placeholder_seen
)
20876 struct dwarf_procedure_info dpi
;
20877 dpi
.fndecl
= NULL_TREE
;
20878 dpi
.args_count
= 1;
20879 if (!resolve_args_picking (list2
->expr
, 1, &dpi
))
20882 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, list2
->expr
);
20887 /* If that failed to give a single element location list, fall back to
20888 outputting this as a reference... still if permitted. */
20890 || (forms
& dw_scalar_form_reference
) == 0
20891 || placeholder_seen
)
20896 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
20897 context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
20899 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
20901 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, value
);
20902 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
20903 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (value
), TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false,
20907 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
20908 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr
, decl_die
);
20911 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
20915 lower_bound_default (void)
20917 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
20923 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
20924 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
:
20925 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
:
20927 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
20929 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
20930 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
20931 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
20932 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
20933 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
20937 case DW_LANG_Python
:
20938 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
20939 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
20940 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
20941 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
20942 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
20943 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
20945 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
20951 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
20952 a representation for that bound. */
20955 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
,
20956 tree bound
, struct loc_descr_context
*context
)
20961 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
20963 /* Strip all conversions. */
20965 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
20966 bound
= TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0);
20969 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. Lower bounds
20970 are even omitted when they are the default. */
20972 /* If the value for this bound is the default one, we can even omit the
20974 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
20975 && tree_fits_shwi_p (bound
)
20976 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
20977 && tree_to_shwi (bound
) == dflt
)
20983 /* Because of the complex interaction there can be with other GNAT
20984 encodings, GDB isn't ready yet to handle proper DWARF description
20985 for self-referencial subrange bounds: let GNAT encodings do the
20986 magic in such a case. */
20988 && gnat_encodings
!= DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
20989 && contains_placeholder_p (bound
))
20992 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
,
20993 dw_scalar_form_constant
20994 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
20995 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
21001 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
21002 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
21003 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
21004 includes information about the element type of the given array type.
21006 This function reuses previously set type and bound information if
21010 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
21012 unsigned dimension_number
;
21014 dw_die_ref child
= type_die
->die_child
;
21016 for (dimension_number
= 0;
21017 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
21018 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
21020 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
21022 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
21025 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
21026 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
21029 /* Find and reuse a previously generated DW_TAG_subrange_type if
21032 For multi-dimensional arrays, as we iterate through the
21033 various dimensions in the enclosing for loop above, we also
21034 iterate through the DIE children and pick at each
21035 DW_TAG_subrange_type previously generated (if available).
21036 Each child DW_TAG_subrange_type DIE describes the range of
21037 the current dimension. At this point we should have as many
21038 DW_TAG_subrange_type's as we have dimensions in the
21040 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= NULL
;
21044 child
= child
->die_sib
;
21045 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
21046 subrange_die
= child
;
21047 if (child
== type_die
->die_child
)
21049 /* If we wrapped around, stop looking next time. */
21053 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subrange_type
)
21057 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
21061 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
21062 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
21063 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
21065 /* Define the index type. */
21066 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
)
21067 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
))
21069 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
21070 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
21071 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
21072 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
21073 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
21074 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
21075 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
21078 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
),
21079 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, type_die
);
21082 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
21083 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
21085 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
21086 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
21087 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
21089 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
))
21090 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
, NULL
);
21091 if (!get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
)
21092 && !get_AT (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
))
21095 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
, NULL
);
21096 else if ((is_c () || is_cxx ()) && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
21097 /* Zero-length array. */
21098 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_count
,
21099 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower
), 0), NULL
);
21103 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
21104 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
21109 /* Add a DW_AT_byte_size attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's size. */
21112 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
21114 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
21115 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
21116 dw_loc_descr_ref size_expr
= NULL
;
21118 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
21123 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
21126 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
21127 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
)) == VAR_DECL
21128 && (decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (tree_node
))))
21130 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, decl_die
);
21133 size_expr
= type_byte_size (tree_node
, &size
);
21136 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
21137 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
21138 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
21139 even for bit-fields. */
21140 size
= int_size_in_bytes (field_type (tree_node
));
21143 gcc_unreachable ();
21146 /* Support for dynamically-sized objects was introduced by DWARFv3.
21147 At the moment, GDB does not handle variable byte sizes very well,
21149 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
21150 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
21151 && size_expr
!= NULL
)
21152 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_expr
);
21154 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
21155 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable and
21156 that we could not generate a DWARF expression that computes it. */
21158 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21161 /* Add a DW_AT_alignment attribute to DIE with TREE_NODE's non-default
21165 add_alignment_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
21167 if (dwarf_version
< 5 && dwarf_strict
)
21172 if (DECL_P (tree_node
))
21174 if (!DECL_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21177 align
= DECL_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21179 else if (TYPE_P (tree_node
))
21181 if (!TYPE_USER_ALIGN (tree_node
))
21184 align
= TYPE_ALIGN_UNIT (tree_node
);
21187 gcc_unreachable ();
21189 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_alignment
, align
);
21192 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
21193 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
21194 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
21197 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
21198 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
21199 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
21200 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
21201 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
21202 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
21204 CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
21206 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
21207 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
21208 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
21211 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
)
21213 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
;
21214 tree original_type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
21215 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
21216 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
21217 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
21218 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset
;
21220 field_byte_offset (decl
, ctx
, &object_offset_in_bytes
);
21222 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21223 gcc_assert (original_type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
21225 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
21226 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
21227 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
21228 if (! tree_fits_shwi_p (bit_position (decl
))
21229 || ! tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21232 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
21234 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
21235 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
21236 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
21237 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
21238 below must take account of these differences. */
21239 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
21240 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
21242 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
21244 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_to_shwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
));
21245 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+=
21246 simple_type_size_in_bits (original_type
);
21250 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
21251 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
21252 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
21254 if (bit_offset
< 0)
21255 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
21257 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bit_offset
);
21260 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
21261 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
21264 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21266 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
21267 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
21268 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
21270 if (tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE (decl
)))
21271 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (decl
)));
21274 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
21275 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
21278 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
21280 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language
))
21287 if (prototype_p (func_type
))
21288 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
21295 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
21296 by looking in the type declaration, the object declaration equate table or
21297 the block mapping. */
21300 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
21302 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
21304 /* For late LTO debug output we want to refer directly to the abstract
21305 DIE in the early debug rather to the possibly existing concrete
21306 instance and avoid creating that just for this purpose. */
21307 sym_off_pair
*desc
;
21309 && external_die_map
21310 && (desc
= external_die_map
->get (origin
)))
21312 add_AT_external_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
,
21313 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
21317 if (DECL_P (origin
))
21318 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
21319 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
21320 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
21321 else if (TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
)
21322 origin_die
= lookup_block_die (origin
);
21324 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
21325 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
21326 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
21327 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
21328 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
21329 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
21330 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
21334 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
21337 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
21340 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
21342 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
21344 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
21346 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)))
21347 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
21348 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
21349 tree_to_shwi (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
)),
21352 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
21353 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
21354 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
21355 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
21356 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
21360 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
21361 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
21362 standardized it. */
21365 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21367 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
21369 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
21370 if (name
[0] == '*')
21373 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21374 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
21376 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
21379 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
21382 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21384 expanded_location s
;
21386 if (LOCATION_LOCUS (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
)) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION
)
21388 s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
21389 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
21390 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
21391 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
21392 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
21395 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
21398 add_linkage_name_raw (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21400 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
21401 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
21403 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
21405 asm_name
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<limbo_die_node
> ();
21406 asm_name
->die
= die
;
21407 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
21408 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
21409 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
21411 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21412 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
21415 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl if desired. */
21418 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
21420 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_NONE
21421 && VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
)
21422 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
21423 && !(VAR_P (decl
) && DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
21424 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
21425 add_linkage_name_raw (die
, decl
);
21428 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
21429 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
21432 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
21433 bool no_linkage_name
)
21437 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
21438 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
21440 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
21442 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
21444 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21446 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
21447 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
21449 if (!no_linkage_name
)
21450 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
21453 add_desc_attribute (die
, decl
);
21455 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21456 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21457 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21458 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
21460 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
21461 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0), false);
21462 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
21464 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21467 /* Add VALUE as a DW_AT_discr_value attribute to DIE. */
21470 add_discr_value (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_value
*value
)
21474 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_value
;
21475 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_value
;
21476 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21477 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.pos
= value
->pos
;
21479 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.uval
= value
->v
.uval
;
21481 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_value
.v
.sval
= value
->v
.sval
;
21482 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21485 /* Add DISCR_LIST as a DW_AT_discr_list to DIE. */
21488 add_discr_list (dw_die_ref die
, dw_discr_list_ref discr_list
)
21492 attr
.dw_attr
= DW_AT_discr_list
;
21493 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_discr_list
;
21494 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
21495 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
= discr_list
;
21496 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
21499 static inline dw_discr_list_ref
21500 AT_discr_list (dw_attr_node
*attr
)
21502 return attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_discr_list
;
21505 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
21506 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
21509 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
21511 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
21514 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
21515 die
= new_die_raw (DW_TAG_subprogram
);
21516 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
21517 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
21518 current_function_funcdef_no
);
21519 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
21521 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
21522 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die ();
21523 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child
)
21525 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
;
21526 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
21530 die
->die_sib
= die
;
21531 comp_unit_die ()->die_child
= die
;
21534 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21536 /* walk_tree helper function for uses_local_type, below. */
21539 uses_local_type_r (tree
*tp
, int *walk_subtrees
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21542 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
21545 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (*tp
);
21546 if (name
&& DECL_P (name
) && decl_function_context (name
))
21552 /* If TYPE involves a function-local type (including a local typedef to a
21553 non-local type), returns that type; otherwise returns NULL_TREE. */
21556 uses_local_type (tree type
)
21558 tree used
= walk_tree_without_duplicates (&type
, uses_local_type_r
, NULL
);
21562 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
21563 Non-named types that do not involve a function-local type get global
21564 scope. Named types nested in namespaces or other types get their
21565 containing scope. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
21566 the current active scope. */
21569 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21571 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
21572 tree containing_scope
;
21574 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
21575 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
21577 /* Use the scope of the typedef, rather than the scope of the type
21579 if (TYPE_NAME (t
) && DECL_P (TYPE_NAME (t
)))
21580 containing_scope
= DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (t
));
21582 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
21584 /* Use the containing namespace if there is one. */
21585 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
21587 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
21589 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21590 context_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21592 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21595 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
21596 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
21597 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
21598 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
21599 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
21601 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope
))
21603 /* If T uses a local type keep it local as well, to avoid references
21604 to function-local DIEs from outside the function. */
21605 if (current_function_decl
&& uses_local_type (t
))
21606 scope_die
= context_die
;
21608 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21610 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
21612 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. */
21613 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
21614 scope_die
= get_context_die (containing_scope
);
21617 scope_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope
);
21618 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
21619 scope_die
= comp_unit_die ();
21623 scope_die
= context_die
;
21628 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
21631 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21633 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
21634 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
21635 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
21641 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
21644 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21646 return (context_die
21647 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
21648 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
21649 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
21650 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
21653 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
21654 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
21657 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
21659 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
21660 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
21663 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
21664 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
21665 by 'type' plus any additional qualifiers given by 'cv_quals', and
21666 adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
21669 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int cv_quals
,
21670 bool reverse
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21672 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21673 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
21675 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
21676 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
21677 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
21678 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
21679 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
21680 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
21681 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
21683 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
21684 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
21685 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
21686 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
21687 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
21690 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
21691 cv_quals
| TYPE_QUALS (type
),
21695 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
21696 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
21699 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
21700 function call type. */
21702 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
21704 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
21706 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
21707 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
21710 && id_equal (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
), "MAIN__"))
21712 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
21713 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
21714 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
21715 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
21716 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
21717 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
21718 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
21719 value
= DW_CC_program
;
21721 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
21722 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_main_subprogram
, 1);
21725 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
21726 is not DW_CC_normal. */
21727 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
21728 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
21731 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
21732 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
21733 was declared without a tag. */
21735 static const char *
21736 type_tag (const_tree type
)
21738 const char *name
= 0;
21740 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
21744 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
21745 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
21746 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
21747 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
21749 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
21750 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
21752 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
21753 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21755 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
21756 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
21757 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
21758 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
21759 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
21760 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
21761 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
21764 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
21765 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
21766 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
21769 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
21772 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
21773 for bit field types. */
21776 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
21778 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
21779 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
21782 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
21783 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
21786 static const char *
21787 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
21790 const char *fnname
;
21792 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
21793 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
21796 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
21798 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
21803 /* For variable-length arrays that have been previously generated, but
21804 may be incomplete due to missing subscript info, fill the subscript
21805 info. Return TRUE if this is one of those cases. */
21807 fill_variable_array_bounds (tree type
)
21809 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
21810 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21811 && variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
21813 dw_die_ref array_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
21816 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, !is_ada ());
21822 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
21823 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
21824 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
21827 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
21829 dw_die_ref array_die
;
21831 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
21832 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
21833 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
21834 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
21835 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
21836 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
21837 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
21838 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
21839 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
21841 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
21843 if (fill_variable_array_bounds (type
))
21846 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21849 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
21850 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
21851 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
21852 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21854 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
21856 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
21858 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21859 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21860 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21861 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
21863 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21864 /* ??? We can't annotate types late, but for LTO we may not
21865 generate a location early either (gfortran.dg/save_6.f90). */
21866 else if (! (early_dwarf
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
21867 && TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
21868 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
)
21870 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
21871 tree rszdecl
= szdecl
;
21873 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
21874 if (!DECL_P (szdecl
))
21876 if (TREE_CODE (szdecl
) == INDIRECT_REF
21877 && DECL_P (TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0)))
21879 rszdecl
= TREE_OPERAND (szdecl
, 0);
21880 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (rszdecl
))
21881 != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21889 dw_loc_list_ref loc
21890 = loc_list_from_tree (rszdecl
, szdecl
== rszdecl
? 2 : 0,
21894 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
,
21896 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
21897 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
21898 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
21899 : DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
21906 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21907 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21908 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21910 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21911 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
21913 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
21915 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21916 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
21917 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
21918 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21921 /* We default the array ordering. Debuggers will probably do the right
21922 things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even an issue
21923 until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If a debugger
21924 is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
21925 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
21926 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
21927 for multidimensional arrays. */
21928 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21931 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
21933 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
21934 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
21935 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, size_zero_node
, NULL
);
21936 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
21937 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type
) - 1), NULL
);
21940 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
21942 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
21943 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
21944 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
21945 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
21946 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
21948 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
21950 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
21953 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
21954 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
21955 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
21958 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
21959 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
21960 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
21962 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
21963 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
21965 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
21968 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
21969 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
21972 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
21973 dw_die_ref context_die
)
21975 const dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
21976 const dw_die_ref array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
21977 struct loc_descr_context context
= { type
, info
->base_decl
, NULL
,
21979 enum dwarf_tag subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_subrange_type
;
21982 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
21983 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
21985 if (info
->ndimensions
> 1)
21986 switch (info
->ordering
)
21988 case array_descr_ordering_row_major
:
21989 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
21991 case array_descr_ordering_column_major
:
21992 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
21998 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22000 if (info
->data_location
)
22001 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
22002 dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
22003 if (info
->associated
)
22004 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
22005 dw_scalar_form_constant
22006 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
22007 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
22008 if (info
->allocated
)
22009 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
22010 dw_scalar_form_constant
22011 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
22012 | dw_scalar_form_reference
, &context
);
22015 const enum dwarf_attribute attr
22016 = (info
->stride_in_bits
) ? DW_AT_bit_stride
: DW_AT_byte_stride
;
22018 = (info
->stride_in_bits
)
22019 ? dw_scalar_form_constant
22020 : (dw_scalar_form_constant
22021 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
22022 | dw_scalar_form_reference
);
22024 add_scalar_info (array_die
, attr
, info
->stride
, forms
, &context
);
22027 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
22031 add_scalar_info (array_die
, DW_AT_rank
, info
->rank
,
22032 dw_scalar_form_constant
22033 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
, &context
);
22034 subrange_tag
= DW_TAG_generic_subrange
;
22035 context
.placeholder_arg
= true;
22039 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die
, type
, context_die
);
22041 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
22043 dw_die_ref subrange_die
= new_die (subrange_tag
, array_die
, NULL
);
22045 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
)
22046 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
,
22047 info
->dimen
[dim
].bounds_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
22048 false, context_die
);
22049 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
22050 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
22051 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, &context
);
22052 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
22053 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
22054 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
, &context
);
22055 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
) && info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
22056 add_scalar_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
22057 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
22058 dw_scalar_form_constant
22059 | dw_scalar_form_exprloc
22060 | dw_scalar_form_reference
,
22064 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
22065 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
,
22066 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
22067 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (type
),
22070 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
22071 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
22073 add_alignment_attribute (array_die
, type
);
22078 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22080 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
22081 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
22083 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
22087 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
22088 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
22089 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
22092 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
22093 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
22095 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
22099 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22100 emit full debugging info for them. */
22103 retry_incomplete_types (void)
22108 for (i
= vec_safe_length (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
22109 if (should_emit_struct_debug ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
22110 gen_type_die ((*incomplete_types
)[i
], comp_unit_die ());
22111 vec_safe_truncate (incomplete_types
, 0);
22114 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
22116 static enum dwarf_tag
22117 record_type_tag (tree type
)
22119 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
22120 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22122 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
22124 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
22125 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22127 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
22128 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
22130 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
22131 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22132 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
22133 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
22136 gcc_unreachable ();
22140 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
22141 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
22142 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
22146 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22148 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22149 dw_die_ref orig_type_die
= type_die
;
22151 if (type_die
== NULL
)
22153 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
22154 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
22155 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
22156 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
22157 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
22158 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
22159 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
22160 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
) && TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22161 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22163 add_AT_unsigned (type_die
, DW_AT_encoding
,
22164 TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
)
22168 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
) || ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22171 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
22173 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
22174 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
22175 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
22176 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
22180 if (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
))
22181 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
22182 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
))
22183 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22184 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_alignment
))
22185 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
22186 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22187 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_type
)))
22189 tree underlying
= lang_hooks
.types
.enum_underlying_base_type (type
);
22190 add_type_attribute (type_die
, underlying
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22193 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
22195 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
))
22196 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22197 if (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
))
22198 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
22201 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
22202 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
22203 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22204 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
22206 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
22207 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22209 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
22210 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22212 gcc_assert (!ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type
));
22213 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
22214 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
22216 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
22217 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
22219 if (simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (value
))
22220 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|| tree_fits_shwi_p (value
))
22222 /* For constant forms created by add_AT_unsigned DWARF
22223 consumers (GDB, elfutils, etc.) always zero extend
22224 the value. Only when the actual value is negative
22225 do we need to use add_AT_int to generate a constant
22226 form that can represent negative values. */
22227 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= TREE_INT_CST_LOW (value
);
22228 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
)) || val
>= 0)
22229 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
22230 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
22232 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
22235 /* Enumeration constants may be wider than HOST_WIDE_INT. Handle
22236 that here. TODO: This should be re-worked to use correct
22237 signed/unsigned double tags for all cases. */
22238 add_AT_wide (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
, wi::to_wide (value
));
22241 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
22242 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
)
22243 && (!orig_type_die
|| !get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
)))
22244 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22247 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
22249 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
22254 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
22255 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
22258 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
22259 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
22260 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
22261 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
22262 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
22263 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
22264 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
22265 argument type of some subprogram type.
22266 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
22270 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
22271 dw_die_ref context_die
)
22273 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
22274 tree ultimate_origin
;
22275 dw_die_ref parm_die
= NULL
;
22277 if (DECL_P (node_or_origin
))
22279 parm_die
= lookup_decl_die (node
);
22281 /* If the contexts differ, we may not be talking about the same
22283 ??? When in LTO the DIE parent is the "abstract" copy and the
22284 context_die is the specification "copy". But this whole block
22285 should eventually be no longer needed. */
22286 if (parm_die
&& parm_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
&& !in_lto_p
)
22288 if (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node
))
22290 /* This can happen when creating an inlined instance, in
22291 which case we need to create a new DIE that will get
22292 annotated with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22296 gcc_unreachable ();
22299 if (parm_die
&& parm_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22301 /* Check that parm_die already has the right attributes that
22302 we would have added below. If any attributes are
22303 missing, fall through to add them. */
22304 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22305 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_location
)
22306 && !get_AT (parm_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
22307 /* We are missing location info, and are about to add it. */
22311 add_child_die (context_die
, parm_die
);
22317 /* If we have a previously generated DIE, use it, unless this is an
22318 concrete instance (origin != NULL), in which case we need a new
22319 DIE with a corresponding DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22321 if (parm_die
&& origin
== NULL
)
22322 reusing_die
= true;
22325 parm_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
22326 reusing_die
= false;
22329 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
22331 case tcc_declaration
:
22332 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
22333 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
22334 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
22339 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22340 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
22341 else if (emit_name_p
)
22342 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
22344 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
)
22345 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
22346 decl_function_context
22347 (node_or_origin
))))
22349 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
22350 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
22351 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
22353 false, context_die
);
22355 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
22356 decl_quals (node_or_origin
),
22357 false, context_die
);
22359 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
22360 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22362 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
22363 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
22364 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (node_or_origin
))
22365 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
22371 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
22372 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
22377 gcc_unreachable ();
22383 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
22384 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
22387 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
22388 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
22389 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22390 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
22391 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
22392 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
22395 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
22397 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22401 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
22403 gcc_assert (parm_pack
22404 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
22407 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
22408 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
22410 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22412 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
22415 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
22416 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
22421 return parm_pack_die
;
22424 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
22425 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
22428 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22430 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
22433 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
22434 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
22435 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
22436 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
22439 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22442 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
22443 tree first_parm_type
;
22446 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22448 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
22449 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
22454 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22456 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
22457 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
22458 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
22460 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
22462 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
22463 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
22466 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
22467 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
22468 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
22470 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
22471 && link
== first_parm_type
)
22473 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22474 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
22475 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
22477 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
22478 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22480 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
22482 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
22485 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
22486 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
22487 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
22488 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
22490 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
22491 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
22492 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
22493 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
22494 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
22495 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
22498 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
22499 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
22500 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
22501 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
22502 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
22505 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22507 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
22509 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
22510 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
22511 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
22512 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
22513 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
22515 dw_die_ref type_die
;
22516 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
22518 type_die
= lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type
);
22519 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22520 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
22521 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
22523 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
22524 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
22525 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
22526 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
22527 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
22529 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= {
22530 DECL_CONTEXT (member
), /* struct_type */
22531 NULL_TREE
/* variant_part_offset */
22533 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
22534 gen_field_die (member
, &vlr_ctx
, type_die
);
22538 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
22542 /* Forward declare these functions, because they are mutually recursive
22543 with their set_block_* pairing functions. */
22544 static void set_decl_origin_self (tree
);
22546 /* Given a pointer to some BLOCK node, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22547 given BLOCK node is NULL, set the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the node so
22548 that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the node is its
22549 own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22550 the given node is NULL, recursively descend the decl/block tree which
22551 it is the root of, and for each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained
22552 therein whose DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also
22553 still NULL, set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
22554 values to point to themselves. */
22557 set_block_origin_self (tree stmt
)
22559 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) == NULL_TREE
)
22561 BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
) = stmt
;
22566 for (local_decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
22567 local_decl
!= NULL_TREE
;
22568 local_decl
= DECL_CHAIN (local_decl
))
22569 /* Do not recurse on nested functions since the inlining status
22570 of parent and child can be different as per the DWARF spec. */
22571 if (TREE_CODE (local_decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
22572 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (local_decl
))
22573 set_decl_origin_self (local_decl
);
22579 for (subblock
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
22580 subblock
!= NULL_TREE
;
22581 subblock
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblock
))
22582 set_block_origin_self (subblock
); /* Recurse. */
22587 /* Given a pointer to some ..._DECL node, if the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for
22588 the given ..._DECL node is NULL, set the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the
22589 node to so that it points to the node itself, thus indicating that the
22590 node represents its own (abstract) origin. Additionally, if the
22591 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for the given node is NULL, recursively descend
22592 the decl/block tree of which the given node is the root of, and for
22593 each other ..._DECL or BLOCK node contained therein whose
22594 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGINs are also still NULL,
22595 set *their* DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN or BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN values to
22596 point to themselves. */
22599 set_decl_origin_self (tree decl
)
22601 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
22603 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) = decl
;
22604 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
22608 for (arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
); arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
22609 DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (arg
) = arg
;
22610 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
22611 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != error_mark_node
)
22612 set_block_origin_self (DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
22617 /* Mark the early DIE for DECL as the abstract instance. */
22620 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
22622 dw_die_ref old_die
;
22624 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
22625 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
22627 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
22630 /* In LTO we're all set. We already created abstract instances
22631 early and we want to avoid creating a concrete instance of that
22632 if we don't output it. */
22636 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22637 gcc_assert (old_die
!= NULL
);
22638 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22639 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
22642 /* Go ahead and put DW_AT_inline on the DIE. */
22643 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
22645 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22646 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
22648 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
22652 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
22653 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
22655 add_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
22658 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
22659 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
22660 add_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
22662 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
22665 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
22668 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22669 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
22672 premark_used_types_helper (tree
const &type
, void *)
22676 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
22678 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22682 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
22683 through htab_traverse.
22685 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
22686 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
22687 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
22690 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (types_used_by_vars_entry
**slot
,
22693 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
22696 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
22697 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
22698 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
22699 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
22702 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
22703 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
22704 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (entry
->var_decl
);
22705 if (node
&& node
->definition
)
22707 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22708 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
22709 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
22710 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22716 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
22719 premark_used_types (struct function
*fun
)
22721 if (fun
&& fun
->used_types_hash
)
22722 fun
->used_types_hash
->traverse
<void *, premark_used_types_helper
> (NULL
);
22725 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
22728 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
22730 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
22731 types_used_by_vars_hash
22732 ->traverse
<void *, premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
> (NULL
);
22735 /* Mark all variables used by the symtab as perennial. */
22738 premark_used_variables (void)
22740 /* Mark DIEs in the symtab as used. */
22742 FOR_EACH_VARIABLE (var
)
22744 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (var
->decl
);
22746 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
22750 /* Generate a DW_TAG_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
22751 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
22754 gen_call_site_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref subr_die
,
22755 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
)
22757 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
, die
;
22758 tree block
= ca_loc
->block
;
22761 && block
!= DECL_INITIAL (decl
)
22762 && TREE_CODE (block
) == BLOCK
)
22764 stmt_die
= lookup_block_die (block
);
22767 block
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
22769 if (stmt_die
== NULL
)
22770 stmt_die
= subr_die
;
22771 die
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site
), stmt_die
, NULL_TREE
);
22772 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_return_pc
), ca_loc
->label
);
22773 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
22774 add_AT_flag (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_tail_call
), 1);
22775 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
)
22777 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
));
22779 add_AT_die_ref (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), tdie
);
22781 add_AT_addr (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_origin
), ca_loc
->symbol_ref
,
22787 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
22791 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
22793 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
22794 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
22795 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
22797 /* This function gets called multiple times for different stages of
22798 the debug process. For example, for func() in this code:
22802 void func() { ... }
22805 ...we get called 4 times. Twice in early debug and twice in
22811 1. Once while generating func() within the namespace. This is
22812 the declaration. The declaration bit below is set, as the
22813 context is the namespace.
22815 A new DIE will be generated with DW_AT_declaration set.
22817 2. Once for func() itself. This is the specification. The
22818 declaration bit below is clear as the context is the CU.
22820 We will use the cached DIE from (1) to create a new DIE with
22821 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration in (1).
22823 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final()
22824 -------------------------------------
22826 3. Once generating func() within the namespace. This is also the
22827 declaration, as in (1), but this time we will early exit below
22828 as we have a cached DIE and a declaration needs no additional
22829 annotations (no locations), as the source declaration line
22832 4. Once for func() itself. As in (2), this is the specification,
22833 but this time we will re-use the cached DIE, and just annotate
22834 it with the location information that should now be available.
22836 For something without namespaces, but with abstract instances, we
22837 are also called a multiple times:
22842 Base (); // constructor declaration (1)
22845 Base::Base () { } // constructor specification (2)
22850 1. Once for the Base() constructor by virtue of it being a
22851 member of the Base class. This is done via
22852 rest_of_type_compilation.
22854 This is a declaration, so a new DIE will be created with
22857 2. Once for the Base() constructor definition, but this time
22858 while generating the abstract instance of the base
22859 constructor (__base_ctor) which is being generated via early
22860 debug of reachable functions.
22862 Even though we have a cached version of the declaration (1),
22863 we will create a DW_AT_specification of the declaration DIE
22866 3. Once for the __base_ctor itself, but this time, we generate
22867 an DW_AT_abstract_origin version of the DW_AT_specification in
22870 Late debug via rest_of_handle_final
22871 -----------------------------------
22873 4. One final time for the __base_ctor (which will have a cached
22874 DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin created in (3). This time,
22875 we will just annotate the location information now
22878 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
22879 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
22881 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped needs no
22882 additional information. */
22883 if (old_die
&& declaration
)
22886 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
22887 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
22888 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
22889 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
22890 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
22891 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
22892 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
22894 /* A concrete instance, tag a new DIE with DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
22895 if (origin
!= NULL
)
22897 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
22899 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
22900 inline function. */
22901 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22902 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
22904 if (old_die
&& get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22906 /* If we have a DW_AT_abstract_origin we have a working
22908 subr_die
= old_die
;
22912 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
22913 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
22914 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
22915 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
22916 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
22917 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
22919 add_linkage_name (subr_die
, decl
);
22922 /* A cached copy, possibly from early dwarf generation. Reuse as
22923 much as possible. */
22926 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
22927 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
22928 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
22929 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
22930 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
22932 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
22933 something we have already output. */
22934 if (get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
)
22935 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_ranges
))
22938 /* If we have no location information, this must be a
22939 partially generated DIE from early dwarf generation.
22940 Fall through and generate it. */
22943 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
22944 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
22945 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
22946 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
22947 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
22948 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
22949 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
22950 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
22951 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
22952 if (((is_unit_die (old_die
->die_parent
)
22953 /* This condition fixes the inconsistency/ICE with the
22954 following Fortran test (or some derivative thereof) while
22955 building libgfortran:
22959 logical function funky (FLAG)
22964 || (old_die
->die_parent
22965 && old_die
->die_parent
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
)
22966 || local_scope_p (old_die
->die_parent
)
22967 || context_die
== NULL
)
22968 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
22969 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
22970 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
22971 == (unsigned) s
.line
)
22972 && (!debug_column_info
22974 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
22975 == (unsigned) s
.column
)))))
22976 /* With LTO if there's an abstract instance for
22977 the old DIE, this is a concrete instance and
22978 thus re-use the DIE. */
22979 || get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
22981 subr_die
= old_die
;
22983 /* Clear out the declaration attribute, but leave the
22984 parameters so they can be augmented with location
22985 information later. Unless this was a declaration, in
22986 which case, wipe out the nameless parameters and recreate
22987 them further down. */
22988 if (remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
))
22991 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
22992 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
22995 /* Make a specification pointing to the previously built
22999 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
23000 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
23001 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
23002 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
23003 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
23004 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
23005 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
23006 if (debug_column_info
23008 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
23009 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
23010 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
23012 /* If the prototype had an 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' return type,
23013 emit the real type on the definition die. */
23014 if (is_cxx () && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23016 dw_die_ref die
= get_AT_ref (old_die
, DW_AT_type
);
23017 if (die
== auto_die
|| die
== decltype_auto_die
)
23018 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
23019 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
23022 /* When we process the method declaration, we haven't seen
23023 the out-of-class defaulted definition yet, so we have to
23025 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || ! dwarf_strict
)
23026 && !get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
))
23029 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23031 if (defaulted
!= -1)
23033 /* Other values must have been handled before. */
23034 gcc_assert (defaulted
== DW_DEFAULTED_out_of_class
);
23035 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
23040 /* Create a fresh DIE for anything else. */
23043 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
23045 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23046 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23048 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
23049 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
23050 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23052 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
23053 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
23054 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
23057 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23058 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23059 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23061 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
23062 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_noreturn
, 1);
23064 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23066 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23069 /* Unless we have an existing non-declaration DIE, equate the new
23071 if (!old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
))
23072 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23076 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
23078 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23080 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
23081 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
23082 if ((dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
23083 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23084 DW_AT_explicit
) == 1)
23085 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
23087 /* If this is a C++11 deleted special function member then generate
23088 a DW_AT_deleted attribute. */
23089 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
23090 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23091 DW_AT_deleted
) == 1)
23092 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_deleted
, 1);
23094 /* If this is a C++11 defaulted special function member then
23095 generate a DW_AT_defaulted attribute. */
23096 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
23099 = lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23101 if (defaulted
!= -1)
23102 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_defaulted
, defaulted
);
23105 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with & ref-qualifier
23106 then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
23107 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
23108 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23109 DW_AT_reference
) == 1)
23110 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
23112 /* If this is a C++11 non-static member function with &&
23113 ref-qualifier then generate a DW_AT_reference attribute. */
23114 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
23115 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
23116 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
)
23118 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
23121 /* For non DECL_EXTERNALs, if range information is available, fill
23122 the DIE with it. */
23123 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !early_dwarf
)
23125 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
23127 struct function
*fun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
23129 if (!crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
23131 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
23132 if (fde
->dw_fde_begin
)
23134 /* We have already generated the labels. */
23135 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23136 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
23140 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
23141 char label_id_low
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23142 char label_id_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
23143 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_low
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
23144 current_function_funcdef_no
);
23145 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id_high
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
23146 current_function_funcdef_no
);
23147 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, label_id_low
, label_id_high
,
23151 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
23152 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
23153 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
23154 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
23155 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
23156 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
23157 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
23158 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
23159 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
23160 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
23161 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
23162 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
23165 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
23166 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
23167 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
23169 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
23170 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
23171 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
23178 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
23179 dw_fde_ref fde
= fun
->fde
;
23181 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
)
23183 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
23185 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
23186 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
23187 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
23188 alignment offset. */
23189 bool range_list_added
= false;
23190 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23191 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
23193 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23194 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
,
23195 &range_list_added
, false);
23196 if (range_list_added
)
23201 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
23202 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
23203 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
23204 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
23205 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
23206 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
23207 sections when given "b foo". */
23208 const char *name
= NULL
;
23209 tree decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
23210 dw_die_ref seg_die
;
23212 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
23213 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
23214 fde
->dw_fde_end
, false);
23216 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
23217 seg_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
,
23218 subr_die
->die_parent
, decl
);
23220 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23221 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23223 if (decl_name
!= NULL
23224 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
23226 name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
23227 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23228 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die
, decl
);
23230 add_linkage_name (seg_die
, decl
);
23232 gcc_assert (name
!= NULL
);
23233 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die
, decl
);
23234 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23235 add_AT_flag (seg_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23237 name
= concat ("__second_sect_of_", name
, NULL
);
23238 add_AT_low_high_pc (seg_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
23239 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, false);
23240 add_name_attribute (seg_die
, name
);
23241 if (want_pubnames ())
23242 add_pubname_string (name
, seg_die
);
23246 add_AT_low_high_pc (subr_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_end
,
23250 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
23252 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
23253 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
23254 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
23255 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
23256 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
23257 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
23258 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
23260 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 && targetm
.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2
)
23262 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
23263 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
23267 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
23268 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
23269 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
23271 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
23274 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
23275 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
23276 will reference in the rtl; the latter is what we've told the
23277 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
23278 by this displacement. */
23279 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
23281 if (fun
->static_chain_decl
)
23283 /* DWARF requires here a location expression that computes the
23284 address of the enclosing subprogram's frame base. The machinery
23285 in tree-nested.c is supposed to store this specific address in the
23286 last field of the FRAME record. */
23287 const tree frame_type
23288 = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fun
->static_chain_decl
));
23289 const tree fb_decl
= tree_last (TYPE_FIELDS (frame_type
));
23292 = build1 (INDIRECT_REF
, frame_type
, fun
->static_chain_decl
);
23293 fb_expr
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (fb_decl
),
23294 fb_expr
, fb_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
23296 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
23297 loc_list_from_tree (fb_expr
, 0, NULL
));
23300 resolve_variable_values ();
23303 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
23304 if (early_dwarf
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23305 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
23307 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
23308 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
23309 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
23310 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
23311 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
23312 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
23313 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
23314 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
23315 an ellipsis at the end. */
23317 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
23318 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
23319 its formal parameters. */
23320 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
23322 else if (declaration
)
23323 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23326 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
23327 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
23328 tree generic_decl
= early_dwarf
23329 ? lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
) : NULL
;
23330 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
23331 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
23334 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
23335 emit their relevant DIEs.
23337 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
23338 as well as it being a normal function.
23340 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
23341 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
23342 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
23343 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
23344 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
23345 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
23346 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
23347 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
23348 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
23351 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
23352 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
23354 if (generic_decl_parm
23355 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
23356 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
23361 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23364 && parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
23365 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
23367 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
23368 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
23370 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
23373 if (generic_decl_parm
)
23374 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
23377 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
23378 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
23379 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
23380 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
23381 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
23382 parameters at all. */
23385 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23387 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
23388 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
23389 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23391 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
23392 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
23396 if (subr_die
!= old_die
)
23397 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
23398 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
23400 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
23401 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration).
23403 OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
23404 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
23405 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
23406 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
23407 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
23408 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
23409 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
23411 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
23412 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
23413 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
23414 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
23415 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
23416 constructor function. */
23417 tree outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
23418 if (! declaration
&& outer_scope
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
23420 int call_site_note_count
= 0;
23421 int tail_call_site_note_count
= 0;
23423 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
23424 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
23425 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, NULL
, subr_die
);
23427 /* The first time through decls_for_scope we will generate the
23428 DIEs for the locals. The second time, we fill in the
23430 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
);
23432 if (call_arg_locations
&& (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23434 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
;
23435 for (ca_loc
= call_arg_locations
; ca_loc
; ca_loc
= ca_loc
->next
)
23437 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
23438 rtx tloc
= NULL_RTX
, tlocc
= NULL_RTX
;
23440 tree arg_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
23442 for (arg
= (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
23443 ? XEXP (ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
, 0)
23445 arg
; arg
= next_arg
)
23447 dw_loc_descr_ref reg
, val
;
23448 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1));
23449 dw_die_ref cdie
, tdie
= NULL
;
23451 next_arg
= XEXP (arg
, 1);
23452 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23454 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0))
23455 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0))
23456 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23457 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg
, 0), 0), 0)))
23458 next_arg
= XEXP (next_arg
, 1);
23459 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23461 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23462 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23463 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (arg
, 0));
23465 if (mode
== VOIDmode
|| mode
== BLKmode
)
23467 /* Get dynamic information about call target only if we
23468 have no static information: we cannot generate both
23469 DW_AT_call_origin and DW_AT_call_target
23471 if (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
== NULL_RTX
)
23473 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23475 tloc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23478 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
23479 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx
)
23481 tlocc
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1);
23486 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23487 reg
= reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0),
23488 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23489 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0)))
23491 rtx mem
= XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0);
23492 reg
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem
, 0),
23493 get_address_mode (mem
),
23495 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23497 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23498 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23501 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0));
23502 tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
23510 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 0))
23511 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF
)
23513 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 0), 1), mode
,
23515 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23519 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23520 cdie
= new_die (dwarf_TAG (DW_TAG_call_site_parameter
), die
,
23522 add_desc_attribute (cdie
, arg_decl
);
23524 add_AT_loc (cdie
, DW_AT_location
, reg
);
23525 else if (tdie
!= NULL
)
23526 add_AT_die_ref (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_parameter
),
23528 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_value
), val
);
23529 if (next_arg
!= XEXP (arg
, 1))
23531 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 1));
23532 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
23533 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1), 0), 0));
23534 val
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg
, 1),
23537 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23539 add_AT_loc (cdie
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_data_value
),
23544 && (ca_loc
->symbol_ref
|| tloc
))
23545 die
= gen_call_site_die (decl
, subr_die
, ca_loc
);
23546 if (die
!= NULL
&& (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
|| tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
))
23548 dw_loc_descr_ref tval
= NULL
;
23550 if (tloc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23551 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tloc
,
23552 GET_MODE (tloc
) == VOIDmode
23553 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tloc
),
23555 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23557 add_AT_loc (die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target
), tval
);
23558 else if (tlocc
!= NULL_RTX
)
23560 tval
= mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc
,
23561 GET_MODE (tlocc
) == VOIDmode
23562 ? Pmode
: GET_MODE (tlocc
),
23564 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
23567 dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_target_clobbered
),
23573 call_site_note_count
++;
23574 if (ca_loc
->tail_call_p
)
23575 tail_call_site_note_count
++;
23579 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
23580 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
23581 if (tail_call_site_count
>= 0
23582 && tail_call_site_count
== tail_call_site_note_count
23583 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5))
23585 if (call_site_count
>= 0
23586 && call_site_count
== call_site_note_count
)
23587 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_calls
), 1);
23589 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, dwarf_AT (DW_AT_call_all_tail_calls
), 1);
23591 call_site_count
= -1;
23592 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
23595 /* Mark used types after we have created DIEs for the functions scopes. */
23596 premark_used_types (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
23599 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
23602 block_die_hasher::hash (die_struct
*d
)
23604 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
23607 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
23608 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
23611 block_die_hasher::equal (die_struct
*x
, die_struct
*y
)
23613 return x
->decl_id
== y
->decl_id
&& x
->die_parent
== y
->die_parent
;
23616 /* Hold information about markers for inlined entry points. */
23617 struct GTY ((for_user
)) inline_entry_data
23619 /* The block that's the inlined_function_outer_scope for an inlined
23623 /* The label at the inlined entry point. */
23624 const char *label_pfx
;
23625 unsigned int label_num
;
23627 /* The view number to be used as the inlined entry point. */
23631 struct inline_entry_data_hasher
: ggc_ptr_hash
<inline_entry_data
>
23633 typedef tree compare_type
;
23634 static inline hashval_t
hash (const inline_entry_data
*);
23635 static inline bool equal (const inline_entry_data
*, const_tree
);
23638 /* Hash table routines for inline_entry_data. */
23641 inline_entry_data_hasher::hash (const inline_entry_data
*data
)
23643 return htab_hash_pointer (data
->block
);
23647 inline_entry_data_hasher::equal (const inline_entry_data
*data
,
23650 return data
->block
== block
;
23653 /* Inlined entry points pending DIE creation in this compilation unit. */
23655 static GTY(()) hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
> *inline_entry_data_table
;
23658 /* Return TRUE if DECL, which may have been previously generated as
23659 OLD_DIE, is a candidate for a DW_AT_specification. DECLARATION is
23660 true if decl (or its origin) is either an extern declaration or a
23661 class/namespace scoped declaration.
23663 The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
23664 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid
23665 considering one to be a specification, so we must test for
23666 DECLARATION and DW_AT_declaration. */
23668 decl_will_get_specification_p (dw_die_ref old_die
, tree decl
, bool declaration
)
23670 return (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && !declaration
23671 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1);
23674 /* Return true if DECL is a local static. */
23677 local_function_static (tree decl
)
23679 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl
));
23680 return TREE_STATIC (decl
)
23681 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23682 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
;
23685 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
23686 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
23689 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
23691 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= 0;
23693 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
23694 tree ultimate_origin
;
23695 dw_die_ref var_die
;
23696 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
23697 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
23698 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
23699 bool specialization_p
= false;
23700 bool no_linkage_name
= false;
23702 /* While C++ inline static data members have definitions inside of the
23703 class, force the first DIE to be a declaration, then let gen_member_die
23704 reparent it to the class context and call gen_variable_die again
23705 to create the outside of the class DIE for the definition. */
23709 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
23710 && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
23711 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
, DW_AT_inline
) != -1)
23713 declaration
= true;
23714 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
23715 no_linkage_name
= true;
23718 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
23719 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
23720 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
23721 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
23723 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
23724 of a data member. */
23727 dw_die_ref com_die
;
23728 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= NULL
;
23729 die_node com_die_arg
;
23731 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
23734 if (! early_dwarf
&& get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
23736 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2, NULL
);
23741 /* Optimize the common case. */
23742 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23743 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23744 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23745 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
23748 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23749 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23750 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23753 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23755 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23756 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23762 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
23763 common_block_die_table
= hash_table
<block_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
23765 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23766 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
23767 com_die
= common_block_die_table
->find (&com_die_arg
);
23769 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23770 if (com_die
== NULL
)
23773 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
23776 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
23777 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
23780 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23781 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
23782 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
23783 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23785 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23786 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23787 if (want_pubnames ())
23788 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
23789 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
23790 slot
= common_block_die_table
->find_slot (com_die
, INSERT
);
23793 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
23795 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23796 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2, NULL
);
23797 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
23799 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
23800 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23801 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23802 decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23804 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23805 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23810 /* Optimize the common case. */
23811 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
23812 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
23813 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
23814 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
23816 rtx x
= loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
23817 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
23818 = plus_constant (GET_MODE (x
), x
, off
);
23821 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
23823 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
23825 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
))
23826 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23828 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23836 /* A declaration that has been previously dumped, needs no
23837 further annotations, since it doesn't need location on
23838 the second pass. */
23841 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
)
23842 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_specification
))
23844 /* Fall-thru so we can make a new variable die along with a
23845 DW_AT_specification. */
23847 else if (origin
&& old_die
->die_parent
!= context_die
)
23849 /* If we will be creating an inlined instance, we need a
23850 new DIE that will get annotated with
23851 DW_AT_abstract_origin. */
23852 gcc_assert (!DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
));
23856 /* If a DIE was dumped early, it still needs location info.
23857 Skip to where we fill the location bits. */
23860 /* ??? In LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
23861 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
23862 references to them. Thus we dumped them again. Also add a
23863 reference to them but beware of -g0 compile and -g link
23864 in which case the reference will be already present. */
23865 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23867 && ! get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_type
)
23868 && variably_modified_type_p
23869 (type
, decl_function_context (decl_or_origin
)))
23871 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23872 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
),
23873 TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false, context_die
);
23875 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
),
23876 false, context_die
);
23879 goto gen_variable_die_location
;
23883 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
23884 to have DW_TAG_member tag in DWARF{3,4} and we emit it for compatibility
23885 also in DWARF2; the specification should still be DW_TAG_variable
23886 referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
23887 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
) && dwarf_version
< 5)
23888 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
23890 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
23892 if (origin
!= NULL
)
23893 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
23895 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
23896 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
23898 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
23899 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT_P flag on them instead of
23902 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
23903 else if (decl_will_get_specification_p (old_die
, decl
, declaration
))
23905 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
23906 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
23907 specialization_p
= true;
23908 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
23910 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
23911 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
23913 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
23914 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
23916 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
23917 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
23919 if (debug_column_info
23921 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
)
23922 != (unsigned) s
.column
))
23923 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, s
.column
);
23925 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
23926 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
23930 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
, no_linkage_name
);
23932 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23934 && !DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23935 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
23936 decl_function_context
23937 (decl_or_origin
))))
23939 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
23941 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
23942 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
23945 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl_or_origin
), false,
23949 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
23951 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
23952 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
23954 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
23955 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
23957 add_alignment_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23959 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
23963 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
23965 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
23966 || !old_die
|| is_declaration_die (old_die
)))
23967 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
23969 gen_variable_die_location
:
23971 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl_or_origin
)
23972 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
23973 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
23975 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
)
23976 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
23977 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
))))
23980 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
23982 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl_or_origin
,
23986 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
23988 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
23989 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
23990 DW_AT_const_expr
) == 1
23991 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
)
23992 && !specialization_p
)
23993 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_const_expr
, 1);
23997 int inl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl_or_origin
,
24000 && !get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
)
24001 && !specialization_p
)
24002 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_inline
, inl
);
24006 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
24009 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24011 dw_die_ref const_die
;
24012 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
24014 const_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
24018 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
24019 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, const_die
);
24020 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
24021 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, TYPE_QUAL_CONST
, false, context_die
);
24022 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
24023 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
24024 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
24025 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
24026 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
24029 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
24032 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24034 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
24035 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
24037 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24041 lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
24042 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
24044 if (origin
!= NULL
)
24045 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
24047 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
24050 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
24051 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
24052 else if (! early_dwarf
)
24054 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
24056 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
24057 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
24058 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
24062 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
24064 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
24065 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
24066 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
24067 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
24068 it if it ever does happen. */
24069 gcc_assert (!as_a
<rtx_insn
*> (insn
)->deleted ());
24071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
24072 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
24076 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
24077 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) != -1)
24079 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
24080 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
24085 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
24086 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
24087 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
24090 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
24092 /* We can end up with BUILTINS_LOCATION here. */
24093 if (RESERVED_LOCATION_P (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
)))
24096 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
24098 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24100 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
24101 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
24102 if (debug_column_info
&& s
.column
)
24103 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_column
, s
.column
);
24108 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
24109 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
24112 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
24114 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24116 if (inline_entry_data
**iedp
24117 = !inline_entry_data_table
? NULL
24118 : inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (stmt
,
24119 htab_hash_pointer (stmt
),
24122 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
;
24123 gcc_assert (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_MARKER_INSNS
);
24124 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
24125 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
));
24127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, ied
->label_pfx
, ied
->label_num
);
24128 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
24130 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !ZERO_VIEW_P (ied
->view
)
24133 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ())
24134 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, ied
->view
);
24137 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", ied
->view
);
24138 /* FIXME: this will resolve to a small number. Could we
24139 possibly emit smaller data? Ideally we'd emit a
24140 uleb128, but that would make the size of DIEs
24141 impossible for the compiler to compute, since it's
24142 the assembler that computes the value of the view
24143 label in this case. Ideally, we'd have a single form
24144 encompassing both the address and the view, and
24145 indirecting them through a table might make things
24146 easier, but even that would be more wasteful,
24147 space-wise, than what we have now. */
24148 add_AT_symview (die
, DW_AT_GNU_entry_view
, label
);
24152 inline_entry_data_table
->clear_slot (iedp
);
24155 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
24156 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
24158 tree chain
, superblock
= NULL_TREE
;
24160 dw_attr_node
*attr
= NULL
;
24162 if (!debug_inline_points
&& inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
24164 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24165 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24166 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
24169 /* Optimize duplicate .debug_ranges lists or even tails of
24170 lists. If this BLOCK has same ranges as its supercontext,
24171 lookup DW_AT_ranges attribute in the supercontext (and
24172 recursively so), verify that the ranges_table contains the
24173 right values and use it instead of adding a new .debug_range. */
24174 for (chain
= stmt
, pdie
= die
;
24175 BLOCK_SAME_RANGE (chain
);
24176 chain
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
))
24178 dw_attr_node
*new_attr
;
24180 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
24183 if (BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
) == NULL_TREE
)
24185 new_attr
= get_AT (pdie
, DW_AT_ranges
);
24186 if (new_attr
== NULL
24187 || new_attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_range_list
)
24190 superblock
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (chain
);
24193 && ((*ranges_table
)[attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
].num
24194 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (superblock
))
24195 && BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
))
24197 unsigned long off
= attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
;
24198 unsigned long supercnt
= 0, thiscnt
= 0;
24199 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (superblock
);
24200 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24203 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
].num
24204 == (int)BLOCK_NUMBER (chain
));
24206 gcc_checking_assert ((*ranges_table
)[off
+ supercnt
+ 1].num
== 0);
24207 for (chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24208 chain
; chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
))
24210 gcc_assert (supercnt
>= thiscnt
);
24211 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
,
24213 note_rnglist_head (off
+ supercnt
- thiscnt
);
24217 unsigned int offset
= add_ranges (stmt
, true);
24218 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
, false);
24219 note_rnglist_head (offset
);
24221 bool prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (stmt
);
24222 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
24225 add_ranges (chain
, prev_in_cold
!= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
));
24226 prev_in_cold
= BLOCK_IN_COLD_SECTION_P (chain
);
24227 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
24234 char label_high
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
24235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
24236 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24237 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_high
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
24238 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
24239 add_AT_low_high_pc (die
, label
, label_high
, false);
24243 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
24246 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24248 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_block_die (stmt
);
24249 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= NULL
;
24252 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24253 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24256 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
24258 /* If this is an inlined or conrecte instance, create a new lexical
24259 die for anything below to attach DW_AT_abstract_origin to. */
24261 stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
24263 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24264 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& (origin
!= stmt
|| old_die
))
24265 add_abstract_origin_attribute (stmt_die
, origin
);
24271 stmt_die
= old_die
;
24273 /* A non abstract block whose blocks have already been reordered
24274 should have the instruction range for this block. If so, set the
24275 high/low attributes. */
24276 if (!early_dwarf
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24278 gcc_assert (stmt_die
);
24279 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24282 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
);
24285 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
24288 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24290 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
24292 /* Make sure any inlined functions are known to be inlineable. */
24293 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
24294 || cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
));
24296 dw_die_ref subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
24298 if (call_arg_locations
|| debug_inline_points
)
24299 equate_block_to_die (stmt
, subr_die
);
24300 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
24301 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
24302 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24303 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
24305 /* The inliner creates an extra BLOCK for the parameter setup,
24306 we want to merge that with the actual outermost BLOCK of the
24307 inlined function to avoid duplicate locals in consumers.
24308 Do that by doing the recursion to subblocks on the single subblock
24310 bool unwrap_one
= false;
24311 if (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
) && !BLOCK_CHAIN (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
)))
24313 tree origin
= block_ultimate_origin (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
));
24315 && TREE_CODE (origin
) == BLOCK
24316 && BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (origin
) == decl
)
24319 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, !unwrap_one
);
24321 decls_for_scope (BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
), subr_die
);
24324 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. CTX is required: see
24325 the comment for VLR_CONTEXT. */
24328 gen_field_die (tree decl
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24330 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
24332 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
24335 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
24336 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
24337 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
), decl_quals (decl
),
24338 TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)),
24341 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
24343 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24344 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24345 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24348 add_alignment_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24350 /* If we have a variant part offset, then we are supposed to process a member
24351 of a QUAL_UNION_TYPE, which is how we represent variant parts in
24353 gcc_assert (ctx
->variant_part_offset
== NULL_TREE
24354 || TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24355 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
24356 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
, ctx
);
24358 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
24359 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
24361 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
24363 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
24364 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
24367 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. TYPE can be an
24368 OFFSET_TYPE, for a pointer to data member, or a RECORD_TYPE, for a
24369 pointer to member function. */
24372 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
24374 if (lookup_type_die (type
))
24377 dw_die_ref ptr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
24378 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
24380 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
24381 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
24382 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
24383 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24385 add_alignment_attribute (ptr_die
, type
);
24387 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
24388 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != METHOD_TYPE
)
24390 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
24391 add_AT_loc (ptr_die
, DW_AT_use_location
, op
);
24395 static char *producer_string
;
24397 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
24398 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
24401 gen_producer_string (void)
24404 auto_vec
<const char *> switches
;
24405 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24406 char *producer
, *tail
;
24408 size_t len
= dwarf_record_gcc_switches
? 0 : 3;
24409 size_t plen
= strlen (language_string
) + 1 + strlen (version_string
);
24411 for (j
= 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches
&& j
< save_decoded_options_count
; j
++)
24412 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
)
24419 case OPT_auxbase_strip
:
24428 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown
:
24429 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore
:
24430 case OPT_SPECIAL_deprecated
:
24431 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name
:
24432 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file
:
24433 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches
:
24434 case OPT__output_pch_
:
24435 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_
:
24436 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option
:
24437 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_caret
:
24438 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_labels
:
24439 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_line_numbers
:
24440 case OPT_fdiagnostics_color_
:
24441 case OPT_fdiagnostics_format_
:
24442 case OPT_fverbose_asm
:
24444 case OPT__sysroot_
:
24446 case OPT_nostdinc__
:
24447 case OPT_fpreprocessed
:
24448 case OPT_fltrans_output_list_
:
24449 case OPT_fresolution_
:
24450 case OPT_fdebug_prefix_map_
:
24451 case OPT_fmacro_prefix_map_
:
24452 case OPT_ffile_prefix_map_
:
24453 case OPT_fcompare_debug
:
24454 case OPT_fchecking
:
24455 case OPT_fchecking_
:
24456 /* Ignore these. */
24459 if (cl_options
[save_decoded_options
[j
].opt_index
].flags
24460 & CL_NO_DWARF_RECORD
)
24462 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][0]
24464 switch (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0][1])
24471 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options
[j
].canonical_option
[0] + 2,
24478 switches
.safe_push (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
);
24479 len
+= strlen (save_decoded_options
[j
].orig_option_with_args_text
) + 1;
24483 producer
= XNEWVEC (char, plen
+ 1 + len
+ 1);
24485 sprintf (tail
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
24488 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (switches
, j
, p
)
24492 memcpy (tail
+ 1, p
, len
);
24500 /* Given a C and/or C++ language/version string return the "highest".
24501 C++ is assumed to be "higher" than C in this case. Used for merging
24502 LTO translation unit languages. */
24503 static const char *
24504 highest_c_language (const char *lang1
, const char *lang2
)
24506 if (strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++17", lang2
) == 0)
24507 return "GNU C++17";
24508 if (strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++14", lang2
) == 0)
24509 return "GNU C++14";
24510 if (strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++11", lang2
) == 0)
24511 return "GNU C++11";
24512 if (strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C++98", lang2
) == 0)
24513 return "GNU C++98";
24515 if (strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C2X", lang2
) == 0)
24517 if (strcmp ("GNU C17", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C17", lang2
) == 0)
24519 if (strcmp ("GNU C11", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C11", lang2
) == 0)
24521 if (strcmp ("GNU C99", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C99", lang2
) == 0)
24523 if (strcmp ("GNU C89", lang1
) == 0 || strcmp ("GNU C89", lang2
) == 0)
24526 gcc_unreachable ();
24530 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
24533 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
24536 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
24539 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
24543 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
24544 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
24545 if (filename
[0] != '<')
24546 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
24549 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer_string
? producer_string
: "");
24551 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
24552 from the global list of translation units. */
24553 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
24557 const char *common_lang
= NULL
;
24559 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, t
)
24561 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
))
24564 common_lang
= TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
);
24565 else if (strcmp (common_lang
, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
)) == 0)
24567 else if (strncmp (common_lang
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24568 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
24569 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
24570 common_lang
= highest_c_language (common_lang
,
24571 TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t
));
24574 /* Fall back to C. */
24575 common_lang
= NULL
;
24581 language_string
= common_lang
;
24584 language
= DW_LANG_C
;
24585 if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C", 5) == 0
24586 && ISDIGIT (language_string
[5]))
24588 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
24589 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24591 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C89") != 0)
24592 language
= DW_LANG_C99
;
24594 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24595 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C11") == 0
24596 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C17") == 0
24597 || strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C2X"))
24598 language
= DW_LANG_C11
;
24601 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU C++", 7) == 0)
24603 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
24604 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24606 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++11") == 0)
24607 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_11
;
24608 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++14") == 0)
24609 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24610 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++17") == 0)
24612 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus_14
;
24615 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
24616 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
24617 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
24619 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24620 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
24621 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24623 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
24624 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 /* || !dwarf_strict */)
24626 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2003") == 0)
24627 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran03
;
24628 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran2008") == 0)
24629 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran08
;
24632 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
24633 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
24634 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
24635 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
24636 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU D") == 0)
24637 language
= DW_LANG_D
;
24638 else if (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
24640 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Go") == 0)
24641 language
= DW_LANG_Go
;
24644 /* Use a degraded Fortran setting in strict DWARF2 so is_fortran works. */
24645 else if (strncmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran", 11) == 0)
24646 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
24647 /* Likewise for Ada. */
24648 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
24649 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
24651 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
24655 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
24656 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
24657 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
24658 case DW_LANG_Fortran03
:
24659 case DW_LANG_Fortran08
:
24660 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
24661 lowercases everything. */
24662 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
24665 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
24671 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
24674 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, tree type
,
24675 dw_die_ref context_die
)
24677 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
24678 struct vlr_context ctx
= { type
, NULL
};
24680 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
24682 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
, &ctx
);
24684 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
24685 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
24687 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
24688 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
24689 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
24690 if (access
== access_public_node
)
24692 if (dwarf_version
== 2
24693 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
)
24694 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
24696 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
24697 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
24698 else if (dwarf_version
> 2
24699 && context_die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
24700 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
24703 /* Return whether DECL is a FIELD_DECL that represents the variant part of a
24707 is_variant_part (tree decl
)
24709 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
24710 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE
);
24713 /* Check that OPERAND is a reference to a field in STRUCT_TYPE. If it is,
24714 return the FIELD_DECL. Return NULL_TREE otherwise. */
24717 analyze_discr_in_predicate (tree operand
, tree struct_type
)
24719 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (operand
))
24720 operand
= TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0);
24722 /* Match field access to members of struct_type only. */
24723 if (TREE_CODE (operand
) == COMPONENT_REF
24724 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
24725 && TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 0)) == struct_type
24726 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1)) == FIELD_DECL
)
24727 return TREE_OPERAND (operand
, 1);
24732 /* Check that SRC is a constant integer that can be represented as a native
24733 integer constant (either signed or unsigned). If so, store it into DEST and
24734 return true. Return false otherwise. */
24737 get_discr_value (tree src
, dw_discr_value
*dest
)
24739 tree discr_type
= TREE_TYPE (src
);
24741 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
24743 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (discr_type
);
24744 if (debug_type
!= NULL
)
24745 discr_type
= debug_type
;
24748 if (TREE_CODE (src
) != INTEGER_CST
|| !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (discr_type
))
24751 /* Signedness can vary between the original type and the debug type. This
24752 can happen for character types in Ada for instance: the character type
24753 used for code generation can be signed, to be compatible with the C one,
24754 but from a debugger point of view, it must be unsigned. */
24755 bool is_orig_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (src
));
24756 bool is_debug_unsigned
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (discr_type
);
24758 if (is_orig_unsigned
!= is_debug_unsigned
)
24759 src
= fold_convert (discr_type
, src
);
24761 if (!(is_debug_unsigned
? tree_fits_uhwi_p (src
) : tree_fits_shwi_p (src
)))
24764 dest
->pos
= is_debug_unsigned
;
24765 if (is_debug_unsigned
)
24766 dest
->v
.uval
= tree_to_uhwi (src
);
24768 dest
->v
.sval
= tree_to_shwi (src
);
24773 /* Try to extract synthetic properties out of VARIANT_PART_DECL, which is a
24774 FIELD_DECL in STRUCT_TYPE that represents a variant part. If unsuccessful,
24775 store NULL_TREE in DISCR_DECL. Otherwise:
24777 - store the discriminant field in STRUCT_TYPE that controls the variant
24778 part to *DISCR_DECL
24780 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_P an array where for each variant, the item
24781 represents the corresponding matching list of discriminant values.
24783 - put in *DISCR_LISTS_LENGTH the number of variants, which is the size of
24786 Note that when the array is allocated (i.e. when the analysis is
24787 successful), it is up to the caller to free the array. */
24790 analyze_variants_discr (tree variant_part_decl
,
24793 dw_discr_list_ref
**discr_lists_p
,
24794 unsigned *discr_lists_length
)
24796 tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
24798 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
24801 /* Compute how many variants there are in this variant part. */
24802 *discr_lists_length
= 0;
24803 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
24804 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24805 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
))
24806 ++*discr_lists_length
;
24808 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24810 = (dw_discr_list_ref
*) xcalloc (*discr_lists_length
,
24811 sizeof (**discr_lists_p
));
24812 discr_lists
= *discr_lists_p
;
24814 /* And then analyze all variants to extract discriminant information for all
24815 of them. This analysis is conservative: as soon as we detect something we
24816 do not support, abort everything and pretend we found nothing. */
24817 for (variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
), i
= 0;
24818 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
24819 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
24821 tree match_expr
= DECL_QUALIFIER (variant
);
24823 /* Now, try to analyze the predicate and deduce a discriminant for
24825 if (match_expr
== boolean_true_node
)
24826 /* Typically happens for the default variant: it matches all cases that
24827 previous variants rejected. Don't output any matching value for
24831 /* The following loop tries to iterate over each discriminant
24832 possibility: single values or ranges. */
24833 while (match_expr
!= NULL_TREE
)
24835 tree next_round_match_expr
;
24836 tree candidate_discr
= NULL_TREE
;
24837 dw_discr_list_ref new_node
= NULL
;
24839 /* Possibilities are matched one after the other by nested
24840 TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR expressions. Process the current possibility and
24841 continue with the rest at next iteration. */
24842 if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
)
24844 next_round_match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24845 match_expr
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24848 next_round_match_expr
= NULL_TREE
;
24850 if (match_expr
== boolean_false_node
)
24851 /* This sub-expression matches nothing: just wait for the next
24855 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == EQ_EXPR
)
24857 /* We are matching: <discr_field> == <integer_cst>
24858 This sub-expression matches a single value. */
24859 tree integer_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24862 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0),
24865 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24866 if (!get_discr_value (integer_cst
,
24867 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24869 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24872 else if (TREE_CODE (match_expr
) == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
)
24874 /* We are matching:
24875 <discr_field> > <integer_cst>
24876 && <discr_field> < <integer_cst>.
24877 This sub-expression matches the range of values between the
24878 two matched integer constants. Note that comparisons can be
24879 inclusive or exclusive. */
24880 tree candidate_discr_1
, candidate_discr_2
;
24881 tree lower_cst
, upper_cst
;
24882 bool lower_cst_included
, upper_cst_included
;
24883 tree lower_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 0);
24884 tree upper_op
= TREE_OPERAND (match_expr
, 1);
24886 /* When the comparison is exclusive, the integer constant is not
24887 the discriminant range bound we are looking for: we will have
24888 to increment or decrement it. */
24889 if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GE_EXPR
)
24890 lower_cst_included
= true;
24891 else if (TREE_CODE (lower_op
) == GT_EXPR
)
24892 lower_cst_included
= false;
24896 if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LE_EXPR
)
24897 upper_cst_included
= true;
24898 else if (TREE_CODE (upper_op
) == LT_EXPR
)
24899 upper_cst_included
= false;
24903 /* Extract the discriminant from the first operand and check it
24904 is consistant with the same analysis in the second
24907 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 0),
24910 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 0),
24912 if (candidate_discr_1
== candidate_discr_2
)
24913 candidate_discr
= candidate_discr_1
;
24917 /* Extract bounds from both. */
24918 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24919 lower_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (lower_op
, 1);
24920 upper_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (upper_op
, 1);
24922 if (!lower_cst_included
)
24924 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), lower_cst
,
24925 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (lower_cst
), 1));
24926 if (!upper_cst_included
)
24928 = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), upper_cst
,
24929 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (upper_cst
), 1));
24931 if (!get_discr_value (lower_cst
,
24932 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
)
24933 || !get_discr_value (upper_cst
,
24934 &new_node
->dw_discr_upper_bound
))
24937 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= true;
24940 else if ((candidate_discr
24941 = analyze_discr_in_predicate (match_expr
, struct_type
))
24942 && TREE_TYPE (candidate_discr
) == boolean_type_node
)
24944 /* We are matching: <discr_field> for a boolean discriminant.
24945 This sub-expression matches boolean_true_node. */
24946 new_node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_discr_list_node
> ();
24947 if (!get_discr_value (boolean_true_node
,
24948 &new_node
->dw_discr_lower_bound
))
24950 new_node
->dw_discr_range
= false;
24954 /* Unsupported sub-expression: we cannot determine the set of
24955 matching discriminant values. Abort everything. */
24958 /* If the discriminant info is not consistant with what we saw so
24959 far, consider the analysis failed and abort everything. */
24960 if (candidate_discr
== NULL_TREE
24961 || (*discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
&& candidate_discr
!= *discr_decl
))
24964 *discr_decl
= candidate_discr
;
24966 if (new_node
!= NULL
)
24968 new_node
->dw_discr_next
= discr_lists
[i
];
24969 discr_lists
[i
] = new_node
;
24971 match_expr
= next_round_match_expr
;
24975 /* If we reach this point, we could match everything we were interested
24980 /* Clean all data structure and return no result. */
24981 free (*discr_lists_p
);
24982 *discr_lists_p
= NULL
;
24983 *discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
24986 /* Generate a DIE to represent VARIANT_PART_DECL, a variant part that is part
24987 of STRUCT_TYPE, a record type. This new DIE is emitted as the next child
24990 Variant parts are supposed to be implemented as a FIELD_DECL whose type is a
24991 QUAL_UNION_TYPE: this is the VARIANT_PART_DECL parameter. The members for
24992 this type, which are record types, represent the available variants and each
24993 has a DECL_QUALIFIER attribute. The discriminant and the discriminant
24994 values are inferred from these attributes.
24996 In trees, the offsets for the fields inside these sub-records are relative
24997 to the variant part itself, whereas the corresponding DIEs should have
24998 offset attributes that are relative to the embedding record base address.
24999 This is why the caller must provide a VARIANT_PART_OFFSET expression: it
25000 must be an expression that computes the offset of the variant part to
25001 describe in DWARF. */
25004 gen_variant_part (tree variant_part_decl
, struct vlr_context
*vlr_ctx
,
25005 dw_die_ref context_die
)
25007 const tree variant_part_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant_part_decl
);
25008 tree variant_part_offset
= vlr_ctx
->variant_part_offset
;
25009 struct loc_descr_context ctx
= {
25010 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* context_type */
25011 NULL_TREE
, /* base_decl */
25013 false, /* placeholder_arg */
25014 false /* placeholder_seen */
25017 /* The FIELD_DECL node in STRUCT_TYPE that acts as the discriminant, or
25018 NULL_TREE if there is no such field. */
25019 tree discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
25020 dw_discr_list_ref
*discr_lists
;
25021 unsigned discr_lists_length
= 0;
25024 dw_die_ref dwarf_proc_die
= NULL
;
25025 dw_die_ref variant_part_die
25026 = new_die (DW_TAG_variant_part
, context_die
, variant_part_type
);
25028 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant_part_decl
, variant_part_die
);
25030 analyze_variants_discr (variant_part_decl
, vlr_ctx
->struct_type
,
25031 &discr_decl
, &discr_lists
, &discr_lists_length
);
25033 if (discr_decl
!= NULL_TREE
)
25035 dw_die_ref discr_die
= lookup_decl_die (discr_decl
);
25038 add_AT_die_ref (variant_part_die
, DW_AT_discr
, discr_die
);
25040 /* We have no DIE for the discriminant, so just discard all
25041 discrimimant information in the output. */
25042 discr_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
25045 /* If the offset for this variant part is more complex than a constant,
25046 create a DWARF procedure for it so that we will not have to generate DWARF
25047 expressions for it for each member. */
25048 if (TREE_CODE (variant_part_offset
) != INTEGER_CST
25049 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
25051 const tree dwarf_proc_fndecl
25052 = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION
, FUNCTION_DECL
, NULL_TREE
,
25053 build_function_type (TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
25055 const tree dwarf_proc_call
= build_call_expr (dwarf_proc_fndecl
, 0);
25056 const dw_loc_descr_ref dwarf_proc_body
25057 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (variant_part_offset
, 0, &ctx
);
25059 dwarf_proc_die
= new_dwarf_proc_die (dwarf_proc_body
,
25060 dwarf_proc_fndecl
, context_die
);
25061 if (dwarf_proc_die
!= NULL
)
25062 variant_part_offset
= dwarf_proc_call
;
25065 /* Output DIEs for all variants. */
25067 for (tree variant
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_part_type
);
25068 variant
!= NULL_TREE
;
25069 variant
= DECL_CHAIN (variant
), ++i
)
25071 tree variant_type
= TREE_TYPE (variant
);
25072 dw_die_ref variant_die
;
25074 /* All variants (i.e. members of a variant part) are supposed to be
25075 encoded as structures. Sub-variant parts are QUAL_UNION_TYPE fields
25076 under these records. */
25077 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (variant_type
) == RECORD_TYPE
);
25079 variant_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variant
, variant_part_die
, variant_type
);
25080 equate_decl_number_to_die (variant
, variant_die
);
25082 /* Output discriminant values this variant matches, if any. */
25083 if (discr_decl
== NULL
|| discr_lists
[i
] == NULL
)
25084 /* In the case we have discriminant information at all, this is
25085 probably the default variant: as the standard says, don't
25086 output any discriminant value/list attribute. */
25088 else if (discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_next
== NULL
25089 && !discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_range
)
25090 /* If there is only one accepted value, don't bother outputting a
25092 add_discr_value (variant_die
, &discr_lists
[i
]->dw_discr_lower_bound
);
25094 add_discr_list (variant_die
, discr_lists
[i
]);
25096 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (variant_type
);
25097 member
!= NULL_TREE
;
25098 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25100 struct vlr_context vlr_sub_ctx
= {
25101 vlr_ctx
->struct_type
, /* struct_type */
25102 NULL
/* variant_part_offset */
25104 if (is_variant_part (member
))
25106 /* All offsets for fields inside variant parts are relative to
25107 the top-level embedding RECORD_TYPE's base address. On the
25108 other hand, offsets in GCC's types are relative to the
25109 nested-most variant part. So we have to sum offsets each time
25112 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
25113 = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (variant_part_offset
),
25114 variant_part_offset
, byte_position (member
));
25115 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
25119 vlr_sub_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= variant_part_offset
;
25120 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_sub_ctx
, variant_die
);
25125 free (discr_lists
);
25128 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
25131 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25134 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
25136 gcc_assert (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
) == type
);
25138 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
25139 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
25140 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
25141 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
25142 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
25143 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
25144 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
25145 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
25146 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
25147 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
25148 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
25150 /* First output info about the base classes. */
25151 if (binfo
&& early_dwarf
)
25153 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
25157 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
25158 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
25159 (accesses
? (*accesses
)[i
] : access_public_node
),
25164 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
25165 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25167 struct vlr_context vlr_ctx
= { type
, NULL_TREE
};
25168 bool static_inline_p
25169 = (TREE_STATIC (member
)
25170 && (lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (member
, DW_AT_inline
)
25173 /* Ignore clones. */
25174 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
25177 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
25178 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
25179 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
25180 do put them in the right order. */
25182 if (dw_die_ref child
= lookup_decl_die (member
))
25184 /* Handle inline static data members, which only have in-class
25186 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
25187 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25188 && child
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ())
25190 ref
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
25191 /* For C++17 inline static data members followed by redundant
25192 out of class redeclaration, we might get here with
25193 child being the DIE created for the out of class
25194 redeclaration and with its DW_AT_specification being
25195 the DIE created for in-class definition. We want to
25196 reparent the latter, and don't want to create another
25197 DIE with DW_AT_specification in that case, because
25198 we already have one. */
25201 && ref
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25202 && ref
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ()
25203 && get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_specification
) == NULL
)
25207 static_inline_p
= false;
25211 if (child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_variable
25212 && child
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ()
25215 reparent_child (child
, context_die
);
25216 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
25217 child
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_member
;
25220 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
25223 /* Do not generate standard DWARF for variant parts if we are generating
25224 the corresponding GNAT encodings: DIEs generated for both would
25225 conflict in our mappings. */
25226 else if (is_variant_part (member
)
25227 && gnat_encodings
== DWARF_GNAT_ENCODINGS_MINIMAL
)
25229 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= byte_position (member
);
25230 gen_variant_part (member
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25234 vlr_ctx
.variant_part_offset
= NULL_TREE
;
25235 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, &vlr_ctx
, context_die
);
25238 /* For C++ inline static data members emit immediately a DW_TAG_variable
25239 DIE that will refer to that DW_TAG_member/DW_TAG_variable through
25240 DW_AT_specification. */
25241 if (static_inline_p
)
25243 int old_extern
= DECL_EXTERNAL (member
);
25244 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = 0;
25245 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, NULL
, comp_unit_die ());
25246 DECL_EXTERNAL (member
) = old_extern
;
25251 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
25252 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
25253 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
25256 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25257 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25259 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25261 /* Fill in the bound of variable-length fields in late dwarf if
25262 still incomplete. */
25263 if (!early_dwarf
&& variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25264 for (tree member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
25266 member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
25267 fill_variable_array_bounds (TREE_TYPE (member
));
25271 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25272 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
25274 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
25275 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25276 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
25277 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
25278 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
25280 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
25283 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25284 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25285 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
25288 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25290 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
25291 if (!type_die
&& debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25292 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type
);
25294 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& is_cu_die (scope_die
)))
25295 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
25297 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
25299 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
25300 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
25302 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25304 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
25306 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
25309 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
25311 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
25312 then give a list of members. */
25313 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
25315 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
25316 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
25317 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25318 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25319 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, type
);
25320 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
25322 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25323 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
25326 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
25327 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
25328 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25329 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
25331 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
25333 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, context_die
);
25334 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type
))
25335 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
25337 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
25338 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
25340 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
25342 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
25343 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
25344 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
25349 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
25351 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
25352 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
25353 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
25354 vec_safe_push (incomplete_types
, type
);
25357 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25358 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
25361 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
25364 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25366 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
25367 dw_die_ref subr_die
25368 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
25369 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
25371 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
25372 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25373 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, TYPE_UNQUALIFIED
, false,
25375 add_alignment_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
25376 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
25378 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25379 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
25380 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25381 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
, DW_AT_reference
) != -1)
25382 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_reference
, 1);
25383 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
25384 && lang_hooks
.types
.type_dwarf_attribute (type
,
25385 DW_AT_rvalue_reference
) != -1)
25386 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_rvalue_reference
, 1);
25389 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
25392 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25394 dw_die_ref type_die
;
25397 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
25399 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25400 fill_variable_array_bounds (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
));
25404 /* As we avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs (see decl_ultimate_origin
25405 checks in process_scope_var and modified_type_die), this should be called
25406 only for original types. */
25407 gcc_assert (decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == NULL
25408 || decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) == decl
);
25410 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
25411 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
25413 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
25414 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
25416 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
25417 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25420 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25421 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
25425 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
25426 if (type
== error_mark_node
)
25429 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25431 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
25432 an anonymous type, e.g:
25433 typedef struct {...} foo;
25434 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
25435 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
25436 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
25439 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
25440 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
25441 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
25442 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
25443 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
25444 anonymous struct DIE. */
25445 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25446 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25448 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
25449 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
25450 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
25451 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
25452 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
25453 this debug info. */
25454 add_linkage_name_raw (lookup_type_die (type
), decl
);
25458 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, decl_quals (decl
), false,
25461 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
25462 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
25463 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
25465 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25467 add_alignment_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
25469 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
25471 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
))
25472 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
25474 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
25475 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
25478 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
25481 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
25482 dw_die_ref context_die
,
25483 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25485 if (type
== NULL_TREE
25486 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
25489 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25491 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
25492 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
25493 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
25494 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
25495 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
25496 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
25497 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
25498 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
25499 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
25501 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
25503 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25506 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
25507 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25509 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
25510 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
25512 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
25513 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
25514 decls_for_scope. */
25515 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
25516 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
25518 if (context_die
&& is_declaration_die (context_die
))
25519 context_die
= NULL
;
25522 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
25524 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
25526 /* This might have been written out by the call to
25527 declare_in_namespace. */
25528 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25529 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25532 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25534 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
25535 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
25536 when appropriate. */
25539 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
25542 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
25543 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
25545 struct array_descr_info info
;
25547 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
25550 if (flag_checking
&& type
)
25551 verify_type (type
);
25553 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL_TREE
25554 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
25555 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type
))
25556 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25557 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
25558 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
25559 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
25561 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
));
25563 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
25564 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
25565 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
25567 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25570 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
25571 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (name
);
25572 if (origin
!= NULL
&& origin
!= name
)
25574 gen_decl_die (origin
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25578 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
25579 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
);
25581 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25582 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25584 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25586 gen_decl_die (name
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25590 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
25591 generate debug info for the typedef. */
25592 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
25594 /* Give typedefs the right scope. */
25595 context_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
25597 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
25601 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type
)
25603 tree debug_type
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_debug_type (type
);
25605 if (debug_type
!= NULL_TREE
&& debug_type
!= type
)
25607 gen_type_die_with_usage (debug_type
, context_die
, usage
);
25612 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
25613 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
25614 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
25615 now. (Vectors and arrays are special because the debugging info is in the
25616 cloned type itself. Similarly function/method types can contain extra
25617 ref-qualification). */
25618 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
25619 || TREE_CODE (type
) == METHOD_TYPE
)
25621 /* For function/method types, can't use type_main_variant here,
25622 because that can have different ref-qualifiers for C++,
25623 but try to canonicalize. */
25624 tree main
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
25625 for (tree t
= main
; t
; t
= TYPE_NEXT_VARIANT (t
))
25626 if (TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (t
) == 0
25627 && check_base_type (t
, main
)
25628 && check_lang_type (t
, type
))
25634 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
25635 && TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
)
25636 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
25638 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
25639 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
25640 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
)
25642 memset (&info
, 0, sizeof (info
));
25643 if (lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
))
25645 /* Fortran sometimes emits array types with no dimension. */
25646 gcc_assert (info
.ndimensions
>= 0
25647 && (info
.ndimensions
25648 <= DWARF2OUT_ARRAY_DESCR_INFO_MAX_DIMEN
));
25649 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
25650 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25655 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
25657 /* Variable-length types may be incomplete even if
25658 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN. For such types, fall through to
25659 gen_array_type_die() and possibly fill in
25660 DW_AT_{upper,lower}_bound attributes. */
25661 if ((TREE_CODE (type
) != ARRAY_TYPE
25662 && TREE_CODE (type
) != RECORD_TYPE
25663 && TREE_CODE (type
) != UNION_TYPE
25664 && TREE_CODE (type
) != QUAL_UNION_TYPE
)
25665 || !variably_modified_type_p (type
, NULL
))
25669 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
25675 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
25676 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
25677 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
25678 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
25679 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
25681 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25683 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
25684 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
25685 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25686 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25690 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
25691 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
25692 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
25693 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25695 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
25696 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25697 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
25699 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
25701 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25704 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
25705 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25706 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25707 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25708 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25712 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
25713 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
25714 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25715 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25720 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
25723 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
25726 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
25727 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
25733 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
25736 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
25741 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
25743 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25744 if (type_die
== NULL
)
25746 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25747 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die (),
25749 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25750 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
25756 if (is_cxx_auto (type
))
25758 tree name
= TYPE_IDENTIFIER (type
);
25759 dw_die_ref
*die
= (name
== get_identifier ("auto")
25760 ? &auto_die
: &decltype_auto_die
);
25763 *die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
,
25764 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
25765 add_name_attribute (*die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
25767 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, *die
);
25770 gcc_unreachable ();
25773 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
25777 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25779 if (type
!= error_mark_node
)
25781 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
25784 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
25791 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
25792 things which are local to the given block. */
25795 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25797 int must_output_die
= 0;
25800 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
25801 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25804 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
25806 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
25807 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
25808 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
25809 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
25813 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
25814 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
);
25819 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
25822 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
25823 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
25824 must_output_die
= 1;
25825 else if (lookup_block_die (stmt
))
25826 /* If we already have a DIE then it was filled early. Meanwhile
25827 we might have pruned all BLOCK_VARS as optimized out but we
25828 still want to generate high/low PC attributes so output it. */
25829 must_output_die
= 1;
25830 else if (TREE_USED (stmt
)
25831 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
25833 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
25834 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
25835 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25837 /* We are not in terse mode so any local declaration that
25838 is not ignored for debug purposes counts as being a
25839 "significant" one. */
25840 if (BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
25841 must_output_die
= 1;
25843 for (tree var
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); var
; var
= DECL_CHAIN (var
))
25844 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (var
))
25846 must_output_die
= 1;
25850 else if (!dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
25851 must_output_die
= 1;
25854 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
25855 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
25856 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
25857 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
25858 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
25859 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
25860 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
25861 if (must_output_die
)
25864 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25866 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
);
25869 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
);
25872 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
25873 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
25875 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
25878 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
25880 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25881 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25882 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
)
25884 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
25885 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
25887 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
25888 /* Avoid re-creating the DIE late if it was optimized as unused early. */
25889 if (! die
&& ! early_dwarf
)
25895 /* Avoid creating DIEs for local typedefs and concrete static variables that
25896 will only be pruned later. */
25897 if ((origin
|| decl_ultimate_origin (decl
))
25898 && (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
25899 || (VAR_P (decl_or_origin
) && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
))))
25901 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
25902 if (decl
&& VAR_P (decl
) && die
!= NULL
)
25904 die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
25906 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, die
);
25911 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25912 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25913 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
25916 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
25917 stmt
, context_die
);
25921 if (decl
&& DECL_P (decl
))
25923 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
25925 /* Early created DIEs do not have a parent as the decls refer
25926 to the function as DECL_CONTEXT rather than the BLOCK. */
25927 if (die
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
25929 gcc_assert (in_lto_p
);
25930 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
25934 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, NULL
, context_die
);
25938 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
25939 all of its sub-blocks. */
25942 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, bool recurse
)
25948 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
25949 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
25952 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
25953 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
25954 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
25955 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. We don't
25956 have to do this if we're at -g1. */
25957 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
25959 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
25960 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25961 /* BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARs simply generate DIE stubs with abstract
25962 origin - avoid doing this twice as we have no good way to see
25963 if we've done it once already. */
25965 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
25967 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
);
25968 if (decl
== current_function_decl
)
25969 /* Ignore declarations of the current function, while they
25970 are declarations, gen_subprogram_die would treat them
25971 as definitions again, because they are equal to
25972 current_function_decl and endlessly recurse. */;
25973 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
25974 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
25976 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL_TREE
, decl
, context_die
);
25980 /* Even if we're at -g1, we need to process the subblocks in order to get
25981 inlined call information. */
25983 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
25984 therein) of this block. */
25986 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
25988 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
25989 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
);
25992 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
25995 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
25997 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
26000 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
26001 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
26002 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
26003 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
26004 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
26005 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
26011 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
26012 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
26015 typedef struct {...} foo;
26017 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
26018 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
26022 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
26024 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
26025 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
26026 || DECL_NAMELESS (decl
)
26027 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
26028 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
26029 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
26030 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
26031 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
26032 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
26036 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
26037 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
26038 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
26039 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
26042 /* Looks up the DIE for a context. */
26044 static inline dw_die_ref
26045 lookup_context_die (tree context
)
26049 /* Find die that represents this context. */
26050 if (TYPE_P (context
))
26052 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
26053 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_type_die (context
);
26056 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, ctx
);
26059 return lookup_decl_die (context
);
26061 return comp_unit_die ();
26064 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
26066 static inline dw_die_ref
26067 get_context_die (tree context
)
26071 /* Find die that represents this context. */
26072 if (TYPE_P (context
))
26074 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
);
26075 return strip_naming_typedef (context
, force_type_die (context
));
26078 return force_decl_die (context
);
26080 return comp_unit_die ();
26083 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
26086 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
26088 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
26089 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
26090 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
26091 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26094 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26096 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26100 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
26102 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26103 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
26104 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
26105 declaration die. */
26106 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
26107 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
26108 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
26109 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
26113 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
26114 gen_decl_die() call. */
26115 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
26116 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
26117 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
26118 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
26121 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26122 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26123 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26125 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
26126 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26129 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
:
26130 decl_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26134 gcc_unreachable ();
26137 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
26139 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26140 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
26146 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
26147 always returned. */
26150 force_type_die (tree type
)
26152 dw_die_ref type_die
;
26154 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
26157 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
26159 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_QUALS_NO_ADDR_SPACE (type
),
26160 false, context_die
);
26161 gcc_assert (type_die
);
26166 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
26167 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
26170 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26172 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
26173 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
26174 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26175 /* Force out the namespace. */
26176 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
26178 return context_die
;
26181 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
26182 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
26184 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
26185 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope, with
26186 DW_AT_specification pointing to the declaration (like with class
26190 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26192 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
26194 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26195 return context_die
;
26197 /* External declarations in the local scope only need to be emitted
26198 once, not once in the namespace and once in the scope.
26200 This avoids declaring the `extern' below in the
26201 namespace DIE as well as in the innermost scope:
26214 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_EXTERNAL (thing
) && local_scope_p (context_die
))
26215 return context_die
;
26217 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
26218 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
26219 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
26220 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
26221 return context_die
;
26223 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
26225 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
26227 if (is_fortran () || is_dlang ())
26229 if (DECL_P (thing
))
26230 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, NULL
, ns_context
);
26232 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
26234 return context_die
;
26237 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
26240 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
26242 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
26244 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
26245 they are an alias of. */
26246 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
26248 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
26249 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26250 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran () || is_dlang ()
26251 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
26252 context_die
, decl
);
26253 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
26254 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26256 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
26258 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
26261 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26262 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
26263 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26264 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26268 /* Output a namespace alias. */
26270 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
26271 dw_die_ref origin_die
26272 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26274 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl
)
26275 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26276 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die ());
26277 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
26278 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
26279 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
26280 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
26281 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
26283 if ((dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
)
26284 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26285 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26286 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_export_symbols
, 1);
26288 /* Bypass dwarf2_name's check for DECL_NAMELESS. */
26289 if (want_pubnames ())
26290 add_pubname_string (lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, 1), namespace_die
);
26293 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
26294 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
26295 for all other decls it returns NULL.
26297 If DECL is a FIELD_DECL, CTX is required: see the comment for VLR_CONTEXT.
26298 It can be NULL otherwise. */
26301 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, struct vlr_context
*ctx
,
26302 dw_die_ref context_die
)
26304 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
26305 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
26307 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
26310 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
26316 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26318 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
26319 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
26323 /* Emit its type. */
26324 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26326 /* And its containing namespace. */
26327 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26329 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
26332 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26335 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
26336 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
26337 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
26338 /* This is only a declaration. */;
26341 /* We should have abstract copies already and should not generate
26342 stray type DIEs in late LTO dumping. */
26346 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
26347 else if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
26348 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
26349 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
26350 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
26352 /* If we're emitting a possibly inlined function emit it as
26353 abstract instance. */
26354 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
26355 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT_P (decl
)
26356 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
26357 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
26358 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
26359 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
26360 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26361 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
26363 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
26364 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26366 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
26367 have its containing type. */
26369 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
26370 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26371 gen_type_die (origin
, context_die
);
26373 /* And its return type. */
26374 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
26376 /* And its virtual context. */
26377 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26378 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26380 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
26381 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26382 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
26384 /* And its containing namespace. */
26385 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
26388 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
26390 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
26394 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26395 actual typedefs. */
26396 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26399 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
26400 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
26401 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
26402 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
26403 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
26404 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
26405 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
26406 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
26407 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
26409 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
26412 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
26413 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
26415 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
26416 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
26420 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
26421 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
26426 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26427 variable declarations or definitions. */
26428 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26431 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26432 All types have been dumped early. */
26434 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26435 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26436 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26437 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26438 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26439 in VLA bound information for example. */
26440 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26441 current_function_decl
)))
26443 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
26445 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
26446 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26448 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26453 /* And its containing type. */
26454 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
26455 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
26456 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26458 /* And its containing namespace. */
26459 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
26462 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
26463 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
26464 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
26466 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
26467 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
26468 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
26469 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26470 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26473 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
26477 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
&& ctx
->struct_type
!= NULL
);
26478 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
26479 anonymous unions and structs. */
26480 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
26481 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
26482 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
26484 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
26485 gen_field_die (decl
, ctx
, context_die
);
26490 /* Avoid generating stray type DIEs during late dwarf dumping.
26491 All types have been dumped early. */
26493 /* ??? But in LTRANS we cannot annotate early created variably
26494 modified type DIEs without copying them and adjusting all
26495 references to them. Dump them again as happens for inlining
26496 which copies both the decl and the types. */
26497 /* ??? And even non-LTO needs to re-visit type DIEs to fill
26498 in VLA bound information for example. */
26499 || (decl
&& variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl
),
26500 current_function_decl
)))
26502 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
26503 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
26505 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
26507 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
26508 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
26511 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26512 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26513 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
26516 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26517 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, DECL_NAME (decl
),
26518 DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
26521 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26522 gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
), context_die
,
26523 NAMELIST_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
));
26527 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
26528 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
26535 /* Output initial debug information for global DECL. Called at the
26536 end of the parsing process.
26538 This is the initial debug generation process. As such, the DIEs
26539 generated may be incomplete. A later debug generation pass
26540 (dwarf2out_late_global_decl) will augment the information generated
26541 in this pass (e.g., with complete location info). */
26544 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (tree decl
)
26548 /* gen_decl_die() will set DECL_ABSTRACT because
26549 cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p() returns true. This is in
26550 turn will cause DW_AT_inline attributes to be set.
26552 This happens because at early dwarf generation, there is no
26553 cgraph information, causing cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26554 to return true. Trick cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p()
26555 while we generate dwarf early. */
26556 bool save
= symtab
->global_info_ready
;
26557 symtab
->global_info_ready
= true;
26559 /* We don't handle TYPE_DECLs. If required, they'll be reached via
26560 other DECLs and they can point to template types or other things
26561 that dwarf2out can't handle when done via dwarf2out_decl. */
26562 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
26563 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
26565 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
26567 tree save_fndecl
= current_function_decl
;
26569 /* For nested functions, make sure we have DIEs for the parents first
26570 so that all nested DIEs are generated at the proper scope in the
26572 tree context
= decl_function_context (decl
);
26573 if (context
!= NULL
)
26575 dw_die_ref context_die
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
26576 current_function_decl
= context
;
26578 /* Avoid emitting DIEs multiple times, but still process CONTEXT
26579 enough so that it lands in its own context. This avoids type
26580 pruning issues later on. */
26581 if (context_die
== NULL
|| is_declaration_die (context_die
))
26582 dwarf2out_early_global_decl (context
);
26585 /* Emit an abstract origin of a function first. This happens
26586 with C++ constructor clones for example and makes
26587 dwarf2out_abstract_function happy which requires the early
26588 DIE of the abstract instance to be present. */
26589 tree origin
= DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
26590 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
26592 /* Do not emit the DIE multiple times but make sure to
26593 process it fully here in case we just saw a declaration. */
26594 && ((origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
)) == NULL
26595 || is_declaration_die (origin_die
)))
26597 current_function_decl
= origin
;
26598 dwarf2out_decl (origin
);
26601 /* Emit the DIE for decl but avoid doing that multiple times. */
26602 dw_die_ref old_die
;
26603 if ((old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
)) == NULL
26604 || is_declaration_die (old_die
))
26606 current_function_decl
= decl
;
26607 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26610 current_function_decl
= save_fndecl
;
26613 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26615 symtab
->global_info_ready
= save
;
26618 /* Return whether EXPR is an expression with the following pattern:
26619 INDIRECT_REF (NOP_EXPR (INTEGER_CST)). */
26622 is_trivial_indirect_ref (tree expr
)
26624 if (expr
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (expr
) != INDIRECT_REF
)
26627 tree nop
= TREE_OPERAND (expr
, 0);
26628 if (nop
== NULL_TREE
|| TREE_CODE (nop
) != NOP_EXPR
)
26631 tree int_cst
= TREE_OPERAND (nop
, 0);
26632 return int_cst
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (int_cst
) == INTEGER_CST
;
26635 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from
26636 toplev.c after compilation proper has finished. */
26639 dwarf2out_late_global_decl (tree decl
)
26641 /* Fill-in any location information we were unable to determine
26642 on the first pass. */
26645 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26647 /* We may have to generate early debug late for LTO in case debug
26648 was not enabled at compile-time or the target doesn't support
26649 the LTO early debug scheme. */
26650 if (! die
&& in_lto_p
)
26652 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26653 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26658 /* We get called via the symtab code invoking late_global_decl
26659 for symbols that are optimized out.
26661 Do not add locations for those, except if they have a
26662 DECL_VALUE_EXPR, in which case they are relevant for debuggers.
26663 Still don't add a location if the DECL_VALUE_EXPR is not a trivial
26664 INDIRECT_REF expression, as this could generate relocations to
26665 text symbols in LTO object files, which is invalid. */
26666 varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node::get (decl
);
26667 if ((! node
|| ! node
->definition
)
26668 && ! (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
26669 && is_trivial_indirect_ref (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
))))
26670 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
26672 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
, false);
26677 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
26678 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
26680 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
26685 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26689 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26690 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
26691 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
26692 that DECL belongs to.
26693 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
26695 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
26697 tree lexical_block
,
26698 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
26700 expanded_location xloc
;
26701 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
26702 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
26704 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
26706 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
26707 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
26711 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
26713 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
26715 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26716 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
26717 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
26718 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
26719 if (!at_import_die
)
26721 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
26722 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
26723 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
26724 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
26729 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26730 if (!at_import_die
)
26732 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
26733 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
26734 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
26736 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
26738 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
26739 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
26740 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
26741 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26743 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
26744 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
26746 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMELIST_DECL
)
26747 at_import_die
= gen_namelist_decl (DECL_NAME (decl
),
26748 get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)),
26751 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
26755 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
26757 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
26758 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
26765 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
26769 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
26770 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
26771 if (debug_column_info
&& xloc
.column
)
26772 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_column
, xloc
.column
);
26774 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
26775 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26776 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
26779 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
26780 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
26781 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
26782 importing whole module.
26783 IMPLICIT is set if this hook is called for an implicit import
26784 such as inline namespace. */
26787 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
26788 bool child
, bool implicit
)
26790 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
26791 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
26793 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26798 /* For DWARF5, just DW_AT_export_symbols on the DW_TAG_namespace
26799 should be enough, for DWARF4 and older even if we emit as extension
26800 DW_AT_export_symbols add the implicit DW_TAG_imported_module anyway
26801 for the benefit of consumers unaware of DW_AT_export_symbols. */
26803 && dwarf_version
>= 5
26804 && lang_hooks
.decls
.decl_dwarf_attribute (decl
,
26805 DW_AT_export_symbols
) == 1)
26810 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
26811 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
26814 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
26815 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
26817 && TYPE_P (context
)
26818 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
26821 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
26825 /* DW_TAG_imported_module was introduced in the DWARFv3 specification, so
26826 there is nothing we can do, here. */
26827 if (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
)
26830 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
26831 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
26832 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
26833 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
26836 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
26837 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
26840 /* Output debug information for namelists. */
26843 gen_namelist_decl (tree name
, dw_die_ref scope_die
, tree item_decls
)
26845 dw_die_ref nml_die
, nml_item_die
, nml_item_ref_die
;
26849 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26852 gcc_assert (scope_die
!= NULL
);
26853 nml_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist
, scope_die
, NULL
);
26854 add_AT_string (nml_die
, DW_AT_name
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
26856 /* If there are no item_decls, we have a nondefining namelist, e.g.
26857 with USE association; hence, set DW_AT_declaration. */
26858 if (item_decls
== NULL_TREE
)
26860 add_AT_flag (nml_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
26864 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (item_decls
), i
, value
)
26866 nml_item_ref_die
= lookup_decl_die (value
);
26867 if (!nml_item_ref_die
)
26868 nml_item_ref_die
= force_decl_die (value
);
26870 nml_item_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_namelist_item
, nml_die
, NULL
);
26871 add_AT_die_ref (nml_item_die
, DW_AT_namelist_items
, nml_item_ref_die
);
26877 /* Write the debugging output for DECL and return the DIE. */
26880 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
26882 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die ();
26884 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
26889 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
26890 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
26891 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
26892 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE.
26893 Avoid doing this late though since clones of class methods may
26894 otherwise end up in limbo and create type DIEs late. */
26896 && decl_function_context (decl
)
26897 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
26898 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26899 context_die
= NULL
;
26903 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
26904 if (local_function_static (decl
))
26905 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26907 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
26908 variable declarations or definitions. */
26909 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26914 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26916 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada () && !is_dlang ())
26918 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
26919 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
26922 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
26923 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
26924 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26926 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
26931 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
26932 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
26935 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
26936 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
26937 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
26940 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
26941 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
26944 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
26945 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
26946 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
26947 context_die
= NULL
;
26951 case NAMELIST_DECL
:
26958 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, NULL
, context_die
);
26962 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
26968 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
26971 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
26973 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
26974 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
26975 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
26976 call_site_count
= -1;
26977 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
26978 decl_loc_table
->empty ();
26979 cached_dw_loc_list_table
->empty ();
26982 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
26983 a lexical block. */
26986 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
26987 unsigned int blocknum
)
26989 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
26990 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
26993 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
26997 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
26999 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
27000 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
27003 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
27004 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
27006 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
27007 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
27008 we may end up calling them anyway. */
27011 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
27016 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
27017 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
27018 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
27020 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
27022 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
27023 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
27024 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
27031 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
27034 dwarf_file_hasher::equal (dwarf_file_data
*p1
, const char *p2
)
27036 return filename_cmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
27040 dwarf_file_hasher::hash (dwarf_file_data
*p
)
27042 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
27045 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
27046 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
27047 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
27048 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
27049 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
27050 and .debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
27051 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
27052 available unique index number. */
27054 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
27055 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
27057 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
27062 dwarf_file_data
**slot
27063 = file_table
->find_slot_with_hash (file_name
, htab_hash_string (file_name
),
27068 created
= ggc_alloc
<dwarf_file_data
> ();
27069 created
->filename
= file_name
;
27070 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
27075 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
27076 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
27077 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
27078 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
27079 types, which may include filenames. */
27082 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
27084 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
27086 if (last_emitted_file
)
27087 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
27089 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
27090 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
27092 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27094 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
27095 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
27096 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
27097 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27101 return fd
->emitted_number
;
27104 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
27105 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
27106 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
27109 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
27111 die_arg_entry entry
;
27116 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
27118 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
27119 vec_alloc (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, 32);
27123 vec_safe_push (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, entry
);
27126 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
27130 generic_type_p (tree t
)
27132 if (t
== NULL_TREE
|| !TYPE_P (t
))
27134 return lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
) != NULL_TREE
;
27137 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
27138 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
27139 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
27142 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t
)
27144 if (!generic_type_p (t
))
27147 gcc_assert (early_dwarf
);
27149 if (!generic_type_instances
)
27150 vec_alloc (generic_type_instances
, 256);
27152 vec_safe_push (generic_type_instances
, t
);
27155 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
27156 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
27157 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
27160 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
27162 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
27167 /* We do this in two phases - first get the cases we can
27168 handle during early-finish, preserving those we cannot
27169 (containing symbolic constants where we don't yet know
27170 whether we are going to output the referenced symbols).
27171 For those we try again at late-finish. */
27173 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
)
27175 if (!e
->die
->removed
27176 && !tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
))
27178 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
= NULL
;
27180 && (dwarf_version
>= 5 || !dwarf_strict
))
27181 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (e
->arg
, 2, NULL
);
27183 add_AT_loc (e
->die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
27185 (*tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)[j
++] = *e
;
27188 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
->truncate (j
);
27192 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
27193 that have been previously scheduled by
27194 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
27195 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
27198 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
27203 if (!generic_type_instances
)
27206 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*generic_type_instances
, i
, t
)
27207 if (COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
))
27208 gen_generic_params_dies (t
);
27210 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
27214 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
27217 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
27220 dw_attr_node
*attr
;
27223 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
27227 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
27231 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
27234 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
27236 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
27237 /* replace the string. */
27238 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
27242 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
27245 /* True if before or during processing of the first function being emitted. */
27246 static bool in_first_function_p
= true;
27247 /* True if loc_note during dwarf2out_var_location call might still be
27248 before first real instruction at address equal to .Ltext0. */
27249 static bool maybe_at_text_label_p
= true;
27250 /* One above highest N where .LVLN label might be equal to .Ltext0 label. */
27251 static unsigned int first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
;
27253 /* Look ahead for a real insn, or for a begin stmt marker. */
27256 dwarf2out_next_real_insn (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27258 rtx_insn
*next_real
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27261 if (INSN_P (next_real
))
27264 next_real
= NEXT_INSN (next_real
);
27269 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
27270 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
27271 our lookup table. */
27274 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx_insn
*loc_note
)
27276 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
27277 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
27278 rtx_insn
*next_real
, *next_note
;
27279 rtx_insn
*call_insn
= NULL
;
27280 static const char *last_label
;
27281 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
27282 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
27283 static rtx_insn
*expected_next_loc_note
;
27286 var_loc_view view
= 0;
27288 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note
))
27290 if (CALL_P (loc_note
))
27292 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27294 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27295 tail_call_site_count
++;
27296 if (find_reg_note (loc_note
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
))
27298 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27302 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27304 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27307 if (optimize
== 0 && !flag_var_tracking
)
27309 /* When the var-tracking pass is not running, there is no note
27310 for indirect calls whose target is compile-time known. In this
27311 case, process such calls specifically so that we generate call
27312 sites for them anyway. */
27313 rtx x
= PATTERN (loc_note
);
27314 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PARALLEL
)
27315 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
27316 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SET
)
27318 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CALL
)
27321 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
27322 || !SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27323 || (TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27326 call_insn
= loc_note
;
27330 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (call_insn
);
27332 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27337 else if (!debug_variable_location_views
)
27338 gcc_unreachable ();
27340 maybe_reset_location_view (loc_note
, cur_line_info_table
);
27345 var_loc_p
= NOTE_KIND (loc_note
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
;
27346 if (var_loc_p
&& !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
27349 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
27350 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
27351 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
27352 calculation for next time. */
27353 next_real
= cached_next_real_insn
;
27356 if (expected_next_loc_note
!= loc_note
)
27360 next_note
= NEXT_INSN (loc_note
);
27362 || next_note
->deleted ()
27363 || ! NOTE_P (next_note
)
27364 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
27365 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_BEGIN_STMT
27366 && NOTE_KIND (next_note
) != NOTE_INSN_INLINE_ENTRY
))
27370 next_real
= dwarf2out_next_real_insn (loc_note
);
27374 expected_next_loc_note
= next_note
;
27375 cached_next_real_insn
= next_real
;
27378 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
27380 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
27381 don't do anything. */
27383 && next_real
== NULL_RTX
27384 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27389 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
27390 next_real
= get_last_insn ();
27392 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
27393 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
27394 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
27395 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
27396 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
27397 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
27400 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
27406 = NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
) ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
;
27407 view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27408 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
27409 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
, label
, view
);
27410 if (newloc
== NULL
)
27419 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
27420 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
27421 create a new label and emit it. */
27422 if (last_label
== NULL
)
27424 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27425 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
27427 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27428 /* See if loclabel might be equal to .Ltext0. If yes,
27429 bump first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label. */
27430 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
27431 && in_first_function_p
27432 && maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27434 static rtx_insn
*last_start
;
27436 for (insn
= loc_note
; insn
; insn
= previous_insn (insn
))
27437 if (insn
== last_start
)
27439 else if (!NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
27443 rtx body
= PATTERN (insn
);
27444 if (GET_CODE (body
) == USE
|| GET_CODE (body
) == CLOBBER
)
27446 /* Inline asm could occupy zero bytes. */
27447 else if (GET_CODE (body
) == ASM_INPUT
27448 || asm_noperands (body
) >= 0)
27450 #ifdef HAVE_ATTR_length /* ??? We don't include insn-attr.h. */
27451 else if (HAVE_ATTR_length
&& get_attr_min_length (insn
) == 0)
27456 /* Assume insn has non-zero length. */
27457 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27461 if (maybe_at_text_label_p
)
27463 last_start
= loc_note
;
27464 first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
= loclabel_num
;
27469 gcc_assert ((loc_note
== NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
27470 || (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& call_insn
== NULL_RTX
));
27474 struct call_arg_loc_node
*ca_loc
27475 = ggc_cleared_alloc
<call_arg_loc_node
> ();
27476 rtx_insn
*prev
= call_insn
;
27478 ca_loc
->call_arg_loc_note
27479 = find_reg_note (call_insn
, REG_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, NULL_RTX
);
27480 ca_loc
->next
= NULL
;
27481 ca_loc
->label
= last_label
;
27484 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev
)
27485 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev
)) == SEQUENCE
27486 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev
), 0, 0)))));
27487 if (!CALL_P (prev
))
27488 prev
= as_a
<rtx_sequence
*> (PATTERN (prev
))->insn (0);
27489 ca_loc
->tail_call_p
= SIBLING_CALL_P (prev
);
27491 /* Look for a SYMBOL_REF in the "prev" instruction. */
27492 rtx x
= get_call_rtx_from (PATTERN (prev
));
27495 /* Try to get the call symbol, if any. */
27496 if (MEM_P (XEXP (x
, 0)))
27498 /* First, look for a memory access to a symbol_ref. */
27499 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
27500 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))
27501 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (x
, 0))) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27502 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (x
, 0);
27503 /* Otherwise, look at a compile-time known user-level function
27507 && TREE_CODE (MEM_EXPR (x
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
27508 ca_loc
->symbol_ref
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (MEM_EXPR (x
)), 0);
27511 ca_loc
->block
= insn_scope (prev
);
27512 if (call_arg_locations
)
27513 call_arg_loc_last
->next
= ca_loc
;
27515 call_arg_locations
= ca_loc
;
27516 call_arg_loc_last
= ca_loc
;
27518 else if (loc_note
!= NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
27520 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
27521 newloc
->view
= view
;
27525 if (!last_postcall_label
)
27527 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
27528 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
27530 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
27531 /* ??? This view is at last_label, not last_label-1, but we
27532 could only assume view at last_label-1 is zero if we could
27533 assume calls always have length greater than one. This is
27534 probably true in general, though there might be a rare
27535 exception to this rule, e.g. if a call insn is optimized out
27536 by target magic. Then, even the -1 in the label will be
27537 wrong, which might invalidate the range. Anyway, using view,
27538 though technically possibly incorrect, will work as far as
27539 ranges go: since L-1 is in the middle of the call insn,
27540 (L-1).0 and (L-1).V shouldn't make any difference, and having
27541 the loclist entry refer to the .loc entry might be useful, so
27542 leave it like this. */
27543 newloc
->view
= view
;
27546 if (var_loc_p
&& flag_debug_asm
)
27548 const char *name
, *sep
, *patstr
;
27549 if (decl
&& DECL_NAME (decl
))
27550 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
));
27553 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
))
27556 patstr
= str_pattern_slim (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
));
27563 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s DEBUG %s%s%s\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27564 name
, sep
, patstr
);
27567 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
27568 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
27571 /* Check whether BLOCK, a lexical block, is nested within OUTER, or is
27572 OUTER itself. If BOTHWAYS, check not only that BLOCK can reach
27573 OUTER through BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT links, but also that there is a
27574 path from OUTER to BLOCK through BLOCK_SUBBLOCKs and
27575 BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN links. */
27577 block_within_block_p (tree block
, tree outer
, bool bothways
)
27579 if (block
== outer
)
27582 /* Quickly check that OUTER is up BLOCK's supercontext chain. */
27583 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
);
27585 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27586 if (!context
|| TREE_CODE (context
) != BLOCK
)
27592 /* Now check that each block is actually referenced by its
27594 for (tree context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block
); ;
27595 context
= BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (context
))
27597 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
))
27599 gcc_assert (!BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
));
27600 context
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (context
);
27602 for (tree sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (context
);
27604 sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
27607 if (context
== outer
)
27614 /* Called during final while assembling the marker of the entry point
27615 for an inlined function. */
27618 dwarf2out_inline_entry (tree block
)
27620 gcc_assert (debug_inline_points
);
27622 /* If we can't represent it, don't bother. */
27623 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
27626 gcc_assert (DECL_P (block_ultimate_origin (block
)));
27628 /* Sanity check the block tree. This would catch a case in which
27629 BLOCK got removed from the tree reachable from the outermost
27630 lexical block, but got retained in markers. It would still link
27631 back to its parents, but some ancestor would be missing a link
27632 down the path to the sub BLOCK. If the block got removed, its
27633 BLOCK_NUMBER will not be a usable value. */
27635 gcc_assert (block_within_block_p (block
,
27636 DECL_INITIAL (current_function_decl
),
27639 gcc_assert (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (block
));
27640 gcc_assert (!lookup_block_die (block
));
27642 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
))
27643 block
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (block
);
27644 /* Can the entry point ever not be at the beginning of an
27645 unfragmented lexical block? */
27646 else if (!(BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (block
)
27647 || (cur_line_info_table
27648 && !ZERO_VIEW_P (cur_line_info_table
->view
))))
27651 if (!inline_entry_data_table
)
27652 inline_entry_data_table
27653 = hash_table
<inline_entry_data_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
27656 inline_entry_data
**iedp
27657 = inline_entry_data_table
->find_slot_with_hash (block
,
27658 htab_hash_pointer (block
),
27661 /* ??? Ideally, we'd record all entry points for the same inlined
27662 function (some may have been duplicated by e.g. unrolling), but
27663 we have no way to represent that ATM. */
27666 inline_entry_data
*ied
= *iedp
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<inline_entry_data
> ();
27667 ied
->block
= block
;
27668 ied
->label_pfx
= BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
;
27669 ied
->label_num
= BLOCK_NUMBER (block
);
27670 if (cur_line_info_table
)
27671 ied
->view
= cur_line_info_table
->view
;
27673 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_INLINE_ENTRY_LABEL
,
27676 BLOCK_NUMBER (block
));
27677 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
27680 /* Called from finalize_size_functions for size functions so that their body
27681 can be encoded in the debug info to describe the layout of variable-length
27685 dwarf2out_size_function (tree decl
)
27687 function_to_dwarf_procedure (decl
);
27690 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
27693 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (var_loc_list
**slot
, void *)
27695 var_loc_list
*list
= *slot
;
27697 list
->last_before_switch
27698 = list
->last
->next
? list
->last
->next
: list
->last
;
27702 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
27705 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
27707 if (decl_loc_table
== NULL
)
27710 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<void *, var_location_switch_text_section_1
> (NULL
);
27713 /* Create a new line number table. */
27715 static dw_line_info_table
*
27716 new_line_info_table (void)
27718 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27720 table
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<dw_line_info_table
> ();
27721 table
->file_num
= 1;
27722 table
->line_num
= 1;
27723 table
->is_stmt
= DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
;
27724 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (table
->view
);
27725 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
27730 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
27731 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
27734 set_cur_line_info_table (section
*sec
)
27736 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27738 if (sec
== text_section
)
27739 table
= text_section_line_info
;
27740 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
27742 table
= cold_text_section_line_info
;
27745 cold_text_section_line_info
= table
= new_line_info_table ();
27746 table
->end_label
= cold_end_label
;
27751 const char *end_label
;
27753 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
)
27755 if (in_cold_section_p
)
27756 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
27758 end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
27762 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27763 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
27764 current_function_funcdef_no
);
27765 end_label
= ggc_strdup (label
);
27768 table
= new_line_info_table ();
27769 table
->end_label
= end_label
;
27771 vec_safe_push (separate_line_info
, table
);
27774 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27775 table
->is_stmt
= (cur_line_info_table
27776 ? cur_line_info_table
->is_stmt
27777 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
);
27778 cur_line_info_table
= table
;
27782 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
27783 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
27784 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
27785 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
27788 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
27790 section
*sec
= function_section (fun
);
27792 if (sec
!= text_section
)
27793 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27795 if (crtl
->has_bb_partition
&& !cold_text_section
)
27797 gcc_assert (current_function_decl
== fun
);
27798 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
27799 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
27800 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
27801 switch_to_section (sec
);
27804 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
27805 call_site_count
= 0;
27806 tail_call_site_count
= 0;
27808 set_cur_line_info_table (sec
);
27809 FORCE_RESET_NEXT_VIEW (cur_line_info_table
->view
);
27812 /* Helper function of dwarf2out_end_function, called only after emitting
27813 the very first function into assembly. Check if some .debug_loc range
27814 might end with a .LVL* label that could be equal to .Ltext0.
27815 In that case we must force using absolute addresses in .debug_loc ranges,
27816 because this range could be .LVLN-.Ltext0 .. .LVLM-.Ltext0 for
27817 .LVLN == .LVLM == .Ltext0, thus 0 .. 0, which is a .debug_loc
27819 Set have_multiple_function_sections to true in that case and
27820 terminate htab traversal. */
27823 find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label (var_loc_list
**slot
, int)
27825 var_loc_list
*entry
= *slot
;
27826 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
27828 node
= entry
->first
;
27829 if (node
&& node
->next
&& node
->next
->label
)
27832 const char *label
= node
->next
->label
;
27833 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27835 for (i
= 0; i
< first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
; i
++)
27837 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", i
);
27838 if (strcmp (label
, loclabel
) == 0)
27840 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
27848 /* Hook called after emitting a function into assembly.
27849 This does something only for the very first function emitted. */
27852 dwarf2out_end_function (unsigned int)
27854 if (in_first_function_p
27855 && !have_multiple_function_sections
27856 && first_loclabel_num_not_at_text_label
27858 decl_loc_table
->traverse
<int, find_empty_loc_ranges_at_text_label
> (0);
27859 in_first_function_p
= false;
27860 maybe_at_text_label_p
= false;
27863 /* Temporary holder for dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit. Used to let
27864 front-ends register a translation unit even before dwarf2out_init is
27866 static tree main_translation_unit
= NULL_TREE
;
27868 /* Hook called by front-ends after they built their main translation unit.
27869 Associate comp_unit_die to UNIT. */
27872 dwarf2out_register_main_translation_unit (tree unit
)
27874 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (unit
) == TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL
27875 && main_translation_unit
== NULL_TREE
);
27876 main_translation_unit
= unit
;
27877 /* If dwarf2out_init has not been called yet, it will perform the association
27878 itself looking at main_translation_unit. */
27879 if (decl_die_table
!= NULL
)
27880 equate_decl_number_to_die (unit
, comp_unit_die ());
27883 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
27886 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table
*table
,
27887 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode
, unsigned int val
)
27889 dw_line_info_entry e
;
27892 vec_safe_push (table
->entries
, e
);
27895 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
27896 and record information relating to this source line, in
27897 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
27898 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
27901 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, unsigned int column
,
27902 const char *filename
,
27903 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
27905 unsigned int file_num
;
27906 dw_line_info_table
*table
;
27907 static var_loc_view lvugid
;
27909 if (debug_info_level
< DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
27912 table
= cur_line_info_table
;
27916 if (debug_variable_location_views
27917 && output_asm_line_debug_info ()
27918 && table
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
27920 /* If we're using the assembler to compute view numbers, we
27921 can't issue a .loc directive for line zero, so we can't
27922 get a view number at this point. We might attempt to
27923 compute it from the previous view, or equate it to a
27924 subsequent view (though it might not be there!), but
27925 since we're omitting the line number entry, we might as
27926 well omit the view number as well. That means pretending
27927 it's a view number zero, which might very well turn out
27928 to be correct. ??? Extend the assembler so that the
27929 compiler could emit e.g. ".locview .LVU#", to output a
27930 view without changing line number information. We'd then
27931 have to count it in symviews_since_reset; when it's omitted,
27932 it doesn't count. */
27934 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
27935 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, table
->view
);
27936 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27938 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
27939 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
27940 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s line 0, omitted view ",
27941 ASM_COMMENT_START
);
27942 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
27943 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
27945 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
27950 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
27951 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
27952 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && dwarf_strict
)
27955 if (!debug_column_info
)
27958 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
27960 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
27961 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
27962 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
27963 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
27964 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
27965 that second line number entry. */
27966 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
27967 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
27968 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
27969 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to precede the first insn
27970 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
27971 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
27972 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
27974 if (0 && file_num
== table
->file_num
27975 && line
== table
->line_num
27976 && column
== table
->column_num
27977 && discriminator
== table
->discrim_num
27978 && is_stmt
== table
->is_stmt
)
27981 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
27983 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
27984 if (flag_debug_asm
)
27986 if (debug_column_info
)
27987 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27988 filename
, line
, column
);
27990 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
27994 if (output_asm_line_debug_info ())
27996 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
27997 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
27998 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
27999 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file
);
28000 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, file_num
);
28001 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
28002 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, line
);
28003 putc (' ', asm_out_file
);
28004 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, column
);
28006 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
28008 #if HAVE_GAS_LOC_STMT
28009 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file
);
28010 putc (is_stmt
? '1' : '0', asm_out_file
);
28013 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
28015 gcc_assert (discriminator
> 0);
28016 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file
);
28017 fprint_ul (asm_out_file
, (unsigned long) discriminator
);
28019 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
28021 if (!RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
28023 table
->symviews_since_reset
++;
28024 if (table
->symviews_since_reset
> symview_upper_bound
)
28025 symview_upper_bound
= table
->symviews_since_reset
;
28026 /* When we're using the assembler to compute view
28027 numbers, we output symbolic labels after "view" in
28028 .loc directives, and the assembler will set them for
28029 us, so that we can refer to the view numbers in
28030 location lists. The only exceptions are when we know
28031 a view will be zero: "-0" is a forced reset, used
28032 e.g. in the beginning of functions, whereas "0" tells
28033 the assembler to check that there was a PC change
28034 since the previous view, in a way that implicitly
28035 resets the next view. */
28036 fputs (" view ", asm_out_file
);
28037 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LVU", table
->view
);
28039 assemble_name (asm_out_file
, label
);
28040 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
28044 table
->symviews_since_reset
= 0;
28045 if (FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
28046 fputs (" view -0", asm_out_file
);
28048 fputs (" view 0", asm_out_file
);
28049 /* Mark the present view as a zero view. Earlier debug
28050 binds may have already added its id to loclists to be
28051 emitted later, so we can't reuse the id for something
28052 else. However, it's good to know whether a view is
28053 known to be zero, because then we may be able to
28054 optimize out locviews that are all zeros, so take
28055 note of it in zero_view_p. */
28057 zero_view_p
= BITMAP_GGC_ALLOC ();
28058 bitmap_set_bit (zero_view_p
, lvugid
);
28059 table
->view
= ++lvugid
;
28062 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
28066 unsigned int label_num
= ++line_info_label_num
;
28068 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, label_num
);
28070 if (debug_variable_location_views
&& !RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
))
28071 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_adv_address
, label_num
);
28073 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_address
, label_num
);
28074 if (debug_variable_location_views
)
28076 bool resetting
= FORCE_RESETTING_VIEW_P (table
->view
);
28080 if (flag_debug_asm
)
28081 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s view %s%d\n",
28083 resetting
? "-" : "",
28088 if (file_num
!= table
->file_num
)
28089 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_file
, file_num
);
28090 if (discriminator
!= table
->discrim_num
)
28091 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_discriminator
, discriminator
);
28092 if (is_stmt
!= table
->is_stmt
)
28093 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_negate_stmt
, 0);
28094 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_line
, line
);
28095 if (debug_column_info
)
28096 push_dw_line_info_entry (table
, LI_set_column
, column
);
28099 table
->file_num
= file_num
;
28100 table
->line_num
= line
;
28101 table
->column_num
= column
;
28102 table
->discrim_num
= discriminator
;
28103 table
->is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
28104 table
->in_use
= true;
28107 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
28110 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
28112 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28115 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_start_file
;
28117 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (filename
);
28118 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28122 /* Record the end of a source file. */
28125 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28127 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28130 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_end_file
;
28133 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28137 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
28138 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
28139 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
28142 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
28143 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28145 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28148 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
28149 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
28150 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
28155 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28157 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_define
;
28159 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
28160 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28164 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
28165 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
28166 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
28169 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
28170 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28172 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28175 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
28176 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_import. */
28177 if (macinfo_table
->is_empty () && lineno
<= 1)
28182 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28184 e
.code
= DW_MACINFO_undef
;
28186 e
.info
= ggc_strdup (buffer
);
28187 vec_safe_push (macinfo_table
, e
);
28191 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
28193 struct macinfo_entry_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<macinfo_entry
>
28195 static inline hashval_t
hash (const macinfo_entry
*);
28196 static inline bool equal (const macinfo_entry
*, const macinfo_entry
*);
28200 macinfo_entry_hasher::hash (const macinfo_entry
*entry
)
28202 return htab_hash_string (entry
->info
);
28206 macinfo_entry_hasher::equal (const macinfo_entry
*entry1
,
28207 const macinfo_entry
*entry2
)
28209 return !strcmp (entry1
->info
, entry2
->info
);
28212 typedef hash_table
<macinfo_entry_hasher
> macinfo_hash_type
;
28214 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
28217 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry
*ref
)
28221 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
28222 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28223 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
;
28227 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28228 fd
= lookup_filename (ref
->info
);
28229 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (fd
);
28230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
28231 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
,
28232 "Included from line number %lu",
28233 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28234 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", ref
->info
);
28236 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28237 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
28239 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28240 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28241 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28243 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28244 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28245 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28247 ref
->code
= ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28248 ? DW_MACRO_define_strp
: DW_MACRO_undef_strp
;
28249 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28253 ref
->code
== DW_MACINFO_define
28254 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
28255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28256 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28257 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref
->info
, -1, "The macro");
28259 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28260 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28261 /* NB: dwarf2out_finish performs:
28262 1. save_macinfo_strings
28263 2. hash table traverse of index_string
28264 3. output_macinfo -> output_macinfo_op
28265 4. output_indirect_strings
28266 -> hash table traverse of output_index_string
28268 When output_macinfo_op is called, all index strings have been
28269 added to hash table by save_macinfo_strings and we can't pass
28270 INSERT to find_slot_with_hash which may expand hash table, even
28271 if no insertion is needed, and change hash table traverse order
28272 between index_string and output_index_string. */
28273 node
= find_AT_string (ref
->info
, NO_INSERT
);
28275 && (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
28276 || node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
)));
28277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
,
28278 ref
->code
== DW_MACRO_define_strp
28279 ? "Define macro strp"
28280 : "Undefine macro strp");
28281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref
->lineno
, "At line number %lu",
28282 (unsigned long) ref
->lineno
);
28283 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
28284 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->label
,
28285 debug_str_section
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28288 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (node
->index
, "The macro: \"%s\"",
28291 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28292 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref
->code
, "Import");
28293 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28294 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28295 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28296 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, label
, NULL
, NULL
);
28299 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
28300 ASM_COMMENT_START
, (unsigned long) ref
->code
);
28305 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
28306 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
28307 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
28308 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
28309 a DW_MACRO_import entry referencing it.
28310 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
28313 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx
, vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
,
28314 macinfo_hash_type
**macinfo_htab
)
28316 macinfo_entry
*first
, *second
, *cur
, *inc
;
28317 char linebuf
[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
) * 3 + 1];
28318 unsigned char checksum
[16];
28319 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
28320 char *grp_name
, *tail
;
28322 unsigned int i
, count
, encoded_filename_len
, linebuf_len
;
28323 macinfo_entry
**slot
;
28325 first
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
];
28326 second
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
+ 1];
28328 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
28329 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
28330 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
28331 in some included header file. */
28332 if (second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& second
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28334 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28336 if (first
->lineno
> 1 || second
->lineno
> 1)
28339 else if (first
->lineno
== 0)
28342 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
28343 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
28344 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
28345 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
28346 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
); i
++)
28347 if (cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_define
&& cur
->code
!= DW_MACINFO_undef
)
28349 else if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
) && cur
->lineno
> 1)
28353 unsigned char code
= cur
->code
;
28354 md5_process_bytes (&code
, 1, &ctx
);
28355 checksum_uleb128 (cur
->lineno
, &ctx
);
28356 md5_process_bytes (cur
->info
, strlen (cur
->info
) + 1, &ctx
);
28358 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
28361 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
28362 usable characters from its basename. */
28363 if (vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28366 base
= lbasename (files
->last ().info
);
28367 for (encoded_filename_len
= 0, i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28368 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28369 encoded_filename_len
++;
28370 /* Count . at the end. */
28371 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28372 encoded_filename_len
++;
28374 sprintf (linebuf
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, first
->lineno
);
28375 linebuf_len
= strlen (linebuf
);
28377 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
28378 grp_name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len
+ linebuf_len
+ 1
28380 memcpy (grp_name
, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
28381 tail
= grp_name
+ 4;
28382 if (encoded_filename_len
)
28384 for (i
= 0; base
[i
]; i
++)
28385 if (ISIDNUM (base
[i
]) || base
[i
] == '.')
28389 memcpy (tail
, linebuf
, linebuf_len
);
28390 tail
+= linebuf_len
;
28392 for (i
= 0; i
< 16; i
++)
28393 sprintf (tail
+ i
* 2, "%02x", checksum
[i
] & 0xff);
28395 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_import
28396 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
28397 inc
= &(*macinfo_table
)[idx
- 1];
28398 inc
->code
= DW_MACRO_import
;
28400 inc
->info
= ggc_strdup (grp_name
);
28401 if (!*macinfo_htab
)
28402 *macinfo_htab
= new macinfo_hash_type (10);
28403 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
28404 slot
= (*macinfo_htab
)->find_slot (inc
, INSERT
);
28409 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
28410 a DW_MACRO_import op. */
28412 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28413 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
28414 in the second pass. */
28415 for (i
= idx
; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &cur
) && i
< idx
+ count
; i
++)
28424 inc
->lineno
= (*macinfo_htab
)->elements ();
28425 output_macinfo_op (inc
);
28430 /* Save any strings needed by the macinfo table in the debug str
28431 table. All strings must be collected into the table by the time
28432 index_string is called. */
28435 save_macinfo_strings (void)
28439 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28441 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
&& macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28445 /* Match the logic in output_macinfo_op to decide on
28446 indirect strings. */
28447 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28448 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28449 len
= strlen (ref
->info
) + 1;
28451 && len
> DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
28452 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
28453 && (debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) != 0)
28454 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28456 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28457 /* -gsplit-dwarf -g3 will also output filename as indirect
28459 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28461 /* Fall through. */
28462 case DW_MACRO_define_strp
:
28463 case DW_MACRO_undef_strp
:
28464 set_indirect_string (find_AT_string (ref
->info
));
28472 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
28475 output_macinfo (const char *debug_line_label
, bool early_lto_debug
)
28478 unsigned long length
= vec_safe_length (macinfo_table
);
28479 macinfo_entry
*ref
;
28480 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *files
= NULL
;
28481 macinfo_hash_type
*macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28482 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28487 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
28488 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define
== (int) DW_MACRO_define
28489 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef
== (int) DW_MACRO_undef
28490 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_start_file
28491 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file
== (int) DW_MACRO_end_file
);
28493 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
28494 offset expected by debuggers. */
28495 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_label
);
28496 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
28497 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
28499 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
28500 if (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28502 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28503 "DWARF macro version number");
28504 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
28507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
28508 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_line_label
,
28509 debug_line_section
, NULL
);
28512 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
28513 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
28514 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
28515 DW_MACRO_import, the DW_MACRO_import op is emitted and kept in
28516 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
28517 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
28518 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28522 case DW_MACINFO_start_file
:
28523 vec_safe_push (files
, *ref
);
28525 case DW_MACINFO_end_file
:
28526 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (files
))
28529 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28530 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28531 if ((!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
28532 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
28533 && vec_safe_length (files
) != 1
28536 && (*macinfo_table
)[i
- 1].code
== 0)
28538 unsigned count
= optimize_macinfo_range (i
, files
, &macinfo_htab
);
28547 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
28548 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
28554 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28562 /* Save the number of transparent includes so we can adjust the
28563 label number for the fat LTO object DWARF. */
28564 unsigned macinfo_label_base_adj
= macinfo_htab
->elements ();
28566 delete macinfo_htab
;
28567 macinfo_htab
= NULL
;
28569 /* If any DW_MACRO_import were used, on those DW_MACRO_import entries
28570 terminate the current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
28571 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
28572 for (i
= 0; macinfo_table
->iterate (i
, &ref
); i
++)
28577 case DW_MACRO_import
:
28579 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
28580 tree comdat_key
= get_identifier (ref
->info
);
28581 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
28582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
28583 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28587 ? SECTION_EXCLUDE
: 0),
28589 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
,
28590 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28591 ref
->lineno
+ macinfo_label_base
);
28592 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
28595 dw2_asm_output_data (2, dwarf_version
>= 5 ? 5 : 4,
28596 "DWARF macro version number");
28597 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
28598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
28600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
28603 case DW_MACINFO_define
:
28604 case DW_MACINFO_undef
:
28605 output_macinfo_op (ref
);
28610 gcc_unreachable ();
28613 macinfo_label_base
+= macinfo_label_base_adj
;
28616 /* Initialize the various sections and labels for dwarf output and prefix
28617 them with PREFIX if non-NULL. Returns the generation (zero based
28618 number of times function was called). */
28621 init_sections_and_labels (bool early_lto_debug
)
28623 /* As we may get called multiple times have a generation count for
28625 static unsigned generation
= 0;
28627 if (early_lto_debug
)
28629 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28631 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28632 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28634 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28635 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28637 debug_macinfo_section_name
28638 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28639 ? DEBUG_LTO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28640 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28642 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28646 /* ??? Which of the following do we need early? */
28647 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28648 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28650 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28651 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28653 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_INFO_SECTION
,
28655 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28656 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
28657 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28658 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28660 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28663 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28664 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the split
28666 debug_skeleton_line_section
28667 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28668 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28670 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28672 debug_str_offsets_section
28673 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28674 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28676 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28677 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28679 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28680 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28682 debug_macinfo_section_name
28683 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28684 ? DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_LTO_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28685 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28686 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28689 /* For macro info and the file table we have to refer to a
28690 debug_line section. */
28691 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_SECTION
,
28692 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28693 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28694 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28696 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LTO_STR_SECTION
,
28697 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
28698 | SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28699 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28700 debug_line_str_section
28701 = get_section (DEBUG_LTO_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28702 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28706 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28708 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28709 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28710 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28711 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28712 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28713 ? DEBUG_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28714 : DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
28715 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28716 debug_macinfo_section_name
28717 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28718 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
);
28719 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28720 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28724 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_INFO_SECTION
,
28725 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28727 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DWO_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28728 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28730 debug_addr_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION
,
28731 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28732 debug_skeleton_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
28733 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28734 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
28735 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28736 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_abbrev_section_label
,
28737 DEBUG_SKELETON_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
,
28740 /* Somewhat confusing detail: The skeleton_[abbrev|info] sections
28741 stay in the main .o, but the skeleton_line goes into the
28743 debug_skeleton_line_section
28744 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_LINE_SECTION
,
28745 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_line_section_label
,
28747 DEBUG_SKELETON_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
,
28749 debug_str_offsets_section
28750 = get_section (DEBUG_DWO_STR_OFFSETS_SECTION
,
28751 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
, NULL
);
28752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_skeleton_info_section_label
,
28753 DEBUG_SKELETON_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
,
28755 debug_loc_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28756 ? DEBUG_DWO_LOCLISTS_SECTION
28757 : DEBUG_DWO_LOC_SECTION
,
28758 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28760 debug_str_dwo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION
,
28761 DEBUG_STR_DWO_SECTION_FLAGS
,
28763 debug_macinfo_section_name
28764 = ((dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28765 ? DEBUG_DWO_MACINFO_SECTION
: DEBUG_DWO_MACRO_SECTION
);
28766 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (debug_macinfo_section_name
,
28767 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_EXCLUDE
,
28770 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
28771 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28772 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
28773 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28774 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
28775 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28776 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
28777 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28778 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
28779 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28780 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
&& !output_asm_line_debug_info ())
28781 debug_line_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_STR_SECTION
,
28782 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
28784 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (dwarf_version
>= 5
28785 ? DEBUG_RNGLISTS_SECTION
28786 : DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
28787 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28788 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
28789 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
28792 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
28793 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28794 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
28795 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28796 info_section_emitted
= false;
28797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
28798 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28799 /* There are up to 4 unique ranges labels per generation.
28800 See also output_rnglists. */
28801 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
28802 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
* 4);
28803 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28804 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_base_label
,
28805 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
,
28806 1 + generation
* 4);
28807 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_addr_section_label
,
28808 DEBUG_ADDR_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28809 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
28810 (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
28811 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
28812 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
, generation
);
28813 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
,
28817 return generation
- 1;
28820 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
28823 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
28825 /* Allocate the file_table. */
28826 file_table
= hash_table
<dwarf_file_hasher
>::create_ggc (50);
28828 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28829 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
28830 decl_die_table
= hash_table
<decl_die_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28832 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
28833 decl_loc_table
= hash_table
<decl_loc_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28835 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
28836 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= hash_table
<dw_loc_list_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
28838 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
28839 vec_alloc (abbrev_die_table
, 256);
28840 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
28841 abbrev_die_table
->quick_push (NULL
);
28843 /* Allocate the dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map. */
28844 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= new hash_map
<dw_die_ref
, int>;
28846 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
28847 vec_alloc (pubname_table
, 32);
28848 vec_alloc (pubtype_table
, 32);
28850 vec_alloc (incomplete_types
, 64);
28852 vec_alloc (used_rtx_array
, 32);
28854 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
28855 vec_alloc (macinfo_table
, 64);
28858 /* If front-ends already registered a main translation unit but we were not
28859 ready to perform the association, do this now. */
28860 if (main_translation_unit
!= NULL_TREE
)
28861 equate_decl_number_to_die (main_translation_unit
, comp_unit_die ());
28864 /* Called before compile () starts outputtting functions, variables
28865 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
28868 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
28870 if (text_section_line_info
)
28873 #ifndef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28874 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
28876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
28877 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
28878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
28880 switch_to_section (text_section
);
28881 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
28884 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
28885 text_section_line_info
= new_line_info_table ();
28886 text_section_line_info
->end_label
= text_end_label
;
28888 #ifdef DWARF2_LINENO_DEBUGGING_INFO
28889 cur_line_info_table
= text_section_line_info
;
28892 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
28893 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
28894 && !dwarf2out_do_eh_frame ())
28895 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
28898 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28899 htab_traverse. Assign a string its index. All strings must be
28900 collected into the table by the time index_string is called,
28901 because the indexing code relies on htab_traverse to traverse nodes
28902 in the same order for each run. */
28905 index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *index
)
28907 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28909 find_string_form (node
);
28910 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28912 gcc_assert (node
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
);
28913 node
->index
= *index
;
28919 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings called through
28920 htab_traverse. Output the offset to a string and update the
28924 output_index_string_offset (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *offset
)
28926 indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28928 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28930 /* Assert that this node has been assigned an index. */
28931 gcc_assert (node
->index
!= NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
28932 && node
->index
!= NOT_INDEXED
);
28933 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, *offset
,
28934 "indexed string 0x%x: %s", node
->index
, node
->str
);
28935 *offset
+= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
28940 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28941 htab_traverse. Output the indexed string. */
28944 output_index_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *cur_idx
)
28946 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28948 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28950 /* Assert that the strings are output in the same order as their
28951 indexes were assigned. */
28952 gcc_assert (*cur_idx
== node
->index
);
28953 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28959 /* A helper function for output_indirect_strings. Counts the number
28960 of index strings offsets. Must match the logic of the functions
28961 output_index_string[_offsets] above. */
28963 count_index_strings (indirect_string_node
**h
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
28965 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28967 if (node
->form
== dwarf_FORM (DW_FORM_strx
) && node
->refcount
> 0)
28972 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
28973 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
28976 output_indirect_string (indirect_string_node
**h
, enum dwarf_form form
)
28978 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= *h
;
28980 node
->form
= find_string_form (node
);
28981 if (node
->form
== form
&& node
->refcount
> 0)
28983 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
28984 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
28990 /* Output the indexed string table. */
28993 output_indirect_strings (void)
28995 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
28996 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
28997 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
28998 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
29001 unsigned int offset
= 0;
29002 unsigned int cur_idx
= 0;
29004 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
29005 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
29006 output_indirect_string
> (DW_FORM_strp
);
29008 switch_to_section (debug_str_offsets_section
);
29009 /* For DWARF5 the .debug_str_offsets[.dwo] section needs a unit
29010 header. Note that we don't need to generate a label to the
29011 actual index table following the header here, because this is
29012 for the split dwarf case only. In an .dwo file there is only
29013 one string offsets table (and one debug info section). But
29014 if we would start using string offset tables for the main (or
29015 skeleton) unit, then we have to add a DW_AT_str_offsets_base
29016 pointing to the actual index after the header. Split dwarf
29017 units will never have a string offsets base attribute. When
29018 a split unit is moved into a .dwp file the string offsets can
29019 be found through the .debug_cu_index section table. */
29020 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
29022 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
29023 unsigned long str_offsets_length
;
29025 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
29026 <unsigned int *, count_index_strings
> (&last_idx
);
29027 str_offsets_length
= last_idx
* DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 4;
29028 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
29029 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
29030 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
29031 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, str_offsets_length
,
29032 "Length of string offsets unit");
29033 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF string offsets version");
29034 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Header zero padding");
29036 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
29037 <unsigned int *, output_index_string_offset
> (&offset
);
29038 switch_to_section (debug_str_dwo_section
);
29039 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_index_string
>
29044 /* Callback for htab_traverse to assign an index to an entry in the
29045 table, and to write that entry to the .debug_addr section. */
29048 output_addr_table_entry (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *cur_index
)
29050 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
29052 if (entry
->refcount
== 0)
29054 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== NO_INDEX_ASSIGNED
29055 || entry
->index
== NOT_INDEXED
);
29059 gcc_assert (entry
->index
== *cur_index
);
29062 switch (entry
->kind
)
29065 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.rtl
,
29066 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
29068 case ate_kind_rtx_dtprel
:
29069 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
29070 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
29073 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
29075 case ate_kind_label
:
29076 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, entry
->addr
.label
,
29077 "0x%x", entry
->index
);
29080 gcc_unreachable ();
29085 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish. Counts the number
29086 of indexed addresses. Must match the logic of the functions
29087 output_addr_table_entry above. */
29089 count_index_addrs (addr_table_entry
**slot
, unsigned int *last_idx
)
29091 addr_table_entry
*entry
= *slot
;
29093 if (entry
->refcount
> 0)
29098 /* Produce the .debug_addr section. */
29101 output_addr_table (void)
29103 unsigned int index
= 0;
29104 if (addr_index_table
== NULL
|| addr_index_table
->size () == 0)
29107 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
29109 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, output_addr_table_entry
> (&index
);
29112 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
29113 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
29116 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
29120 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
29121 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
29123 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
29125 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
29126 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
29129 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
29135 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
29138 /* Given LOC that is referenced by a DIE we're marking as used, find all
29139 referenced DWARF procedures it references and mark them as used. */
29142 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29144 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29145 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29147 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
29148 case DW_OP_convert
:
29149 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29150 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
29151 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29152 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29153 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
29154 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29156 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
29157 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
29160 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
29163 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29164 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29165 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29170 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
29171 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29172 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29173 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
29174 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29175 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29177 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29178 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29179 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29180 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29181 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
);
29182 prune_unused_types_mark (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29184 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29185 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29186 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
29187 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29194 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
29195 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
29198 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
29203 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29205 switch (AT_class (a
))
29207 /* Make sure DWARF procedures referenced by location descriptions will
29209 case dw_val_class_loc
:
29210 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (AT_loc (a
));
29212 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
29213 for (dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
29215 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
)
29216 prune_unused_types_walk_loc_descr (list
->expr
);
29219 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
29220 /* This points to a loc_list in another attribute, so it's
29221 already covered. */
29224 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
29225 /* A reference to another DIE.
29226 Make sure that it will get emitted.
29227 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
29228 if (! AT_ref (a
)->comdat_type_p
29229 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
)
29230 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
29233 case dw_val_class_str
:
29234 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
29235 accounts properly for it. */
29236 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
29245 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
29248 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
29252 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_child
== NULL
)
29254 c
= die
->die_child
;
29257 if (is_template_parameter (c
))
29258 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
29260 } while (c
&& c
!= die
->die_child
);
29263 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
29264 to DIE's children. */
29267 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
29271 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29273 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
29275 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
29276 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
29278 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die
);
29280 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
29281 (But we don't want to mark our parent's kids due to this,
29282 unless it is a class.) */
29283 if (die
->die_parent
)
29284 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
,
29285 class_scope_p (die
->die_parent
));
29287 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
29288 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29290 /* If this node is a specification,
29291 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
29292 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
29293 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
29296 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
29298 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
29299 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
29302 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
29303 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
29304 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
29305 for all type definitions. */
29306 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
29307 || (use_debug_types
29308 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
29309 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
29311 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29315 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
29316 and if so, mark them. */
29319 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
29323 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29326 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29328 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29329 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29330 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29331 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29334 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
29335 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
29336 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
29337 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29344 /* Mark children. */
29345 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
29348 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
29351 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
29355 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
29356 children have been marked as well. */
29357 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
29360 switch (die
->die_tag
)
29362 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
29363 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
29364 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
29365 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
29366 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29369 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
29370 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
29373 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
29374 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
29375 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
29376 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
29377 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
29379 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
29381 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
29384 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
29385 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
29386 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
29387 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
29388 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
29389 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
29390 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
29391 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
29392 case DW_TAG_friend
:
29393 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
29394 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
29395 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
29396 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
29397 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
29398 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
29399 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
29400 /* Type nodes are useful only when other DIEs reference them --- don't
29404 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
29405 /* Likewise for DWARF procedures. */
29407 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29412 case DW_TAG_variable
:
29413 if (flag_debug_only_used_symbols
)
29415 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
29418 /* premark_used_variables marks external variables --- don't mark
29420 if (get_AT (die
, DW_AT_external
))
29426 /* Mark everything else. */
29430 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
29434 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
29435 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
29440 /* Mark children. */
29441 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
29444 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
29448 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
29453 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
29454 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
29456 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
29458 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
29459 twice in the hash table. */
29461 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
29463 indirect_string_node
**slot
29464 = debug_str_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (s
->str
,
29465 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
29467 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
29473 /* Mark DIE and its children as removed. */
29476 mark_removed (dw_die_ref die
)
29479 die
->removed
= true;
29480 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_removed (c
));
29483 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
29486 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
29490 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
29491 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
29493 if (! die
->die_child
)
29496 c
= die
->die_child
;
29498 dw_die_ref prev
= c
, next
;
29499 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= next
)
29500 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
29502 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
29504 /* No marked children at all. */
29505 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
29508 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29509 die
->die_child
= prev
;
29522 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
29524 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
29525 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29528 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
29531 prune_unused_types (void)
29534 limbo_die_node
*node
;
29535 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
29536 pubname_entry
*pub
;
29537 dw_die_ref base_type
;
29539 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
29540 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
29541 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
29542 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29543 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
29544 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29545 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
29546 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
29548 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
29549 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
29551 /* Mark variables used in the symtab. */
29552 if (flag_debug_only_used_symbols
)
29553 premark_used_variables ();
29555 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
29556 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
29557 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29558 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
29559 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29561 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
29562 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
29565 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the pubname_table. Enumerators
29566 are unusual in that they are pubnames that are the children of pubtypes.
29567 They should only be marked via their parent DW_TAG_enumeration_type die,
29568 not as roots in themselves. */
29569 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*pubname_table
, i
, pub
)
29570 if (pub
->die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_enumerator
)
29571 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
29572 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29573 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type
, 1);
29575 /* For -fvar-tracking-assignments, also set the mark on nodes that could be
29576 referenced by DW_TAG_call_site DW_AT_call_origin (i.e. direct call
29578 cgraph_node
*cnode
;
29579 FOR_EACH_FUNCTION (cnode
)
29580 if (cnode
->referred_to_p (false))
29582 dw_die_ref die
= lookup_decl_die (cnode
->decl
);
29583 if (die
== NULL
|| die
->die_mark
)
29585 for (cgraph_edge
*e
= cnode
->callers
; e
; e
= e
->next_caller
)
29586 if (e
->caller
!= cnode
29587 && opt_for_fn (e
->caller
->decl
, flag_var_tracking_assignments
))
29589 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
29594 if (debug_str_hash
)
29595 debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29596 if (skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
29597 skeleton_debug_str_hash
->empty ();
29598 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
29599 for (limbo_die_node
**pnode
= &limbo_die_list
; *pnode
; )
29602 if (!node
->die
->die_mark
)
29603 *pnode
= node
->next
;
29606 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
29607 pnode
= &node
->next
;
29610 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29611 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
29613 /* Leave the marks clear. */
29614 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
29615 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
29616 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
29617 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
29618 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
29621 /* Helpers to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
29623 struct comdat_type_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<comdat_type_node
>
29625 static inline hashval_t
hash (const comdat_type_node
*);
29626 static inline bool equal (const comdat_type_node
*, const comdat_type_node
*);
29630 comdat_type_hasher::hash (const comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
29633 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
29638 comdat_type_hasher::equal (const comdat_type_node
*type_node_1
,
29639 const comdat_type_node
*type_node_2
)
29641 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
29642 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
29645 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
29646 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
29647 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
29648 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
29649 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
29650 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
29653 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
29655 unsigned ix
= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
);
29656 dw_attr_node linkage
= (*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29658 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
29659 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
29663 dw_attr_node
*prev
= &(*die
->die_attr
)[ix
- 1];
29665 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
29666 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_column
29667 || prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
29671 if (ix
!= vec_safe_length (die
->die_attr
) - 1)
29673 die
->die_attr
->pop ();
29674 die
->die_attr
->quick_insert (ix
, linkage
);
29678 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
29679 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
29682 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29684 dw_die_ref base_type
= NULL
;
29686 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29688 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29690 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
29691 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
29692 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
29693 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
29694 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29696 case DW_OP_convert
:
29697 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
29698 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
29699 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
29700 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
29703 case DW_OP_const_type
:
29704 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
29705 base_type
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
29707 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
29708 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
29709 mark_base_types (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
);
29714 gcc_assert (base_type
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die ());
29715 if (base_type
->die_mark
)
29716 base_type
->die_mark
++;
29719 base_types
.safe_push (base_type
);
29720 base_type
->die_mark
= 1;
29725 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
29728 base_type_cmp (const void *x
, const void *y
)
29730 dw_die_ref dx
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) x
;
29731 dw_die_ref dy
= *(const dw_die_ref
*) y
;
29732 unsigned int byte_size1
, byte_size2
;
29733 unsigned int encoding1
, encoding2
;
29734 unsigned int align1
, align2
;
29735 if (dx
->die_mark
> dy
->die_mark
)
29737 if (dx
->die_mark
< dy
->die_mark
)
29739 byte_size1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29740 byte_size2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
29741 if (byte_size1
< byte_size2
)
29743 if (byte_size1
> byte_size2
)
29745 encoding1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29746 encoding2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_encoding
);
29747 if (encoding1
< encoding2
)
29749 if (encoding1
> encoding2
)
29751 align1
= get_AT_unsigned (dx
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29752 align2
= get_AT_unsigned (dy
, DW_AT_alignment
);
29753 if (align1
< align2
)
29755 if (align1
> align2
)
29760 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
29761 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
29762 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
29763 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
29764 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
29767 move_marked_base_types (void)
29770 dw_die_ref base_type
, die
, c
;
29772 if (base_types
.is_empty ())
29775 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
29777 base_types
.qsort (base_type_cmp
);
29778 die
= comp_unit_die ();
29779 c
= die
->die_child
;
29782 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
29784 while (c
->die_mark
)
29786 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
29787 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
29788 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
29789 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
!= NULL
);
29793 while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
29794 gcc_assert (die
->die_child
);
29795 c
= die
->die_child
;
29796 for (i
= 0; base_types
.iterate (i
, &base_type
); i
++)
29798 base_type
->die_mark
= 0;
29799 base_type
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
29800 c
->die_sib
= base_type
;
29805 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
29806 one CONST_STRING, return true if successful. Similarly verify that
29807 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
29810 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
)
29814 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29816 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29817 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29818 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29820 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29821 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
29822 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29824 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29825 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29826 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
29827 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29829 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29834 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
29835 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29837 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
29839 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))))
29842 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
29846 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
29848 subrtx_ptr_iterator::array_type array
;
29849 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_PTR (iter
, array
, &XEXP (rtl
, 0), ALL
)
29850 if (!resolve_one_addr (*iter
))
29857 /* For STRING_CST, return SYMBOL_REF of its constant pool entry,
29858 if possible, and create DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure that can be referenced
29859 from DW_OP_implicit_pointer if the string hasn't been seen yet. */
29862 string_cst_pool_decl (tree t
)
29864 rtx rtl
= output_constant_def (t
, 1);
29865 unsigned char *array
;
29866 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
29871 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
29873 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
29874 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
29875 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
) == NULL_TREE
)
29878 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29879 if (!lookup_decl_die (decl
))
29881 len
= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t
);
29882 vec_safe_push (used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
29883 ref
= new_die (DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
, comp_unit_die (), decl
);
29884 array
= ggc_vec_alloc
<unsigned char> (len
);
29885 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (t
), len
);
29886 l
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
, len
, 0);
29887 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
29888 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= len
;
29889 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 1;
29890 l
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
29891 add_AT_loc (ref
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
29892 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, ref
);
29897 /* Helper function of resolve_addr_in_expr. LOC is
29898 a DW_OP_addr followed by DW_OP_stack_value, either at the start
29899 of exprloc or after DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, and val_addr can't be
29900 resolved. Replace it (both DW_OP_addr and DW_OP_stack_value)
29901 with DW_OP_implicit_pointer if possible
29902 and return true, if unsuccessful, return false. */
29905 optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29907 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
;
29908 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
29909 dw_die_ref ref
= NULL
;
29912 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
29913 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == PLUS
29914 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1)))
29916 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 1));
29917 rtl
= XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0);
29919 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
29921 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
29922 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
29923 tree tlen
= size_int (len
- 1);
29926 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
29927 rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (t
);
29931 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
))
29933 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
29934 if (VAR_P (decl
) && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
29936 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
29937 if (ref
&& (get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
29938 || get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
29940 loc
->dw_loc_opc
= dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
);
29941 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
29942 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
= NULL
;
29943 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
29944 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
29945 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
29946 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= offset
;
29954 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
29955 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
29956 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
29959 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
29961 dw_loc_descr_ref keep
= NULL
;
29962 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
29963 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
29966 if (!resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
29969 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
29970 || prev
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
29971 && loc
->dw_loc_next
29972 && loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
29973 && (!dwarf_strict
|| dwarf_version
>= 5)
29974 && optimize_one_addr_into_implicit_ptr (loc
))
29979 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
29981 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
29983 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
29984 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addrx
)
29985 || ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_const_index
29986 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_constx
)
29989 rtx rtl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
29990 if (!resolve_one_addr (&rtl
))
29992 remove_addr_table_entry (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
);
29993 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_entry
29994 = add_addr_table_entry (rtl
, ate_kind_rtx
);
29997 case DW_OP_const4u
:
29998 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30000 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
))
30003 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30004 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
30005 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
30007 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
> 0)
30009 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
30010 = int_loc_descriptor (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
30011 add_loc_descr (&repl
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
30012 add_loc_descr (&repl
, loc
->dw_loc_next
);
30016 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30017 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
30018 && !resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
))
30021 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30022 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30023 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
30024 case DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
:
30025 if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
30028 = lookup_decl_die (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
);
30031 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30032 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
30033 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30035 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
)
30038 && loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30039 && AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
30040 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
30042 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
30043 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30044 alone we could transform it into reference. */
30045 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
30046 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
30047 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
30048 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
30049 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
30051 case DW_AT_allocated
:
30052 case DW_AT_associated
:
30053 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
30054 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30055 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
30056 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
30057 = loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30058 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30067 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30068 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30069 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30070 case DW_OP_convert
:
30071 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30072 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30073 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30074 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30075 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30076 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30077 while (loc
->dw_loc_next
30078 && (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_convert
30079 || loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_convert
))
30081 dw_die_ref base1
, base2
;
30082 unsigned enc1
, enc2
, size1
, size2
;
30083 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
30084 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
30085 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
30086 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
30087 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30088 else if (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
30089 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30092 base1
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30093 if (loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
30094 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30096 base2
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30097 gcc_assert (base1
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
30098 && base2
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
);
30099 enc1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30100 enc2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30101 size1
= get_AT_unsigned (base1
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30102 size2
= get_AT_unsigned (base2
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30104 && (((enc1
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc1
== DW_ATE_signed
)
30105 && (enc2
== DW_ATE_unsigned
|| enc2
== DW_ATE_signed
)
30109 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_convert after
30110 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
30111 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_regval_type
30112 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_type
30113 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
30114 || loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
)
30115 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
30117 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= base2
;
30118 loc
->dw_loc_next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
;
30121 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_convert after e.g. floating
30122 point typed stack entry. */
30123 else if (enc1
!= DW_ATE_unsigned
&& enc1
!= DW_ATE_signed
)
30124 keep
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
30134 /* Helper function of resolve_addr. DIE had DW_AT_location of
30135 DW_OP_addr alone, which referred to DECL in DW_OP_addr's operand
30136 and DW_OP_addr couldn't be resolved. resolve_addr has already
30137 removed the DW_AT_location attribute. This function attempts to
30138 add a new DW_AT_location attribute with DW_OP_implicit_pointer
30139 to it or DW_AT_const_value attribute, if possible. */
30142 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
30145 || lookup_decl_die (decl
) != die
30146 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
30147 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
30148 || DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
30149 || DECL_P (DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
30150 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
30153 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
30154 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
30155 /* For variables that have been optimized away and thus
30156 don't have a memory location, see if we can emit
30157 DW_AT_const_value instead. */
30158 if (tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, init
))
30160 if (dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 5)
30162 /* If init is ADDR_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR of ADDR_EXPR,
30163 and ADDR_EXPR refers to a decl that has DW_AT_location or
30164 DW_AT_const_value (but isn't addressable, otherwise
30165 resolving the original DW_OP_addr wouldn't fail), see if
30166 we can add DW_OP_implicit_pointer. */
30168 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
30169 && tree_fits_shwi_p (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1)))
30171 offset
= tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 1));
30172 init
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
30175 if (TREE_CODE (init
) != ADDR_EXPR
)
30177 if ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
30178 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)))
30179 || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == VAR_DECL
30180 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0))
30181 && TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0) != decl
))
30184 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30186 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0)) == STRING_CST
)
30188 rtx rtl
= string_cst_pool_decl (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0));
30191 decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
30194 decl
= TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0);
30195 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30197 || (!get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_location
)
30198 && !get_AT (ref
, DW_AT_const_value
)))
30200 l
= new_loc_descr (dwarf_OP (DW_OP_implicit_pointer
), 0, offset
);
30201 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30202 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
30203 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30204 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, l
);
30208 /* Return NULL if l is a DWARF expression, or first op that is not
30209 valid DWARF expression. */
30211 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30212 non_dwarf_expression (dw_loc_descr_ref l
)
30216 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30218 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30221 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30222 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30223 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30224 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30225 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
30227 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30232 l
= l
->dw_loc_next
;
30237 /* Return adjusted copy of EXPR:
30238 If it is empty DWARF expression, return it.
30239 If it is valid non-empty DWARF expression,
30240 return copy of EXPR with DW_OP_deref appended to it.
30241 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_reg{N,x}, return
30242 copy of the DWARF expression with DW_OP_breg{N,x} <0> appended.
30243 If it is DWARF expression followed by DW_OP_stack_value, return
30244 copy of the DWARF expression without anything appended.
30245 Otherwise, return NULL. */
30247 static dw_loc_descr_ref
30248 copy_deref_exprloc (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
)
30250 dw_loc_descr_ref tail
= NULL
;
30255 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= non_dwarf_expression (expr
);
30256 if (l
&& l
->dw_loc_next
)
30261 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_reg0
&& l
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_reg31
)
30262 tail
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
)
30263 (DW_OP_breg0
+ (l
->dw_loc_opc
- DW_OP_reg0
)),
30266 switch (l
->dw_loc_opc
)
30269 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
,
30270 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
, 0);
30272 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
30279 tail
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30281 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, *p
= &ret
;
30284 *p
= new_loc_descr (expr
->dw_loc_opc
, 0, 0);
30285 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30286 (*p
)->dw_loc_oprnd2
= expr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30287 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30288 expr
= expr
->dw_loc_next
;
30294 /* For DW_AT_string_length attribute with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30295 reference to a variable or argument, adjust it if needed and return:
30296 -1 if the DW_AT_string_length attribute and DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size
30297 attribute if present should be removed
30298 0 keep the attribute perhaps with minor modifications, no need to rescan
30299 1 if the attribute has been successfully adjusted. */
30302 optimize_string_length (dw_attr_node
*a
)
30304 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
), lv
;
30306 if (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
30308 tree decl
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
30309 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
30312 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30313 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30314 l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30320 die
= l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
30322 /* DWARF5 allows reference class, so we can then reference the DIE.
30323 Only do this for DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value. */
30324 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
&& dwarf_version
>= 5)
30326 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30327 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
30328 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= die
;
30329 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30333 dw_attr_node
*av
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
30335 bool non_dwarf_expr
= false;
30338 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30339 switch (AT_class (av
))
30341 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30342 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30343 if (d
->expr
&& non_dwarf_expression (d
->expr
))
30344 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30346 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30347 gcc_unreachable ();
30348 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30351 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30352 if (non_dwarf_expression (lv
))
30353 non_dwarf_expr
= true;
30356 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30359 /* If it is safe to transform DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value
30360 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_GNU_variable_value into
30361 DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, do so. */
30362 if (!non_dwarf_expr
30363 && (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
|| AT_class (av
) == dw_val_class_loc
))
30365 l
->dw_loc_opc
= DW_OP_call4
;
30366 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
30367 l
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
30369 l
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
30373 /* For DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value, we can just
30374 copy over the DW_AT_location attribute from die to a. */
30375 if (l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30377 a
->dw_attr_val
= av
->dw_attr_val
;
30381 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *p
;
30382 switch (AT_class (av
))
30384 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30387 for (d
= AT_loc_list (av
); d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
30389 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (d
->expr
);
30392 *p
= new_loc_list (lv
, d
->begin
, d
->vbegin
, d
->end
, d
->vend
, d
->section
);
30393 p
= &(*p
)->dw_loc_next
;
30395 else if (!dwarf_strict
&& d
->expr
)
30399 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30400 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
30402 *AT_loc_list_ptr (a
) = list
;
30404 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30405 lv
= copy_deref_exprloc (AT_loc (av
));
30407 return dwarf_strict
? -1 : 0;
30408 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= lv
;
30411 gcc_unreachable ();
30415 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
30416 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
30417 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
30418 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
30419 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
30420 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
30423 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
30427 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
, *start
, loc
;
30429 bool remove_AT_byte_size
= false;
30431 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
30432 switch (AT_class (a
))
30434 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
30435 start
= curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
30438 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
30439 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
30441 *curr
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
30442 else if (!loc
->resolved_addr
)
30444 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
30445 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
30446 References must be identical or completely separate.
30447 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
30448 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
30449 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
30452 gcc_assert (!(*curr
)->replaced
&& !(*curr
)->resolved_addr
);
30453 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, (*curr
)->expr
))
30455 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30456 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= (*curr
)->expr
;
30458 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
30460 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
30461 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
30462 next
->vl_symbol
= (*curr
)->vl_symbol
;
30464 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30465 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30470 mark_base_types ((*curr
)->expr
);
30471 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
30475 loc
->resolved_addr
= 1;
30479 loc
->dw_loc_next
= *start
;
30484 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30488 case dw_val_class_view_list
:
30490 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
30491 gcc_checking_assert (dwarf2out_locviews_in_attribute ());
30492 dw_val_node
*llnode
30493 = view_list_to_loc_list_val_node (&a
->dw_attr_val
);
30494 /* If we no longer have a loclist, or it no longer needs
30495 views, drop this attribute. */
30496 if (!llnode
|| !llnode
->v
.val_loc_list
->vl_symbol
)
30498 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30503 case dw_val_class_loc
:
30505 dw_loc_descr_ref l
= AT_loc (a
);
30506 /* DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value or
30507 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in DW_AT_string_length can be converted
30508 into DW_OP_call4 or DW_OP_call4 DW_OP_deref, which is standard
30509 DWARF4 unlike DW_OP_GNU_variable_value. Or for DWARF5
30510 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value DW_OP_stack_value can be replaced
30511 with DW_FORM_ref referencing the same DIE as
30512 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value used to reference. */
30513 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
30515 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
30516 && (l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30517 || (l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30518 && l
->dw_loc_next
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_stack_value
)))
30520 switch (optimize_string_length (a
))
30523 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30525 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30526 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30527 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30532 /* Even if we keep the optimized DW_AT_string_length,
30533 it might have changed AT_class, so process it again. */
30538 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
30539 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
30540 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
30541 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
30542 but shorter, location description. */
30543 if ((dwarf_version
> 2
30544 || a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_data_member_location
30546 || l
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_plus_uconst
30547 || l
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
)
30548 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (a
, l
))
30550 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
30551 remove_loc_list_addr_table_entries (l
);
30553 && l
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
30554 && l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
30555 && GET_CODE (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
30556 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
30557 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_location
)
30559 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
);
30560 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30562 optimize_location_into_implicit_ptr (die
, decl
);
30565 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_string_length
)
30566 /* If we drop DW_AT_string_length, we need to drop also
30567 DW_AT_{string_length_,}byte_size. */
30568 remove_AT_byte_size
= true;
30569 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30573 mark_base_types (l
);
30576 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30577 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
30578 && !resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
))
30580 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30581 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30582 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30585 if ((die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_call_site
30586 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_call_origin
)
30587 || (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
30588 && a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
30590 tree tdecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
);
30591 dw_die_ref tdie
= lookup_decl_die (tdecl
);
30594 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl
)
30595 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl
) == NULL_TREE
30596 && (cdie
= lookup_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (tdecl
))))
30598 dw_die_ref pdie
= cdie
;
30599 /* Make sure we don't add these DIEs into type units.
30600 We could emit skeleton DIEs for context (namespaces,
30601 outer structs/classes) and a skeleton DIE for the
30602 innermost context with DW_AT_signature pointing to the
30603 type unit. See PR78835. */
30604 while (pdie
&& pdie
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
30605 pdie
= pdie
->die_parent
;
30608 /* Creating a full DIE for tdecl is overly expensive and
30609 at this point even wrong when in the LTO phase
30610 as it can end up generating new type DIEs we didn't
30611 output and thus optimize_external_refs will crash. */
30612 tdie
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, cdie
, NULL_TREE
);
30613 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
30614 add_AT_flag (tdie
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
30615 add_linkage_attr (tdie
, tdecl
);
30616 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (tdie
, tdecl
, true);
30617 equate_decl_number_to_die (tdecl
, tdie
);
30622 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
30623 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= tdie
;
30624 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
30628 if (AT_index (a
) != NOT_INDEXED
)
30629 remove_addr_table_entry (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
);
30630 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
30639 if (remove_AT_byte_size
)
30640 remove_AT (die
, dwarf_version
>= 5
30641 ? DW_AT_string_length_byte_size
30642 : DW_AT_byte_size
);
30644 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
30647 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
30648 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
30651 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode into HSTATE. */
30654 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30656 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30657 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30659 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
30661 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30662 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30666 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30667 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30668 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30669 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30670 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30671 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30675 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30711 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30712 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30713 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30720 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
30721 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
30722 hstate
.add_object (offset
);
30725 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30726 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30727 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30729 case dw_val_class_const
:
30730 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30732 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30734 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30735 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30737 hstate
.add_int (elt_size
);
30738 hstate
.add_int (len
);
30739 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30742 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30743 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30744 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30746 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30747 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30748 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30749 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30751 case dw_val_class_addr
:
30752 inchash::add_rtx (val2
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30755 gcc_unreachable ();
30759 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
30760 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30761 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30767 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30768 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30770 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->v
.val_addr
, hstate
);
30772 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
30774 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
30779 unsigned char dtprel
= 0xd1;
30780 hstate
.add_object (dtprel
);
30782 inchash::add_rtx (val1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
, hstate
);
30785 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
30786 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
30787 hstate
.add_int (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30789 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
30790 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
30791 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_loc
);
30793 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
30794 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
30795 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
30796 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
30798 unsigned int byte_size
30799 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30800 unsigned int encoding
30801 = get_AT_unsigned (val2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30802 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_int
);
30803 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30804 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30807 case DW_OP_convert
:
30808 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
30809 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
30810 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
30811 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
30813 hstate
.add_object (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
30817 case DW_OP_const_type
:
30818 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
30820 unsigned int byte_size
30821 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_byte_size
);
30822 unsigned int encoding
30823 = get_AT_unsigned (val1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, DW_AT_encoding
);
30824 hstate
.add_object (byte_size
);
30825 hstate
.add_object (encoding
);
30826 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_const_type
30827 && loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_const_type
)
30829 hstate
.add_object (val2
->val_class
);
30830 switch (val2
->val_class
)
30832 case dw_val_class_const
:
30833 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_int
);
30835 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30837 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
30838 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
30840 hstate
.add_object (elt_size
);
30841 hstate
.add_object (len
);
30842 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, len
* elt_size
);
30845 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30846 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.low
);
30847 hstate
.add_object (val2
->v
.val_double
.high
);
30849 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
30850 hstate
.add (val2
->v
.val_wide
->get_val (),
30851 get_full_len (*val2
->v
.val_wide
)
30852 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
);
30855 gcc_unreachable ();
30861 /* Other codes have no operands. */
30866 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC into HSTATE. */
30869 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, inchash::hash
&hstate
)
30871 dw_loc_descr_ref l
;
30872 bool sizes_computed
= false;
30873 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
30874 size_of_locs (loc
);
30876 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
30878 enum dwarf_location_atom opc
= l
->dw_loc_opc
;
30879 hstate
.add_object (opc
);
30880 if ((opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| opc
== DW_OP_bra
) && !sizes_computed
)
30882 size_of_locs (loc
);
30883 sizes_computed
= true;
30885 hash_loc_operands (l
, hstate
);
30889 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
30892 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
30894 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
30895 inchash::hash hstate
;
30897 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
30899 hstate
.add (curr
->begin
, strlen (curr
->begin
) + 1);
30900 hstate
.add (curr
->end
, strlen (curr
->end
) + 1);
30901 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vbegin
);
30902 hstate
.add_object (curr
->vend
);
30904 hstate
.add (curr
->section
, strlen (curr
->section
) + 1);
30905 hash_locs (curr
->expr
, hstate
);
30907 list_head
->hash
= hstate
.end ();
30910 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
30913 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
30915 dw_val_ref valx1
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30916 dw_val_ref valx2
= &x
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30917 dw_val_ref valy1
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
30918 dw_val_ref valy2
= &y
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
30920 switch (x
->dw_loc_opc
)
30922 case DW_OP_const4u
:
30923 case DW_OP_const8u
:
30927 case DW_OP_const1u
:
30928 case DW_OP_const1s
:
30929 case DW_OP_const2u
:
30930 case DW_OP_const2s
:
30931 case DW_OP_const4s
:
30932 case DW_OP_const8s
:
30936 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
30972 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
30973 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
30974 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
;
30977 /* If splitting debug info, the use of DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
30978 can cause irrelevant differences in dw_loc_addr. */
30979 gcc_assert (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30980 && valy1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
30981 && (dwarf_split_debug_info
30982 || x
->dw_loc_addr
== y
->dw_loc_addr
));
30983 return valx1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
== valy1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
;
30984 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
30985 if (valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
!= valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
30986 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
30988 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
30990 case dw_val_class_const
:
30991 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
30992 case dw_val_class_vec
:
30993 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30994 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
30995 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
30996 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
30997 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
30998 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
30999 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
31000 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
31001 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
31002 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
31003 case dw_val_class_addr
:
31004 return rtx_equal_p (valx2
->v
.val_addr
, valy2
->v
.val_addr
);
31006 gcc_unreachable ();
31009 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
31010 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
31011 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
31014 return rtx_equal_p (valx1
->v
.val_addr
, valy1
->v
.val_addr
);
31015 case DW_OP_GNU_addr_index
:
31017 case DW_OP_GNU_const_index
:
31020 rtx ax1
= valx1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
31021 rtx ay1
= valy1
->val_entry
->addr
.rtl
;
31022 return rtx_equal_p (ax1
, ay1
);
31024 case DW_OP_implicit_pointer
:
31025 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
:
31026 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
31027 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
31028 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
31029 && valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
31030 case DW_OP_entry_value
:
31031 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value
:
31032 return compare_loc_operands (valx1
->v
.val_loc
, valy1
->v
.val_loc
);
31033 case DW_OP_const_type
:
31034 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type
:
31035 if (valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
!= valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
31036 || valx2
->val_class
!= valy2
->val_class
)
31038 switch (valx2
->val_class
)
31040 case dw_val_class_const
:
31041 return valx2
->v
.val_int
== valy2
->v
.val_int
;
31042 case dw_val_class_vec
:
31043 return valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
31044 && valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
== valy2
->v
.val_vec
.length
31045 && memcmp (valx2
->v
.val_vec
.array
, valy2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
31046 valx2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
31047 * valx2
->v
.val_vec
.length
) == 0;
31048 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
31049 return valx2
->v
.val_double
.low
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.low
31050 && valx2
->v
.val_double
.high
== valy2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
31051 case dw_val_class_wide_int
:
31052 return *valx2
->v
.val_wide
== *valy2
->v
.val_wide
;
31054 gcc_unreachable ();
31056 case DW_OP_regval_type
:
31057 case DW_OP_deref_type
:
31058 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
:
31059 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type
:
31060 return valx1
->v
.val_int
== valy1
->v
.val_int
31061 && valx2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31062 case DW_OP_convert
:
31063 case DW_OP_reinterpret
:
31064 case DW_OP_GNU_convert
:
31065 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret
:
31066 if (valx1
->val_class
!= valy1
->val_class
)
31068 if (valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
31069 return valx1
->v
.val_unsigned
== valy1
->v
.val_unsigned
;
31070 return valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31071 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
:
31072 return valx1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
31073 && valx1
->val_class
== valy1
->val_class
31074 && valx1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
== valy1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
31076 /* Other codes have no operands. */
31081 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
31084 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x
, dw_loc_descr_ref y
)
31086 for (; x
!= NULL
&& y
!= NULL
; x
= x
->dw_loc_next
, y
= y
->dw_loc_next
)
31087 if (x
->dw_loc_opc
!= y
->dw_loc_opc
31088 || x
->dtprel
!= y
->dtprel
31089 || !compare_loc_operands (x
, y
))
31091 return x
== NULL
&& y
== NULL
;
31094 /* Hashtable helpers. */
31096 struct loc_list_hasher
: nofree_ptr_hash
<dw_loc_list_struct
>
31098 static inline hashval_t
hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
31099 static inline bool equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*,
31100 const dw_loc_list_struct
*);
31103 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
31106 loc_list_hasher::hash (const dw_loc_list_struct
*x
)
31111 /* Return true if location lists A and B are the same. */
31114 loc_list_hasher::equal (const dw_loc_list_struct
*a
,
31115 const dw_loc_list_struct
*b
)
31119 if (a
->hash
!= b
->hash
)
31121 for (; a
!= NULL
&& b
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_loc_next
, b
= b
->dw_loc_next
)
31122 if (strcmp (a
->begin
, b
->begin
) != 0
31123 || strcmp (a
->end
, b
->end
) != 0
31124 || (a
->section
== NULL
) != (b
->section
== NULL
)
31125 || (a
->section
&& strcmp (a
->section
, b
->section
) != 0)
31126 || a
->vbegin
!= b
->vbegin
|| a
->vend
!= b
->vend
31127 || !compare_locs (a
->expr
, b
->expr
))
31129 return a
== NULL
&& b
== NULL
;
31132 typedef hash_table
<loc_list_hasher
> loc_list_hash_type
;
31135 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
31136 children and share them whenever possible. */
31139 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die
, loc_list_hash_type
*htab
)
31144 dw_loc_list_struct
**slot
;
31145 bool drop_locviews
= false;
31146 bool has_locviews
= false;
31148 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31149 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
31151 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31152 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
31153 it and storing into the hash table. */
31154 hash_loc_list (list
);
31155 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (list
, list
->hash
, INSERT
);
31159 if (loc_list_has_views (list
))
31160 gcc_assert (list
->vl_symbol
);
31161 else if (list
->vl_symbol
)
31163 drop_locviews
= true;
31164 list
->vl_symbol
= NULL
;
31169 if (list
->vl_symbol
&& !(*slot
)->vl_symbol
)
31170 drop_locviews
= true;
31171 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= *slot
;
31174 else if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_view_list
)
31176 gcc_checking_assert (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
31177 has_locviews
= true;
31181 if (drop_locviews
&& has_locviews
)
31182 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_GNU_locviews
);
31184 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, optimize_location_lists_1 (c
, htab
));
31188 /* Recursively assign each location list a unique index into the debug_addr
31192 index_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31198 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31199 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
31201 dw_loc_list_ref list
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31202 dw_loc_list_ref curr
;
31203 for (curr
= list
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
31205 /* Don't index an entry that has already been indexed
31206 or won't be output. Make sure skip_loc_list_entry doesn't
31207 call size_of_locs, because that might cause circular dependency,
31208 index_location_lists requiring address table indexes to be
31209 computed, but adding new indexes through add_addr_table_entry
31210 and address table index computation requiring no new additions
31211 to the hash table. In the rare case of DWARF[234] >= 64KB
31212 location expression, we'll just waste unused address table entry
31214 if (curr
->begin_entry
!= NULL
31215 || skip_loc_list_entry (curr
))
31219 = add_addr_table_entry (xstrdup (curr
->begin
), ate_kind_label
);
31223 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, index_location_lists (c
));
31226 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
31227 children and share them whenever possible. */
31230 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
31232 loc_list_hash_type
htab (500);
31233 optimize_location_lists_1 (die
, &htab
);
31236 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
31237 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
31238 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
31239 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
31243 flush_limbo_die_list (void)
31245 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31247 /* get_context_die calls force_decl_die, which can put new DIEs on the
31248 limbo list in LTO mode when nested functions are put in a different
31249 partition than that of their parent function. */
31250 while ((node
= limbo_die_list
))
31252 dw_die_ref die
= node
->die
;
31253 limbo_die_list
= node
->next
;
31255 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
31257 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
31259 if (origin
&& origin
->die_parent
)
31260 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
31261 else if (is_cu_die (die
))
31263 else if (seen_error ())
31264 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
31265 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die
);
31268 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
31269 nested function can be optimized away, which results
31270 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
31271 with the return type of that nested function. Force
31272 this to be a child of the containing function.
31274 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
31275 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
31276 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
31277 the function is likely unreachable too. */
31278 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
31280 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
31281 origin
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
));
31282 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
31283 origin
= scope_die_for (node
->created_for
, comp_unit_die ());
31285 origin
= comp_unit_die ();
31287 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
31293 /* Reset DIEs so we can output them again. */
31296 reset_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
31300 /* Remove stuff we re-generate. */
31302 die
->die_offset
= 0;
31303 die
->die_abbrev
= 0;
31304 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_sibling
);
31306 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, reset_dies (c
));
31309 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
31310 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
31313 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
31315 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
31316 dw_die_ref main_comp_unit_die
;
31317 unsigned char checksum
[16];
31318 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31320 /* Flush out any latecomers to the limbo party. */
31321 flush_limbo_die_list ();
31323 if (inline_entry_data_table
)
31324 gcc_assert (inline_entry_data_table
->elements () == 0);
31328 verify_die (comp_unit_die ());
31329 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31330 verify_die (node
->die
);
31333 /* We shouldn't have any symbols with delayed asm names for
31334 DIEs generated after early finish. */
31335 gcc_assert (deferred_asm_name
== NULL
);
31337 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
31339 if (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
)
31341 gcc_assert (flag_fat_lto_objects
|| flag_generate_offload
);
31343 /* Prune stuff so that dwarf2out_finish runs successfully
31344 for the fat part of the object. */
31345 reset_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31346 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31347 reset_dies (node
->die
);
31349 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31350 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31352 comdat_type_node
**slot
31353 = comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31355 /* Don't reset types twice. */
31356 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31359 /* Remove the pointer to the line table. */
31360 remove_AT (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31362 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31363 reset_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
31368 /* Reset die CU symbol so we don't output it twice. */
31369 comp_unit_die ()->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
31371 /* Remove DW_AT_macro and DW_AT_stmt_list from the early output. */
31372 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
);
31374 remove_AT (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
);
31376 /* Remove indirect string decisions. */
31377 debug_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31378 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31380 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<void *, reset_indirect_string
> (NULL
);
31381 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
31385 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
31387 dw_die_ref die
= comp_unit_die (), c
;
31388 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, gcc_assert (! c
->die_mark
));
31391 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31392 resolve_addr (ctnode
->root_die
);
31393 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
31394 move_marked_base_types ();
31398 fprintf (dump_file
, "DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
31399 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
31402 /* Initialize sections and labels used for actual assembler output. */
31403 unsigned generation
= init_sections_and_labels (false);
31405 /* Traverse the DIE's and add sibling attributes to those DIE's that
31407 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
31408 limbo_die_node
*node
;
31409 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31410 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
31411 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31412 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
31414 /* When splitting DWARF info, we put some attributes in the
31415 skeleton compile_unit DIE that remains in the .o, while
31416 most attributes go in the DWO compile_unit_die. */
31417 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31419 limbo_die_node
*cu
;
31420 main_comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
31421 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31422 main_comp_unit_die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_skeleton_unit
;
31423 cu
= limbo_die_list
;
31424 gcc_assert (cu
->die
== main_comp_unit_die
);
31425 limbo_die_list
= limbo_die_list
->next
;
31426 cu
->next
= cu_die_list
;
31430 main_comp_unit_die
= comp_unit_die ();
31432 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
31433 switch_to_section (text_section
);
31434 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
31435 if (cold_text_section
)
31437 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
31438 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
31441 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
31443 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
31444 || (dwarf_version
< 3 && dwarf_strict
))
31446 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
31447 if (text_section_used
)
31448 add_AT_low_high_pc (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31449 text_end_label
, true);
31455 bool range_list_added
= false;
31457 if (text_section_used
)
31458 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
31459 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31460 if (cold_text_section_used
)
31461 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
31462 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
, true);
31464 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*fde_vec
, fde_idx
, fde
)
31466 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (fde
->decl
))
31468 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
31469 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
31470 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
,
31472 if (fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
&& !fde
->second_in_std_section
)
31473 add_ranges_by_labels (main_comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_second_begin
,
31474 fde
->dw_fde_second_end
, &range_list_added
,
31478 if (range_list_added
)
31480 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
31481 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
31482 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
31483 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
31484 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
31485 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31486 if (! dwarf_strict
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
31487 add_AT_addr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
, true);
31493 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
31494 offset expected by debuggers. */
31495 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
31496 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
31497 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
31499 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31500 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31504 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
31505 macinfo_section_label
);
31507 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31509 if (have_location_lists
)
31511 /* Since we generate the loclists in the split DWARF .dwo
31512 file itself, we don't need to generate a loclists_base
31513 attribute for the split compile unit DIE. That attribute
31514 (and using relocatable sec_offset FORMs) isn't allowed
31515 for a split compile unit. Only if the .debug_loclists
31516 section was in the main file, would we need to generate a
31517 loclists_base attribute here (for the full or skeleton
31520 /* optimize_location_lists calculates the size of the lists,
31521 so index them first, and assign indices to the entries.
31522 Although optimize_location_lists will remove entries from
31523 the table, it only does so for duplicates, and therefore
31524 only reduces ref_counts to 1. */
31525 index_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31528 if (addr_index_table
!= NULL
)
31530 unsigned int index
= 0;
31532 ->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_addr_table_entry
>
31538 if (have_location_lists
)
31540 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31541 /* And finally assign indexes to the entries for -gsplit-dwarf. */
31542 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31543 assign_location_list_indexes (comp_unit_die ());
31546 save_macinfo_strings ();
31548 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31550 unsigned int index
= 0;
31552 /* Add attributes common to skeleton compile_units and
31553 type_units. Because these attributes include strings, it
31554 must be done before freezing the string table. Top-level
31555 skeleton die attrs are added when the skeleton type unit is
31556 created, so ensure it is created by this point. */
31557 add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs (main_comp_unit_die
);
31558 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
31561 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
31562 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
31563 for (node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
31564 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
31566 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
31567 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
31569 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
31571 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
31572 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
31575 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
31576 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
31578 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
31579 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
31580 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
31582 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
31584 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
, false);
31588 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31591 struct md5_ctx ctx
;
31593 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && !vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31596 /* Compute a checksum of the comp_unit to use as the dwo_id. */
31597 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
31599 die_checksum (comp_unit_die (), &ctx
, &mark
);
31600 unmark_all_dies (comp_unit_die ());
31601 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
31603 if (dwarf_version
< 5)
31605 /* Use the first 8 bytes of the checksum as the dwo_id,
31606 and add it to both comp-unit DIEs. */
31607 add_AT_data8 (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31608 add_AT_data8 (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_GNU_dwo_id
, checksum
);
31611 /* Add the base offset of the ranges table to the skeleton
31613 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31615 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31616 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_rnglists_base
,
31617 ranges_base_label
);
31619 add_AT_lineptr (main_comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_GNU_ranges_base
,
31620 ranges_section_label
);
31623 switch_to_section (debug_addr_section
);
31624 /* GNU DebugFission https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/DebugFission
31625 which GCC uses to implement -gsplit-dwarf as DWARF GNU extension
31626 before DWARF5, didn't have a header for .debug_addr units.
31627 DWARF5 specifies a small header when address tables are used. */
31628 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31630 unsigned int last_idx
= 0;
31631 unsigned long addrs_length
;
31633 addr_index_table
->traverse_noresize
31634 <unsigned int *, count_index_addrs
> (&last_idx
);
31635 addrs_length
= last_idx
* DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
+ 4;
31637 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
31638 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
31639 "Escape value for 64-bit DWARF extension");
31640 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, addrs_length
,
31641 "Length of Address Unit");
31642 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 5, "DWARF addr version");
31643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
31644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
31646 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_addr_section_label
);
31647 output_addr_table ();
31650 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
31651 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
31652 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo
,
31653 dwarf_split_debug_info
? checksum
: NULL
);
31655 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31656 output_skeleton_debug_sections (main_comp_unit_die
, checksum
);
31658 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
31659 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
31661 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
31662 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
31663 output_abbrev_section ();
31666 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
31667 if (have_location_lists
)
31669 char l1
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31670 char l2
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
31671 /* Output the location lists info. */
31672 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
31673 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31675 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 2);
31676 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 3);
31677 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
31678 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
31679 "Initial length escape value indicating "
31680 "64-bit DWARF extension");
31681 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
31682 "Length of Location Lists");
31683 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
31684 output_dwarf_version ();
31685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Address Size");
31686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Segment Size");
31687 dw2_asm_output_data (4, dwarf_split_debug_info
? loc_list_idx
: 0,
31688 "Offset Entry Count");
31690 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
31691 if (dwarf_version
>= 5 && dwarf_split_debug_info
)
31693 unsigned int save_loc_list_idx
= loc_list_idx
;
31695 output_loclists_offsets (comp_unit_die ());
31696 gcc_assert (save_loc_list_idx
== loc_list_idx
);
31698 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
31699 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31700 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
31703 output_pubtables ();
31705 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
31706 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
31707 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
31708 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
31709 generate a table that would have contained data. */
31710 if (info_section_emitted
)
31712 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
31716 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
31717 if (!vec_safe_is_empty (ranges_table
))
31719 if (dwarf_version
>= 5)
31720 output_rnglists (generation
);
31725 /* Have to end the macro section. */
31728 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
31729 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
31730 output_macinfo (!dwarf_split_debug_info
? debug_line_section_label
31731 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
, false);
31732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
31735 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
31736 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
31737 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
31738 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
31739 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
31740 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
31741 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
31742 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
31743 if (! output_asm_line_debug_info ())
31744 output_line_info (false);
31746 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
&& info_section_emitted
)
31748 switch_to_section (debug_skeleton_line_section
);
31749 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_skeleton_line_section_label
);
31750 output_line_info (true);
31753 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
31754 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
31755 output_indirect_strings ();
31756 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
31758 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
31759 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
31760 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
31761 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
31764 /* ??? Move lvugid out of dwarf2out_source_line and reset it too? */
31765 symview_upper_bound
= 0;
31767 bitmap_clear (zero_view_p
);
31770 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a variable_value_struct). */
31773 variable_value_hasher::hash (variable_value_struct
*x
)
31775 return (hashval_t
) x
->decl_id
;
31778 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of variable_value_struct X is the same as
31782 variable_value_hasher::equal (variable_value_struct
*x
, tree y
)
31784 return x
->decl_id
== DECL_UID (y
);
31787 /* Helper function for resolve_variable_value, handle
31788 DW_OP_GNU_variable_value in one location expression.
31789 Return true if exprloc has been changed into loclist. */
31792 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (dw_attr_node
*a
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31794 dw_loc_descr_ref next
;
31795 for (dw_loc_descr_ref prev
= NULL
; loc
; prev
= loc
, loc
= next
)
31797 next
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
31798 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31799 || loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
!= dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31802 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31803 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) != current_function_decl
)
31806 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31809 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31810 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31811 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31814 dw_loc_list_ref l
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, 0, NULL
);
31817 if (l
->dw_loc_next
)
31819 if (AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
31821 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
31823 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and loclist
31824 classes, so we can change them into a loclist. */
31825 case DW_AT_location
:
31826 case DW_AT_string_length
:
31827 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
31828 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
31829 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
31830 case DW_AT_segment
:
31831 case DW_AT_static_link
:
31832 case DW_AT_use_location
:
31833 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
31836 prev
->dw_loc_next
= NULL
;
31837 prepend_loc_descr_to_each (l
, AT_loc (a
));
31840 add_loc_descr_to_each (l
, next
);
31841 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
31842 a
->dw_attr_val
.val_entry
= NULL
;
31843 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= l
;
31844 have_location_lists
= true;
31846 /* Following attributes allow both exprloc and reference,
31847 so if the whole expression is DW_OP_GNU_variable_value alone
31848 we could transform it into reference. */
31849 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
31850 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
31851 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
31852 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
31853 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
31855 case DW_AT_allocated
:
31856 case DW_AT_associated
:
31857 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
31858 if (prev
== NULL
&& next
== NULL
)
31866 /* Create DW_TAG_variable that we can refer to. */
31867 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
,
31868 lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
));
31869 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31872 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31873 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31874 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31880 prev
->dw_loc_next
= l
->expr
;
31881 add_loc_descr (&prev
->dw_loc_next
, next
);
31882 free_loc_descr (loc
, NULL
);
31883 next
= prev
->dw_loc_next
;
31887 memcpy (loc
, l
->expr
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
31888 add_loc_descr (&loc
, next
);
31896 /* Attempt to resolve DW_OP_GNU_variable_value using loc_list_from_tree. */
31899 resolve_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
31902 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
31905 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
31906 switch (AT_class (a
))
31908 case dw_val_class_loc
:
31909 if (!resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, AT_loc (a
)))
31912 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
31913 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
31915 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31916 resolve_variable_value_in_expr (a
, loc
->expr
);
31923 /* Attempt to optimize DW_OP_GNU_variable_value refering to
31924 temporaries in the current function. */
31927 resolve_variable_values (void)
31929 if (!variable_value_hash
|| !current_function_decl
)
31932 struct variable_value_struct
*node
31933 = variable_value_hash
->find_with_hash (current_function_decl
,
31934 DECL_UID (current_function_decl
));
31941 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (node
->dies
, i
, die
)
31942 resolve_variable_value (die
);
31945 /* Helper function for note_variable_value, handle one location
31949 note_variable_value_in_expr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
31951 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
31952 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_GNU_variable_value
31953 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
== dw_val_class_decl_ref
)
31955 tree decl
= loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_decl_ref
;
31956 dw_die_ref ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31957 if (! ref
&& (flag_generate_lto
|| flag_generate_offload
))
31959 /* ??? This is somewhat a hack because we do not create DIEs
31960 for variables not in BLOCK trees early but when generating
31961 early LTO output we need the dw_val_class_decl_ref to be
31962 fully resolved. For fat LTO objects we'd also like to
31963 undo this after LTO dwarf output. */
31964 gcc_assert (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31965 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
31966 gcc_assert (ctx
!= NULL
);
31967 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL_TREE
, NULL
, ctx
);
31968 ref
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
31969 gcc_assert (ref
!= NULL
);
31973 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
31974 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= ref
;
31975 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
31979 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
31980 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
31981 && lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)))
31983 if (!variable_value_hash
)
31984 variable_value_hash
31985 = hash_table
<variable_value_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
31987 tree fndecl
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
31988 struct variable_value_struct
*node
;
31989 struct variable_value_struct
**slot
31990 = variable_value_hash
->find_slot_with_hash (fndecl
,
31995 node
= ggc_cleared_alloc
<variable_value_struct
> ();
31996 node
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (fndecl
);
32002 vec_safe_push (node
->dies
, die
);
32007 /* Walk the tree DIE and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
32008 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
32011 note_variable_value (dw_die_ref die
)
32015 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
32018 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
)
32019 switch (AT_class (a
))
32021 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
32022 loc
= AT_loc_list (a
);
32024 if (!loc
->noted_variable_value
)
32026 loc
->noted_variable_value
= 1;
32027 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
32028 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, loc
->expr
);
32031 case dw_val_class_loc
:
32032 note_variable_value_in_expr (die
, AT_loc (a
));
32038 /* Mark children. */
32039 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, note_variable_value (c
));
32042 /* Perform any cleanups needed after the early debug generation pass
32046 dwarf2out_early_finish (const char *filename
)
32049 char dl_section_ref
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
32051 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
32052 header compilation, so always fill it with empty string initially
32053 and overwrite only here. */
32054 dw_attr_node
*producer
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer
);
32055 producer_string
= gen_producer_string ();
32056 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
32057 producer
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= find_AT_string (producer_string
);
32059 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
32060 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
32061 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename
));
32062 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
32064 /* When emitting DWARF5 .debug_line_str, move DW_AT_name and
32065 DW_AT_comp_dir into .debug_line_str section. */
32066 if (!output_asm_line_debug_info ()
32067 && dwarf_version
>= 5
32068 && DWARF5_USE_DEBUG_LINE_STR
)
32070 for (int i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
32072 dw_attr_node
*a
= get_AT (comp_unit_die (),
32073 i
? DW_AT_comp_dir
: DW_AT_name
);
32075 || AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_str
32076 || strlen (AT_string (a
)) + 1 <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
32079 if (! debug_line_str_hash
)
32080 debug_line_str_hash
32081 = hash_table
<indirect_string_hasher
>::create_ggc (10);
32083 struct indirect_string_node
*node
32084 = find_AT_string_in_table (AT_string (a
), debug_line_str_hash
);
32085 set_indirect_string (node
);
32086 node
->form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
32087 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
32088 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
32092 /* With LTO early dwarf was really finished at compile-time, so make
32093 sure to adjust the phase after annotating the LTRANS CU DIE. */
32096 /* Force DW_TAG_imported_unit to be created now, otherwise
32097 we might end up without it or ordered after DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
32098 referencing DIEs from it. */
32099 if (! flag_wpa
&& flag_incremental_link
!= INCREMENTAL_LINK_LTO
)
32103 if (external_die_map
)
32104 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (all_translation_units
, i
, tu
)
32105 if (sym_off_pair
*desc
= external_die_map
->get (tu
))
32107 dw_die_ref import
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_unit
,
32108 comp_unit_die (), NULL_TREE
);
32109 add_AT_external_die_ref (import
, DW_AT_import
,
32110 desc
->sym
, desc
->off
);
32114 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
32117 fprintf (dump_file
, "LTO EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
32118 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
32123 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
32124 emit full debugging info for them. */
32125 retry_incomplete_types ();
32127 /* The point here is to flush out the limbo list so that it is empty
32128 and we don't need to stream it for LTO. */
32129 flush_limbo_die_list ();
32131 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
32132 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
32134 /* Add DW_AT_linkage_name for all deferred DIEs. */
32135 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32137 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
32138 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
32139 /* A missing DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME can be a constant DIE that
32140 ended up in deferred_asm_name before we knew it was
32141 constant and never written to disk. */
32142 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
))
32144 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
32145 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
32148 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
32150 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
32151 prune_unused_types ();
32153 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
32154 if (use_debug_types
)
32156 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
32158 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
32159 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
32161 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
32163 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
32164 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
32165 references to the main compile unit). */
32166 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32167 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32168 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
32169 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
32171 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
32172 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
32173 referenced. Prune them. */
32174 prune_unused_types ();
32177 /* Traverse the DIE's and note DIEs with DW_OP_GNU_variable_value still
32178 with dw_val_class_decl_ref operand. */
32179 note_variable_value (comp_unit_die ());
32180 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= cu_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32181 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32182 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
;
32183 ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32184 note_variable_value (ctnode
->root_die
);
32185 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32186 note_variable_value (node
->die
);
32188 /* The AT_pubnames attribute needs to go in all skeleton dies, including
32189 both the main_cu and all skeleton TUs. Making this call unconditional
32190 would end up either adding a second copy of the AT_pubnames attribute, or
32191 requiring a special case in add_top_level_skeleton_die_attrs. */
32192 if (!dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32193 add_AT_pubnames (comp_unit_die ());
32195 /* The early debug phase is now finished. */
32196 early_dwarf_finished
= true;
32199 fprintf (dump_file
, "EARLY DWARF for %s\n", filename
);
32200 print_die (comp_unit_die (), dump_file
);
32203 /* Do not generate DWARF assembler now when not producing LTO bytecode. */
32204 if ((!flag_generate_lto
&& !flag_generate_offload
)
32205 /* FIXME: Disable debug info generation for (PE-)COFF targets since the
32206 copy_lto_debug_sections operation of the simple object support in
32207 libiberty is not implemented for them yet. */
32208 || TARGET_PECOFF
|| TARGET_COFF
)
32211 /* Now as we are going to output for LTO initialize sections and labels
32212 to the LTO variants. We don't need a random-seed postfix as other
32213 LTO sections as linking the LTO debug sections into one in a partial
32215 init_sections_and_labels (true);
32217 /* The output below is modeled after dwarf2out_finish with all
32218 location related output removed and some LTO specific changes.
32219 Some refactoring might make both smaller and easier to match up. */
32221 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
32222 that have children. */
32223 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
32224 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32225 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
32226 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32227 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32228 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
32230 /* AIX Assembler inserts the length, so adjust the reference to match the
32231 offset expected by debuggers. */
32232 strcpy (dl_section_ref
, debug_line_section_label
);
32233 if (XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
)
32234 strcat (dl_section_ref
, DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE_STR
);
32236 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32237 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list
, dl_section_ref
);
32240 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DEBUG_MACRO_ATTRIBUTE
,
32241 macinfo_section_label
);
32243 save_macinfo_strings ();
32245 if (dwarf_split_debug_info
)
32247 unsigned int index
= 0;
32248 debug_str_hash
->traverse_noresize
<unsigned int *, index_string
> (&index
);
32251 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
32252 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
32253 for (limbo_die_node
*node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
32254 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0, NULL
);
32256 hash_table
<comdat_type_hasher
> comdat_type_table (100);
32257 for (comdat_type_node
*ctnode
= comdat_type_list
;
32258 ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
32260 comdat_type_node
**slot
= comdat_type_table
.find_slot (ctnode
, INSERT
);
32262 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
32263 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
32266 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
32267 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
32269 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
32270 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
32271 (!dwarf_split_debug_info
32272 ? debug_line_section_label
32273 : debug_skeleton_line_section_label
));
32275 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
, true);
32279 /* Stick a unique symbol to the main debuginfo section. */
32280 compute_comp_unit_symbol (comp_unit_die ());
32282 /* Output the main compilation unit. We always need it if only for
32284 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), true, NULL
);
32286 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
32287 if (vec_safe_length (abbrev_die_table
) != 1)
32289 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
32290 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
32291 output_abbrev_section ();
32294 /* Have to end the macro section. */
32297 /* We have to save macinfo state if we need to output it again
32298 for the FAT part of the object. */
32299 vec
<macinfo_entry
, va_gc
> *saved_macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
;
32300 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32301 macinfo_table
= macinfo_table
->copy ();
32303 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
32304 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
32305 output_macinfo (debug_line_section_label
, true);
32306 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
32308 if (flag_fat_lto_objects
)
32310 vec_free (macinfo_table
);
32311 macinfo_table
= saved_macinfo_table
;
32315 /* Emit a skeleton debug_line section. */
32316 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
32317 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
32318 output_line_info (true);
32320 /* If we emitted any indirect strings, output the string table too. */
32321 if (debug_str_hash
|| skeleton_debug_str_hash
)
32322 output_indirect_strings ();
32323 if (debug_line_str_hash
)
32325 switch_to_section (debug_line_str_section
);
32326 const enum dwarf_form form
= DW_FORM_line_strp
;
32327 debug_line_str_hash
->traverse
<enum dwarf_form
,
32328 output_indirect_string
> (form
);
32331 /* Switch back to the text section. */
32332 switch_to_section (text_section
);
32335 /* Reset all state within dwarf2out.c so that we can rerun the compiler
32336 within the same process. For use by toplev::finalize. */
32339 dwarf2out_c_finalize (void)
32341 last_var_location_insn
= NULL
;
32342 cached_next_real_insn
= NULL
;
32343 used_rtx_array
= NULL
;
32344 incomplete_types
= NULL
;
32345 debug_info_section
= NULL
;
32346 debug_skeleton_info_section
= NULL
;
32347 debug_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32348 debug_skeleton_abbrev_section
= NULL
;
32349 debug_aranges_section
= NULL
;
32350 debug_addr_section
= NULL
;
32351 debug_macinfo_section
= NULL
;
32352 debug_line_section
= NULL
;
32353 debug_skeleton_line_section
= NULL
;
32354 debug_loc_section
= NULL
;
32355 debug_pubnames_section
= NULL
;
32356 debug_pubtypes_section
= NULL
;
32357 debug_str_section
= NULL
;
32358 debug_line_str_section
= NULL
;
32359 debug_str_dwo_section
= NULL
;
32360 debug_str_offsets_section
= NULL
;
32361 debug_ranges_section
= NULL
;
32362 debug_frame_section
= NULL
;
32364 debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32365 debug_line_str_hash
= NULL
;
32366 skeleton_debug_str_hash
= NULL
;
32367 dw2_string_counter
= 0;
32368 have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
32369 text_section_used
= false;
32370 cold_text_section_used
= false;
32371 cold_text_section
= NULL
;
32372 current_unit_personality
= NULL
;
32374 early_dwarf
= false;
32375 early_dwarf_finished
= false;
32377 next_die_offset
= 0;
32378 single_comp_unit_die
= NULL
;
32379 comdat_type_list
= NULL
;
32380 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
32382 decl_die_table
= NULL
;
32383 common_block_die_table
= NULL
;
32384 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
32385 call_arg_locations
= NULL
;
32386 call_arg_loc_last
= NULL
;
32387 call_site_count
= -1;
32388 tail_call_site_count
= -1;
32389 cached_dw_loc_list_table
= NULL
;
32390 abbrev_die_table
= NULL
;
32391 delete dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
;
32392 dwarf_proc_stack_usage_map
= NULL
;
32393 line_info_label_num
= 0;
32394 cur_line_info_table
= NULL
;
32395 text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32396 cold_text_section_line_info
= NULL
;
32397 separate_line_info
= NULL
;
32398 info_section_emitted
= false;
32399 pubname_table
= NULL
;
32400 pubtype_table
= NULL
;
32401 macinfo_table
= NULL
;
32402 ranges_table
= NULL
;
32403 ranges_by_label
= NULL
;
32405 have_location_lists
= false;
32408 last_emitted_file
= NULL
;
32410 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
= NULL
;
32411 generic_type_instances
= NULL
;
32412 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= 0;
32413 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
= false;
32414 base_types
.release ();
32415 XDELETEVEC (producer_string
);
32416 producer_string
= NULL
;
32419 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"